Face soaking device
15 claims: 3 independent, 12 dependent
- 1ユーザ顔全体又はその一部分にフィットするようにサイズ決めされている内部容積を備えるベッセルであって、前記内部容積は、前記顔全体又はその一部分を沈めるのに十分な体積の液体を保持するようにサイズ決めされており、前記ベッセルは、少なくとも1つの壁部及び少なくとも1つのベースを備え、前記少なくとも1つの壁部及び前記少なくとも1つのベースは互いに物理的に接触しており、前記少なくとも1つの壁部及び前記少なくとも1つのベースはともに前記内部容積の境界を実質的に決めており、前記内部容積に対する上部開口が前記少なくとも1つのベースから反対側に配設されており、前記少なくとも1つの壁部はネック-ガスケット-アコモデータを備え、前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータはベッセルネックガスケットを収容する、ベッセルと、 前記ベッセルに接合される前記ベッセルネックガスケットであって、前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータにおいて、一次的な水密シールを形成し、前記顔全体又はその一部分が沈められるとき、前記ベッセルネックガスケットが前記ユーザの首領域の第1の部分を受け入れるときに、二次的な水密シールが、前記首領域の前記第1の部分と前記ベッセルネックガスケットとの間に形成され、前記ベッセルネックガスケットは前記首領域の前記第1の部分と除去可能に接触している、ベッセルネックガスケットと、 前記ベッセルに物理的に取り付けられている、又は、前記ベッセルと物理的に接触している組み合わせヘッドレストサブアセンブリと物理的に組み合わされている呼吸装置であって、マウスピース、少なくとも1つのベッセル-チューブ-ホース-コネクタ、及び、少なくとも1つのホース又は少なくとも1つのチュービングを備え、前記少なくとも1つのホース又は前記少なくとも1つのチュービングは、前記マウスピースを前記少なくとも1つのベッセル-チューブ-ホース-コネクタに接続し、呼吸ガス移動のためのシールされた経路を提供し、前記マウスピースは、前記ユーザの口によって保持可能であり、前記少なくとも1つのベッセル-チューブ-ホース-コネクタは、前記呼吸装置と前記ベッセルとの間に物理的リンクを提供し、前記ユーザは、前記ユーザの前記口が前記マウスピースを保持しているときに、前記呼吸装置を使用して呼吸することができる、呼吸装置と、を備え、 前記ベッセルが前記ベッセルの最大液体レベル以下のレベルまで前記液体で充填されているときに、前記ユーザは、前記顔全体又はその一部分を一定期間にわたって浸漬させ、前記一定期間にわたって前記液体の中に浸漬されている皮膚が、健康上の利益、審美的な利益、及び/又は、鎮静的な利益を受けるようになっている、フェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 2前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータが、前記ベッセルのリムの下方に延びている前記少なくとも1つの壁部の中にコンタを備え、前記リムは、前記上部開口の境界を実質的に定めており、前記コンタは、前記コンタの表面が最初に前記リムの下方を延びる場所において始まり、前記コンタは、前記コンタの前記表面が前記リムまで延びて戻る場所において終了するまで、継続しており、前記コンタが始まる場所、及び、前記コンタが終了する場所は、水平方向幅によって分離されており、前記コンタは、前記リムの高さから前記コンタの最下点へ、最大垂直方向長さを有する、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 3前記フェイスソーキングデバイスの前面から見たときの前記コンタの形状は、円形の3分の1から3分の3、楕円形の3分の1から3分の3、長円形の3分の1から3分の3、「U」字形状、馬蹄形、正多角形、非正多角形、及び半多角形からなる群から選択される、請求項2に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 4前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、可撓性の部材であり、前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、平面的であり、内部表面、及び、前記内部表面の反対側に配設されている外部表面を備えており、前記外部表面又は前記内部表面は、前記首領域の前記第1の部分とともに前記二次的な水密シールを形成する、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 5前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、シリコーン、ゴム、ネオプレン、ニトリル、ビニール、ポリエチレン、及びポリプロピレンからなるエラストマーのうちの1つ又は複数から実質的に構築される、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 6前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータのコンタの形状及び表面に相補的である相手側縁部を含む、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 7前記相手側縁部は、ベッセルネックガスケット取り付け手段によって、前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータの前記コンタに取り付けられており、又は、前記ベッセルネックガスケットの前記相手側縁部は、前記少なくとも1つの壁部の外壁面に取り付けられており、又は、前記ベッセルネックガスケットの前記相手側縁部は、前記少なくとも1つの壁部の内壁面に取り付けられており、前記外壁面又は前記内壁面へのそのような取り付けは、前記コンタから固定距離にあり、そのような取り付けは、前記ベッセルネックガスケット取り付け手段によるものである、請求項6に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 8前記ベッセルネックガスケット取り付け手段は、熱溶着、超音波溶着、溶剤結合、化学接着剤、シーラント、及び機械的な締結具のうちの1つ又は複数から選択される、請求項7に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 9前記機械的な締結具の少なくとも1つは、クランプであり、前記フェイスソーキングデバイスは、前記クランプをさらに備え、前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、前記クランプの使用によって、前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータに取り付けられており、そのような取り付けは、前記一次的な水密シールを形成しており、前記クランプは、前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータへの摩擦嵌めによって、相補的にフィットするように形状決めされており、前記ベッセルネックガスケットの一部分は、前記クランプと前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータの前記コンタとの間に挟まれており、前記一次的な水密シールを形成している、請求項8に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 10前記ベッセルネックガスケットの前記一部分は、前記相手側縁部を含む、請求項9に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 11前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、前記ベッセルに除去可能に接合される、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 12前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータ及び前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、互いに一体的になっており、前記少なくとも1つの壁部と一体的になっており、前記ベッセルネックガスケットは、セミリジッドからリジッドである前記少なくとも1つの壁部の取り囲む壁部厚さよりも小さい薄い壁部厚さを有する可撓性の側壁の領域であり、前記ネック-ガスケット-アコモデータは、前記薄い壁部厚さが前記取り囲む壁部厚さへと移行する可撓性の側壁の前記領域のいくつかの部分の周りの移行領域である、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 13ヘッドレストサブアセンブリをさらに備え、前記ヘッドレストサブアセンブリの少なくともいくつかの部分は、前記ベッセルに取り付けられており、前記ヘッドレストサブアセンブリは、サポート部材又はストラップを含むことが可能であり、前記サポート部材の少なくともいくつかの部分、又は、前記ストラップの少なくともいくつかの部分は、前記内部容積の中に位置付けされており、前記サポート部材又は前記ストラップは、前記顔全体又はその一部分が前記内部容積の中に除去可能に位置付けされているときに、前記ユーザ の頭 部の一部分を物理的に支持する、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 14ヒータサブアセンブリをさらに備え、前記ヒータサブアセンブリの少なくとも一部分は、前記ベッセルに取り付けられており、前記ヒータサブアセンブリは、前記内部容積の中の前記液体の少なくとも一部分を加熱する加熱要素を含む、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
- 15エアレータ又は少なくとも1つの電磁エミッタのうちの1つ又は複数をさらに備え、前記エアレータは、ガスディフューザと、前記ガスディフューザに物理的に連通しているガス供給源と、を備え、前記ガスディフューザは前記ベッセルに取り付けられており、前記ガス供給源は前記ガスディフューザにガスを提供し、前記ガスディフューザは、前記ガスディフューザの多孔性の構造体を通して受け入れられる前記ガスの少なくともいくらかを前記内部容積の中へ放出し、前記少なくとも1つの電磁エミッタは所定の範囲の波長にわたる電磁放射線を放射し、前記少なくとも1つの電磁エミッタの少なくともいくらかの部分は前記ベッセルに取り付けられており、放射された電磁放射線の少なくともいくらかは前記内部容積内に放射される、請求項1に記載のフェイスソーキングデバイス。
Independent claims15
678 paragraphs, as filed
Notice of Priority This application is based on the following 10 US provisional patent applications under Section 119 (e) of the US Patent Act, namely (1) Application No. 62 / filed on October 7, 2014. 060,935; (2) Application No. 62 / 062,663 filed on October 10, 2014; (3) Application No. 62 / 066,635 filed on October 21, 2014; (4) December 2014 Application No. 62 / 094,036 filed on 18th; (5) Application No. 62 / 106,138 filed on January 21, 2015; (6) Application No. 62 / filed on February 11, 2015 114,962; (7) Application No. 62 / 176,754 filed on February 26, 2015; (8) Application No. 62 / 137,799 filed on March 24, 2015; (9) June 2015 Claims the priority of Application No. 62 / 173,204; filed on 9th and (10) Application No. 62 / 208,325 filed on August 21, 2015, the disclosure of which is in its entirety. Incorporated herein by reference.
The present invention generally relates to skin soaking devices, and more specifically to face soaking devices.
Copyright and Trademark Rights Some of the disclosures in this patent application may contain copyrighted material. The owner has no objection that anyone may copy the patent document or disclosure as stated in the patent package or record of the Patent and Trademark Office, but reserves all other copyrights.
The particular mark referred to herein may be a common law trademark or registered trademark of a third party that is or is not related to the Applicant or Assignee. The use of these marks is for example and should not be construed as descriptive, or to limit the scope of the invention to materials associated only with such marks. Should not be interpreted.
Human (and terrestrial vertebrate) skin (epidermis) varies from acne; including age spots, wrinkles; infections; physical damage; and rosacea, acne rosacea. You can suffer from several problems, such as a rash. Each of these skin problems can be briefly discussed below.
Acne can result from clogged skin pores, which can be seen as pustules or pimples, ie what are commonly referred to as blackheads and whiteheads. Such visible acne can be visually unpleasant and painful. Severe acne can also result in scars from the physical damage associated with rupture of the follicle wall, which can also form deep cysts under the skin. Clogged skin pores, which can be seen as acne, can result from excessive secretion of sebum oil, keratin, and / or metabolic by-products of skin pore bacteria, as well as from cells of skin pore bacteria. A common skin pore bacterium is Propionibacterium acnes (P. acnes).
Desirable wrinkles on the skin can result from age, environmental factors, genetic factors, and repeated facial expressions. Age can be a factor in wrinkle formation. The reason is that as the skin ages, it loses its elasticity due in part to the gravity that accumulates over time and changes in connective tissue. In addition, with age, sebum secretion (from the sebaceous glands) can slow down, which can contribute to dry skin with age, such dry skin is wrinkle visibility. May increase. Environmental factors can include exposure to sunlight and wind, as well as exposure to smoke, which can also contribute to wrinkles over time. In addition, consistent facial expressions such as squinting, smiling, and thinking can result in skin wrinkles over time. And, in addition to wrinkles, age-related stains, such as chloasma and Nikko Kuroko, can appear on the skin as it ages and is exposed to various environmental factors over time. ..
In addition, various microorganisms can include bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and even some small invertebrates, which vary both on the surface and in the skin tissue. At a level of severity, it can infect the skin. For example, the mere presence of some such microorganisms, whether dead or alive, can act as irritants and cause inflammation. Also, some microbial metabolism by-products can act as stimulants, while some by-products can actually be toxic. And some microorganisms may actually feed on the skin itself and / or the natural secretions of the skin such as sebum. Also, such microorganisms can infect open wounds on the skin, use such open wounds, enter the body, and pose a greater risk of infection of the body.
In addition, the virus can cause infectious, painful and / or unpleasant-looking damage and blisters, such as herpes simplex. When ruptured, such damage and blisters can cause physical damage and pain to the skin. Such viruses can include herpes and herpes-like viruses.
With respect to physical damage to the skin, this can include various wounds, cuts, abrasions, burns, injuries, blisters, and ruptures. Such physical damage to the skin can result in scarring as the skin heals and can increase the likelihood of various microbial infections prior to healing.
Such skin problems are due, for example, to a person's psychological, social, and occupational well-being, due to their inherent visibility to other parts of the face, especially when they occur on the face. However, it may have a secondary detrimental effect.
Rose pityriasis can be a type of skin rash. Often, rosy pityriasis begins with a single "herald patch", an oval red injury of 2-10 cm (cm), pink and / or during a week or two. A generalized rash of many small (5-10 mm (mm)) patches of red, flaky, oval-shaped damage can follow, which often appears on the torso, but on the cheeks. It may also appear on the top and / or at the hairline.
Acne Rosacare or mere Rosacare can be a chronic skin rash disease characterized by facial erythema (redness) and, in some cases, pimples. Rosacare can hit all ages. Rosacare can typically begin as redness in the central part of the face across the cheeks, nose, or forehead, but can also attack the neck, chest, ears, and / or scalp. In some cases, semi-permanent redness, telangiectasia (dilation of superficial blood vessels above the face), red domed papules (small ridges) and pustules, red rumbling eyes, burns and stings, Also, in some advanced cases, there may be additional signs, such as a red-lobed nose (rhinophyma).
Prior art has addressed such issues through technological diversity. For example, it is possible that there are excessive variety of topical ointments and creams to treat various skin problems. However, what is relevant here can be used to immerse the affected skin in the dipping solution. Notwithstanding the description, the prior art has shown a positive correlation with the amelioration to the skin problems described above by immersing the skin in a suitable dipping solution. For example, such a therapeutic modality may be generally known in the art as a hydrotherapy, when the immersion liquid in question can be primarily water. However, such hydrotherapy principles are such as various oils, various paraffin waxes (typically heated), and other such immersions such as oil and water mixtures (emulsions). It can also be applied to liquids. As used herein, water treatments can be a means of treating a variety of skin problems by immersing the skin in a particular immersion liquid, where the immersion liquid is predominantly water. Or, for example, the form of oil in a liquid at room temperature or a suitable temperature, the form of paraffin wax in a liquid when properly heated, or a mixture of oil and water, etc. It can be some other liquid.
Such hydrotherapy may require immersing the target area of skin in the dipping solution. The immersion liquid can contain various properties. For example, the immersion liquid can contain various dissolved salts, and such a liquid may be known herein as an aqueous solution of physiological saline. For example, the immersion liquid contains released oxygen as either dissolved oxygen and / or bubbles in the immersion liquid. For example, the immersion liquid can contain temperatures that increase or decrease with respect to room temperature. And, for example, the immersion liquid can be directed via one or more jets so that a continuous liquid pressure can be directed to the target area of the skin.
With respect to the saline solution as the dipping solution, the saline solution and salt as used herein not only represent a solution of sodium chloride, but are mainly dissolved in a solvent such as water. May represent other minerals in solution, such as potassium and / or magnesium. It is also possible that various negative ions, such as chlorides, will be present in the solution with positive mineral ions. For example, sodium and potassium salt solutions can be present with chloride ions, and magnesium can be present with sulfate ions, similar to Epsom salt. Immersions using different salts can promote different benefits. For example, some such aqueous saline solutions are capable of softening the skin, and / or others are capable of attempting to moisturize the soaked skin.
The benefits to the skin of immersing the skin in an aqueous solution of sodium chloride can function primarily by osmotic action. The osmotic effect is from a high water concentration area (eg, in a cell) to a low water concentration area (eg, an aqueous solution of physiological saline) to a partially permeable membrane (eg, a cell membrane containing skin cells, etc.). ) Can be a random movement of water molecules across. Therefore, when the aqueous saline solution has a salinity higher than the salinity in the cells, the osmotic action functions to draw water out of the cells, including the skin cells. For example, human blood has an average salinity of about 0.85% by weight, which is often rounded to 0.9%. Therefore, if the aqueous solution of sodium chloride in which the skin may be immersed is larger than 0.9% by weight, there is an osmotic flow of water molecules from the skin cells into the aqueous solution of sodium chloride. Become.
However, it is from this flow of water molecules across the cell membrane that some benefits can arise to treat and / or ameliorate the various skin problems mentioned above.
For example, with respect to acne, acne-bearing skin exposed to aqueous saline solutions can be seen to reduce acne. Such a reduction is due to the aqueous solution of sodium chloride reducing the population of skin pore bacteria and / or the aqueous solution of sodium chloride promoting a reduction in the size of the skin pores, thereby reducing the sebum oil in the pores. It can result from a reduced aqueous solution of sodium chloride. Aqueous saline solution can help loosen sebum oil from the pores. With respect to cutaneous pore bacteria that can be adapted to non-saline environments, such bacteria may not be adapted to address the osmotic flow of water molecules out of the bacterial cells. Such aqueous saline solutions can prevent the growth of such bacterial cells. Such aqueous saline solutions can actually kill such bacterial cells. Also, with respect to the reduction of skin pore size, this can result from the osmotic flow of water molecules.
With respect to reducing wrinkles, saline solution wrinkles by softening wrinkled skin tissue and by stimulating the sebaceous glands to produce sebum oil that can combat age-related dry skin. Can be reduced. For example, exposing the face to warm water can soften the facial skin during preparation and help shave the cheek whiskers (stubble) from the face. In addition, depending on the salt concentration of a given aqueous solution of sodium chloride, the aqueous solution of sodium chloride can have a moisturizing effect on the soaked skin.
As mentioned above with respect to reducing microbial infections of the skin, those microorganisms that may be predominantly present on the skin are typically adapted to withstand the permeation of water molecules from within the bacterial cells. Not done. Immersion of the skin in such an aqueous solution of physiological saline can result in a reduction in microbial population.
With respect to improving the rate of healing of damaged skin, skin soaked in aqueous saline solution experiences an improvement in the rate of healing by reducing the number of microorganisms that can interfere with healing. Is possible. And also, osmotic flow can heal damaged skin by assisting in the transport of nutrients and repair proteins from within the cells and tissues beneath the surface skin to the damaged skin site. It is possible to support.
Therefore, immersing the skin in an aqueous solution of sodium chloride, which may have a higher salt concentration than the soaked skin tissue, may provide multiple benefits to the soaked skin.
Now let's look at oxygen treatments for the skin and how oxygen can reduce some of the skin problems identified above. Again, prior art has shown a positive correlation with skin improvement in exposing the skin to oxygen, regardless of explanation.
Molecular oxygen (atmospheric oxygen), ie O<sub>2</sub>May be essential with respect to cellular respiration and with respect to the basis of how each vertebrate cell elicits energy through the Krebs cycle (citric acid cycle). Without a consistent and adequate supply of oxygen to any vertebrate cell, the cell can become hypoxic, regenerate, fight infection, and / or heal. May have diminished ability to operate normal cellular activity, including diminished ability to operate. By providing oxygen directly to the skin in sufficient concentration, such exposed skin relies heavily on the delivery of oxygen via hemoglobin in red blood cells, but instead of the required oxygen. It is possible to get some directly. Such skin cells with a constant available source of oxygen can enable all normal cellular activity of such skin cells. In addition, immune cells that target and kill infectious microorganisms (eg, microphage and phagocytes) function better when such cells have a sufficient supply of oxygen. The second mechanism of oxygen that reduces the population of infectious microorganisms can then be due to the oxidizing properties and ability of oxygen to form reactive oxygen species, which in turn interfere with the bacterial cell wall. It is possible to oxidize bacterial cell mechanisms, such as.
Here, oxygen can be applied to the skin in a gaseous form and / or released as a dissolved gas in a liquid containing an immersion liquid and / or as bubbles. For example, the atmosphere will contain atmospheric oxygen, for example at approximately 20.95%. The concentration of gaseous oxygen delivered can be increased above the atmospheric percentage by using pure oxygen as a source. However, the use of gaseous oxygen directed to the skin can have the drawback of being difficult to control and manipulate due to the inherent ability of the gas to disperse more freely. On the other hand, the release of oxygen in the liquid can provide better control because the target area of the skin can be immersed in the liquid, which is then released into the liquid. It is possible to have oxygen from fresh air or pure oxygen.
The benefits of oxygen and aqueous saline solutions can be combined into the same dip. For example, air (which contains oxygen) and / or oxygen can be pumped or released into a suitable aqueous solution of physiological saline. In addition, such an oxygenated aqueous solution of sodium chloride can be combined with the benefit of controlling the temperature of the aqueous solution of oxygenated sodium chloride.
For example, increasing the temperature of the immersion liquid above room temperature but below potentially harmful (eg, painful) temperatures allows for increased chemical reactions (kinetic kinetics). .. Therefore, increasing the immersion liquid temperature in such a range tends to increase the effectiveness of the physiological saline solution as well as the effectiveness of skin oxygenation. In addition, an increase in the temperature of such an immersion liquid can provide a sedative and potentially relaxing environment for the user. Such sedative and relaxing results can then relieve stress and relieve headaches. Relieving stress can promote reduced blood pressure, healing of damaged skin, and a stronger immune system. Therefore, increasing the temperature of the immersion liquid can only provide a direct improvement in how saline and oxygen work to improve the skin. Rather, by creating a sedative and relaxing environment, the secondary benefits of stress relief can be realized, which in turn can also include additional benefits that lead to one after another.
In addition, increasing the immersion liquid temperature above room temperature can then allow the immersion liquid to be used for hyperthermia. Heat therapy not only treats skin problems, but is not limited to, such as, but not limited to, arthritis, osteoarthritis, fibromyalgia, joint stiffness, bursitis, tendinitis, sprains, and flesh. Can be used to treat other illnesses. Heat and immersion fluids that can transfer heat can increase blood flow, improve joint stiffness, and reduce pain. For example, heated paraffin wax can be used as the immersion liquid. Such heated paraffin wax can soften the hardened skin caused by scleroderma, a disease in which collagen accumulates in the body.
In addition or alternative, reducing the immersion liquid temperature below room temperature can then allow the immersion liquid to be used for cryotherapy. Cooling the liquid by the use of a chiller, by the use of a chilling device, and / or by the introduction of ice, then various cryotherapy can be removably immersed in the chilled liquid on the face or other It can be made possible to be used to treat parts of the body. Additional or alternative, heat therapy can alternate with cold therapy, and the alternating warmth and coldness increases blood flow, cellular toxins (eg, limited to it). Although not, it can help facilitate the removal of lactate) and / or promote the healing of burned or traumatized tissue.
In addition, liquid jets, such as water jets, can provide a soothing and relaxing environment for the user when directed to the soaked skin. Also, such water jets can increase their benefits as the immersion temperature is increased as described above.
Also, phototherapy can generally be used to impart various benefits to exposed skin and / or the body. Phototherapy may require directing the source of light to the skin. Several wavelengths of light have been found to increase the healing rate of damaged skin, including cuts, scratches, bruises, lacerations, and injuries. Also, light such as ultraviolet (UV) rays can be used for skin tanning purposes. However, both existing oxygen therapy and existing phototherapy are performed in an atmospheric therapeutic environment, i.e., the article to be treated (eg, the area of the skin) is not submerged in the immersion solution.
In addition, as a therapeutic gas for the skin, it may be desirable to extend beyond mere oxygen, air, or oxygen-enriched air.
In addition, in general, current phototherapy devices generally emit only a very narrow range of wavelengths within the visible light spectrum, near infrared (IR), and near ultraviolet (UV). It is aimed at doing. It may be desirable to have an extended device capable of emitting electromagnetic (EM) radiation of various wavelengths that can cover the entire region of the EM spectrum, i.e., it can necessarily radiate over the entire EM spectrum. Rather than a single device (because different techniques may be needed to produce wavelengths in a given range), multiple EM radiating devices in which each different device can radiate a particular range of wavelengths. It may be desirable to have these different EM radiating devices, making it possible to collectively cover the entire EM spectrum.
Performing oxygen therapy and / or phototherapy or other EM therapy in the dip may be desirable for several reasons. Since liquids are denser than the atmosphere, more control over directing oxygen (or other gas) to the target area above the article (eg, the area of the skin in which it is immersed) is oxygen in the atmosphere. It can be achieved rather than performing therapy, in which case the exhaled oxygen is rapidly dissipated into the atmosphere. By removably submerging the target area of the article using an immersion liquid, the useful properties of the liquid can be adjusted for a particular application with respect to the target area of the article. Liquid water, such as an aqueous solution of physiological saline, is capable of softening the skin and also makes such softened skin better from exposure to oxygen and / or light of various wavelengths. Can be profitable. Additives in liquids are used and can be healed, cleaned, rejuvenated, hygienic, and sterilized. Similarly, controlling the temperature of the liquid can then apply heat with much higher efficiency than would be possible if the treatment environment was atmospheric and not liquid, or of the article. It may be possible to remove heat from the target area. In addition, controlling the temperature of the liquid (up, down, or maintaining) can increase or decrease the effectiveness of the additive, eg, from the perspective of kinetics.
Moreover, by providing increased coverage of the target area of the article receiving EM radiation compared to the absence of bubbles when EM radiation can be radiated through multiple bubbles in the immersion liquid. It has been discovered that performing phototherapy or other EM therapies can be improved. The emitted EM radiation and bubbles create an optical chain reaction (OCR) phenomenon that provides this improvement.
However, as mentioned above, with respect to such skin problems on the face, these problems are exacerbated by the high visibility of the face. In addition, the current state of the art is that the hydrotherapy immersion solution may contain an aqueous solution of physiological saline, a means by which the user can soak the face to receive hydrotherapy, oxygen (and / or other gas). These skin problems on the face are exacerbated by not providing delivery, heating means for increasing and / or decreasing the temperature of the immersion liquid, and / or the use of a liquid jet. Problems that prior art has not been able to address up to the present invention arise from two biological facts. First, the terrestrial vertebrate breathes through its nose and / or mouth, which is located above the face, so water treatment measures for the face are provided while the user's face is immersed. It is necessary to provide a means by which the user can breathe. Otherwise, facial immersion is limited to how long the user can hold his or her breath. And secondly, all existing vessels do not have the means to accommodate the user's neck area, especially the soft tissue area of the neck (front and side of the neck), and thus the user. If the user's face is submerged in an existing vessel, the vessel's rim will push into the neck area, causing discomfort and making prior art ineffective for facial water treatment. To do. Alternatively, users will have to change the angle of their heads into the prior art vessel and also hold their heads at an uncomfortable angle to immerse their faces. It will not, and it can cause neck pain over a long period of time. In addition, at least in certain embodiments, it may be desirable to facilitate facial immersion if such a device can comfortably support the user's head area, especially the forehead. It is comfortable and may not pull the neck, allowing the user to comfortably immerse their face over a long period of time.
Specifically of the article, which will be removably submerged in the immersion liquid, then treated with various bubbles such as oxygen and then treated with EM radiation of various wavelengths such as visible light. Treated by a synergistic combination of EM radiation and foam that makes it possible to treat a targeted area (eg, skin) and / or can result from directing EM radiation through bubbles in a liquid. There is a need in the art for devices and / or methods that make it possible to provide improved EM radiation coverage in these areas.
The need for a device that can then allow the user to breathe while the face is immersed and can facilitate comfortable facial immersion in the dipping solution, which can be comfortable on the user's neck. However, it exists in this technical field.
The present invention has been developed for these purposes.
In order to minimize the limitations in the prior art and to minimize other limitations that will become apparent upon reading and understanding the specification, one or more embodiments of the invention are facets. It is possible to describe a soaking device.
Certain embodiments may be used for a person to place and hold a person's face in a liquid for extended periods of time while breathing conveniently and / or comfortably through a breathing tube (eg, a respiratory device). It is possible to provide a device. The device is capable of aerating the liquid (by various gases) while the person is immersing his face in the liquid. In certain embodiments, the device may be designed to minimize or prevent the outflow of liquid into human clothing or adjacent areas around the device.
In certain embodiments, the face soaking device can include a vessel, a vessel neck gasket, and a breathing apparatus. The vessel may be configured to hold the liquid and submerge the user's face or a portion thereof. The vessel neck gasket can be removably joined to the vessel. The vessel neck gasket may be configured to comfortably accommodate a portion of the user's neck. The breathing device can be in removable contact with the vessel, head support, and / or user. The breathing device may be configured to allow the user to breathe while the user's face can be submerged (in whole or in part) in the liquid. When the vessel can be filled with liquid to at least a sufficient level, the user can soak the face or a portion thereof, benefiting the soaked skin.
An object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device that can be used to reduce the severity of facial acne by immersing the face in an immersion liquid.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device that can be used to reduce the severity of facial wrinkles and / or age-related age spots by immersing the face in an immersion liquid. is there.
Another object of the present invention is to reduce the severity of microbial infections, including but not limited to viral, bacterial and / or fungal infections of the facial skin, by immersing the face in a dip solution. Is to provide a face-soaking device that can be used in.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device that can be used to reduce the severity of physical damage to facial skin by immersing the face in an immersion liquid.
Another object of the present invention is a face soaking device that allows the user to submerge the user's face in the dipping solution by means of a face soaking device containing a vessel that may be configured to hold the dipping solution. Is to provide.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device capable of allowing the user to breathe while the user's face can be immersed in the dipping solution.
Another object of the present invention is the user while maintaining comfort to the neck where the neck can contact the face soaking device, especially where the soft tissues of the neck can contact the face soaking device. Is to provide a face soaking device capable of immersing the user's face in the dipping solution.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device that can minimize the outflow of immersion liquid around the user's neck when the user's face can be immersed in the immersion liquid.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device capable of catching an immersion liquid spilling from a main vessel (eg, vessel) holding the immersion liquid.
Another object of the present invention is to support a part of the user's head, especially a part of the forehead, which may be inside the vessel, while maintaining comfort to the neck and reducing the strain on the neck. However, it is to provide a face soaking device capable of allowing the user to immerse the user's face in the dipping solution.
Another object of the invention is that the head support (eg, headrest subassembly) can be adjustable, such adjustment can be vertical (height) and / or anterior-posterior. Is to provide a face soaking device.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the immersion liquid can accept various gases into the immersion liquid.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the immersion liquid can be oxygenated by the release of air and / or oxygen in the immersion liquid.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the temperature of the immersion liquid can be increased or decreased with respect to the room temperature of the face soaking device.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device that can be insulated to help the vessel control the temperature of the immersion liquid.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the face soaking device can be used for heat therapy and / or cold therapy.
Another object of the invention is that a face soaking device can be used for heat therapy and / or cold therapy, although the heat therapy and / or cold therapy is not limited to, but is limited to, treating skin problems. A face-soaking device that can also be used to treat other diseases such as arthritis, osteoarthritis, fibromyalgia, joint stiffness, bursitis, tendonitis, contusion, and flesh. To provide.
Another object of the present invention is that a face soaking device can be used for heat therapy and / or cold therapy, where heat therapy and / or cold therapy increases blood flow, improves joint stiffness and pain. It is to provide a face soaking device that can be reduced and the like.
Another object of the present invention is that a face soaking device can be used for cryotherapy, such as increasing blood flow, improving joint stiffness, reducing pain, reducing swelling, and the like. It is possible to provide a face-soaking device.
Another object of the invention is that a face-soaking device can be used to alternate between heat therapy and cold therapy, with alternating heat and cold therapy increasing blood flow and stiffening of the joints. It is to provide a face-soaking device that is capable of improving, reducing pain, reducing swelling, improving healing, helping to eliminate cell toxins, and the like.
Another object of the present invention is for a face soaking device to soften at least such facial skin and / or facial hair (eg, beard and / or stubble). To provide a face soaking device that can be used to immerse facial skin. For example, such softening of the skin can be beneficial for shaving the face.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the face soaking device can be used to treat burns, external and / or internal.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device that can be used to lighten the skin tone.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which a face soaking device can be used to darken a skin tone (eg, skin tones or skin tones).
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the immersion liquid can be paraffin wax.
Another object of the present invention is that the inner surface of the vessel can be smoothed to facilitate drainage of the immersion liquid and to facilitate cleaning and hygiene of the face soaking device. To provide a device.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device that can be portable and can be carried by one adult user.
Another object of the present invention is to allow the inner surface of the vessel to be oriented to one or more jet nozzles, one or more intakes, and a portion of the face where the pressure of the immersion liquid is immersed. It is to provide a face soaking device, which can include means for pumping an immersion liquid from an intake through a jet nozzle.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the positioning of the jet nozzle can be adjusted.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a face soaking device in which the immersion of the face in the dipping solution in the vessel can be sedative and relaxing for the user and such stress can be reduced. It is to be.
Yet another object of the present invention is such that such stress-relieving use of a face-soaking device promotes lowering blood pressure, reduces headache severity, and / or improves the user's immune system. It can bring additional secondary benefits such as.
These advantages and features of the present invention, as well as other advantages and features, are described herein with specificity, how to practice the present invention, and which of the present invention The present invention has become understandable to those skilled in the art, both in terms of how to make it.
The elements in the figure are not necessarily shown in proportion to their actual size in order to improve their clarity and to improve their understanding of these various elements and embodiments of the invention. Moreover, elements known to be common and well understood by those skilled in the art are not shown to provide clearer diagrams of various embodiments of the invention. ..
<figref num="1A">It can be a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of an overall assembled face-soaking device, which is shown by a top perspective view, allowing at least a portion of the user's face to be removed into the vessel of the face-soaking device It is a figure which shows that it can be substantially immersed in the contained immersion liquid (liquid).</figref><figref num="1B">FIG. 1A may be a longitudinal cross section of the face soaking device 100, wherein at least a portion of the user's face is substantially immersed in a liquid that is removably contained in the vessel of the face soaking device. It is a figure which shows that it obtains.</figref><figref num="2A">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of an overall assembled face soaking device, as shown by a top perspective view. The user may not be shown in the figures in the Figure 2 series.</figref><figref num="2B">It may be a top view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A.</figref><figref num="2C">It may be a longitudinal (outer) side view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A.</figref><figref num="2D">It may be a front view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A, which may be a view showing the front of the vessel neck gasket of the face soaking device.</figref><figref num="2E">It may be a rear view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A.</figref><figref num="2F">It may be a bottom view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A.</figref><figref num="2G">It may be a top perspective exploded view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A, which is shown straddling the two drawings.</figref><figref num="2H">It may be a top perspective exploded view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A, which is shown straddling the two drawings.</figref><figref num="3A">It may be a diagram showing a vessel neck gasket and clamp, which communicate together, but are disassembled from the vessel neck-gasket-acomo data and are shown by a partial perspective longitudinal cross section.</figref><figref num="3B">It can be a front perspective view of the vessel, the vessel neck gasket and clamps have been removed, and the focus of FIG. 3B may be neck-gasket-acomo data.</figref><figref num="3C">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a component of an embodiment of a vessel neck gasket, a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper front perspective view.</figref><figref num="3D">It may be a view showing the vessel neck gasket of FIG. 3C, which is shown by an upper rear perspective view.</figref><figref num="3E">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a component of an embodiment of a clamp, a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper front perspective view.</figref><figref num="3F">It may be a view showing the clamp of FIG. 3E, which is shown by an upper rear perspective view.</figref><figref num="3G">A partial perspective longitudinal cross-section may be a view showing the vessel neck gasket of FIG. 3A and the clamp of FIG. 3C, which are assembled together.</figref><figref num="3H">A partial longitudinal cross-section may be a view showing the vessel neck gasket of FIG. 3C and the clamp of FIG. 3E, which are assembled together.</figref><figref num="3I">It may be a top view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A and includes a cross-sectional line 3J-3J across the front portion of the face soaking device.</figref><figref num="3J">It can be a front view from section line 3J-3J of FIG. 3I, where FIG. 3J may show a region of detail 3K, where the clamp end of the clamp is at or near the rim of the vessel. It may be a diagram showing how the structure can be removably engaged with the structure.</figref><figref num="3K">It can be a diagram showing a close-up of detail 3K, which is a diagram showing how the clamp end of the clamp can be removably engaged with the rim or a structure close to the rim. possible.</figref><figref num="3L">It can be a perspective view of a vessel neck gasket with clamps, further showing a press-in-fit-part.</figref><figref num="4A">FIG. 2A may be an upper perspective exploded view of the respirator of the face soaking device, the respirator may have been disassembled from the vessel.</figref><figref num="4B">It can be a top view of the face-soaking device of FIG. 2A, where FIG. 4B may further show two section lines, namely section line 4C-4C and section line 4F-4F, section line 4C-4C. May be a cross-sectional line through the breathing device, and section line 4F-4F may be a longitudinal section line passing through the breathing device.</figref><figref num="4C">It can be a cross-sectional view along section line 4C-4C, where FIG. 4C can be a view showing two areas of detail, namely detail 4D and detail 4E, where detail 4D is at least one hose. Or it can be a diagram showing how the second end of at least one tubing can be removably engaged with some structure proximal to the rim of the vessel, detail 4E at least. It may be a diagram showing how one hose or the first end of at least one tubing can engage the mouthpiece.</figref><figref num="4D">It can be a diagram showing a close-up of detail 4D, where at least one hose or the second end of at least one tubing is how the second end of the vessel is some structure proximal to the rim of the vessel (eg, for example). It may be a diagram showing whether at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector) can be removably engaged.</figref><figref num="4E">It can be a close-up view of detail 4E, which is a diagram showing how at least one hose or the first end of at least one tubing can engage the mouthpiece. Can be.</figref><figref num="4F">It may be a partial longitudinal sectional view along the sectional line 4F-4F passing through the respirator.</figref><figref num="4G">Regarding how at least one hose or at least one of the second ends of the tubing can be removably engaged with some structure proximal to the rim of the vessel. It can be a partial top perspective view, showing some inside of the vessel.</figref><figref num="4H">How at least one hose or one of the second ends of at least one tubing to some structure proximal to the rim of the vessel (eg, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector) It can be a partial upper perspective exploded view showing some inside of the vessel as to whether it can be removably engaged.</figref><figref num="4I">Regarding how at least one hose or at least one of the second ends of the tubing can be removably engaged with some structure proximal to the rim of the vessel. It can be a partial top perspective view, showing some outside of the vessel.</figref><figref num="4J">Regarding how at least one hose or at least one of the second ends of the tubing can be removably engaged with some structure proximal to the rim of the vessel. It can be a partial top perspective cross section, showing some inside of the vessel.</figref><figref num="4K">It can be a top perspective view of the vessel-tube-hose-connector.</figref><figref num="4L">FIG. 4K may be a diagram showing a vessel-tube-hose-connector, shown by top view.</figref><figref num="4M">FIG. 4K may be a view showing a vessel-tube-hose-connector, shown by an inside side view.</figref><figref num="4N">FIG. 4K may be a view showing a vessel-tube-hose-connector, shown by an outer side view.</figref><figref num="4O">FIG. 4K may be a diagram showing a vessel-tube-hose-connector, shown by a front view.</figref><figref num="4P">FIG. 4K may be a diagram showing a vessel-tube-hose-connector, shown by a rear view.</figref><figref num="4Q">FIG. 4K may be a diagram showing a vessel-tube-hose-connector, shown by a bottom view.</figref><figref num="5A">It may be a view showing the face-soaking device of FIG. 2A, which is shown by top view, and the headrest subassembly can be in a rearward configuration (ie, rearward configuration).</figref><figref num="5B">It may be a view showing the face soaking device of FIG. 2A, which is shown by top view, and the headrest subassembly can be in a front configuration.</figref><figref num="5C">It may be a view showing the face-soaking device of FIG. 2A, as shown by the top view, the headrest subassembly can be in a raised (raised) configuration (as well as a rear configuration).</figref><figref num="5D">It may be a view showing the face-soaking device of FIG. 2A, as shown by the top view, the headrest subassembly can be in a lowered (lowered) configuration (as well as a rear configuration).</figref><figref num="5E">FIG. 2A may be a top perspective exploded view of the headrest subassembly disassembled from the vessel of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A.</figref><figref num="5F">It can be a top view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A, FIG. 5F further shows two section lines, namely section line 5G-5G and section line 5H-5H, where section line 5G-5G is the headrest sub. It may be a longitudinal section line through the assembly, and section line 5H-5H may be a section line in the transverse width direction through the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="5G">It may be a longitudinal sectional view along the sectional line 5G-5G passing through the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="5H">It can be a cross-sectional view along the cross-sectional line 5H-5H through the headrest subassembly, and the region of detail 5I can be a view showing the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="5I">It can be a close-up view of detail 5I.</figref><figref num="6A">Two face-soaking devices in two different configurations for the headrest subassembly shown may be shown side-by-side, while the head support is shown in a lowered (lowered) configuration. , The other head support is shown in a raised (raised) configuration, and the head support shown can be a single post embodiment.</figref><figref num="6B">It can be an upper perspective exploded view of one of the headrest subassemblies shown in FIG. 6A, the headrest subassemblies being disassembled from the vessel.</figref><figref num="6C">It can be one top view of the headrest subassembly shown in FIG. 6A, and FIG. 6C can be a diagram showing two section lines, namely section lines 6D-6D and section lines 6E-6E. The 6D-6D can be a longitudinal section line through the headrest subassembly and the section line 6E-6E can be a section line in the transverse width direction through the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="6D">It can be a longitudinal sectional view along section line 6D-6D through the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="6E">It can be a cross-sectional view along the cross-sectional line 6E-6E through the headrest subassembly, and the area of detail 6F can be a view showing the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="6F">It can be a close-up view of the detailed 6th floor.</figref><figref num="6G">Two face-soaking devices in two different configurations for the headrest subassembly shown may be shown side by side, one headrest subassembly is shown in a lowered (lowered) configuration. The other headrest subassembly is shown in a raised (raised) configuration, and the headrest subassembly shown can be a single post embodiment.</figref><figref num="6H">It can be one top view of the headrest subassembly shown in FIG. 6G, where FIG. 6H can be a diagram showing two section lines, namely section lines 6I-6I and section 6J-6J. 6I-6I can be a longitudinal section line through the headrest subassembly and section line 6J-6J can be a section line in the transverse width direction through the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="6I">It may be a longitudinal sectional view along section line 6I-6I through the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="6J">It can be a cross-sectional view along a section line 6J-6J through the headrest subassembly, and a region of detail 6K can be a view showing the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="6K">It can be a close-up view of the details 6K.</figref><figref num="7A">It may be a view showing the assembled heater subassembly in communication with the vessel, as shown by the top perspective view, but the breathing apparatus, headrest subassembly, and gas diffuser parts have been removed.</figref><figref num="7B">Although it may be a diagram showing the heater subassembly of FIG. 7A, it is shown by an upper perspective exploded view, the heater subassembly being disassembled from the vessel.</figref><figref num="7C">It may be a diagram showing a heat shield (shield) of a heater subassembly, which is shown by a top view.</figref><figref num="7D">It can be a diagram showing the shield of the heater subassembly and is shown by the bottom view.</figref><figref num="7E">It may be a diagram showing the shield of the heater subassembly and is shown by the front view.</figref><figref num="7F">It can be a diagram showing the shield of the heater subassembly and is shown by the rear view.</figref><figref num="7G">It may be a view showing the shield of the heater subassembly and is shown by a longitudinal side view.</figref><figref num="7H">It may be a top perspective view of the vessel, showing a partial inside view of the vessel, but the heater subassembly, breathing apparatus, headrest subassembly, and portion of the gas diffuser have been removed.</figref><figref num="7I">It may be a diagram showing at least one heating element of the heater subassembly, which is shown by top view.</figref><figref num="7J">It can be a diagram showing at least one heating element of the heater subassembly and is shown by the bottom view.</figref><figref num="7K">It can be a diagram showing at least one heating element of the heater subassembly and is shown by the front view.</figref><figref num="7L">It can be a diagram showing at least one heating element of the heater subassembly and is shown by the rear view.</figref><figref num="7M">It may be a diagram showing at least one heating element disposed in the inner volume of the vessel, but it is in a disassembled state from the inner wall of the rear surface of the vessel and is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="7N">It may be a diagram showing at least one heating element located within the inner volume of the vessel, but it is in a disassembled state from the inner wall of the rear surface of the vessel, and also a partial inside view of the mechanical compartment. It is shown by the rear perspective notch notation shown.</figref><figref num="8A">FIG. 2A may be a diagram showing the gas diffuser portion of the face soaking device, shown by top view, with the breathing apparatus, headrest subassembly, and (heat) shield removed.</figref><figref num="8B">It may be a diagram showing the part of the gas diffuser according to FIG. 8A, which is shown exploded from the vessel and is from the upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="8C">It may be a diagram showing a portion of the gas diffuser of FIG. 8A, which is shown by top view along with a cross-sectional line 8D-8D in the transverse direction through the gas-diffuser-tubing.</figref><figref num="8D">It is a cross-sectional view along the cross-section line 8D-8D through the gas-diffuser-tubing, which may also show the region of detail 8E.</figref><figref num="8E">It can be a close-up view of detail 8E.</figref><figref num="8F">It may be a diagram showing a gas-diffuser-tubing removably connected to an end cap, the gas-diffuser-tubing and the end cap may be disassembled from the vessel flange-receiver and partially inside the vessel. It is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="8G">It can be the opposite side of Figure 8F, where Figure 8G can show the gas-diffuser-tubing being decomposed from the connector and from the inner rear wall of the vessel, partial inside the vessel. It is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="9A">It can be a partial view of at least one electromagnetic (EM) radiation emitter shown to be inserted into the LED housing of the vessel lining and is shown by a top perspective view showing a partial inside view of the vessel. , The LED housing is shown in the notch diagram.</figref><figref num="9B">It may be a diagram showing at least one EM radiation emitter that has been disassembled and disposed between the vessel lining and the vessel cover, the vessel lining and the vessel cover being capable of forming the vessel.</figref><figref num="9C">It may be a bottom perspective view of the vessel lining of the vessel of the face soaking device.</figref><figref num="10A">It can be a top view of the membrane of the membrane switch subassembly and is shown by a partial top view of the face soaking device of FIG. 2A.</figref><figref num="10B">It may be a diagram showing a portion of a membrane switch subassembly that has been disassembled from the vessel and is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="11A">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a controller for a face soaking device and is shown as a block diagram.</figref><figref num="11B">It may be a diagram showing the operating environment of the face soaking device, and shows how a user can operate and / or program the face soaking device.</figref><figref num="12A">It may be a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a device for treating an article (such as skin), such as a vessel, and methods for treating the article may also utilize this device. And is shown by the perspective view.</figref><figref num="12B">Although it may be a diagram showing the device of FIG. 12A, at least one EM emitter may be shown at various different locations with respect to the device and is shown in perspective view.</figref><figref num="12C">It can be a diagram showing a diagram of the optical chain reaction from electromagnetic (EM) radiation that interacts with at least one bubble.</figref><figref num="12D">It can be a diagram showing a diagram of the optical chain reaction from EM radiation interacting with multiple bubbles.</figref><figref num="13A">It may be a view showing a face soaking device with a curved vessel wall, showing a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="13B">It can be a diagram showing a face soaking device, a portion of the breathing device can emerge from the bottom of the vessel of the face soaking device and is shown by a top perspective view. FIG. 13B may be a diagram showing a face soaking device that may not include a vessel neck gasket or neck-gasket-acomo data.</figref><figref num="13C">FIG. 13C may be a diagram showing a face soaking device, where the vessel neck gasket may be formed from a region of flexible sidewalls that is configured to match the user's neck.</figref><figref num="14A">It may be a diagram showing a face soaking device with a vessel neck gasket of an alternative embodiment, shown by a perspective view. (Respirators, headrest subassemblies, heater subassemblies, and gas diffusers may have been removed.)</figref><figref num="14B">It may be a view showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown by a bottom perspective view.</figref><figref num="14C">FIG. 14A may be a diagram showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown by a front view.</figref><figref num="14D">It may be a view showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown by the (right) side view.</figref><figref num="14E">It may be a diagram showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in the upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="14F">It may be a view showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in a bottom perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="14G">FIG. 14A may be a diagram showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in a front exploded view.</figref><figref num="14H">It may be a view showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in the (right) side exploded view.</figref><figref num="14I">A view showing the face-soaking device of FIG. 14A, but shown in front view, has a cross-section line 14J-14J through the neck-gasket-acomo data, and the vessel neck gasket and clamps have been removed. It may be.</figref><figref num="14J">It may be a side sectional view along section line 14J-14J, and FIG. 14J may be a diagram showing a region of detail 14K.</figref><figref num="14K">It can be a diagram showing a close-up of detail K.</figref><figref num="14L">Although it may be a view showing the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, it is shown in front view and has a vessel neck gasket, a clamp, and a cross section 14M-14M through the neck-gasket-acomo data.</figref><figref num="14M">It may be a side sectional view along section line 14M-14M, and FIG. 14M may be a diagram showing a region of detail 14N.</figref><figref num="14N">It can be a close-up view of detail 14N.</figref><figref num="15A">It may be a diagram showing a face soaking device with a vessel neck gasket of an alternative embodiment, the clamp is swivelable and is shown in perspective view. (Respirators, headrest subassemblies, heater subassemblies, and gas diffusers may have been removed.)</figref><figref num="15B">Although it may be a diagram showing a face soaking device according to FIG. 15A, the vessel neck gasket and clamp may have been disassembled from the vessel.</figref><figref num="15C">FIG. 15A may be a diagram showing a face soaking device according to FIG. 15A, but is shown by a front view and has a cross-sectional line 15D-15D through a vessel neck gasket and clamp.</figref><figref num="15D">It can be a partial side cross section along section line 15D-15D.</figref><figref num="15E">It may be a view showing a face-soaking device according to FIG. 15A, but is shown by a side view (on the right) and has a cross-sectional line 15F-15F through the vessel.</figref><figref num="15F">It may be a cross-sectional view in the cross-sectional width direction along the cross-sectional line 15F-15F.</figref><figref num="16A">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a nose-clip, including a tight coil, shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="16B">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 16A, which is shown by a bottom perspective view.</figref><figref num="16C">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 16A, which is shown by a front view.</figref><figref num="16D">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 16A, which is shown by a side view.</figref><figref num="16E">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 16A, which is shown by a rear view.</figref><figref num="16F">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 16A, which is shown by top view.</figref><figref num="16G">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 16A, which is shown by a bottom view.</figref><figref num="17A">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a nose-clip, including a loose coil, shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="17B">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 17A, which is shown by a bottom perspective view.</figref><figref num="17C">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 17A, which is shown by a front view.</figref><figref num="17D">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 17A, which is shown by a side view.</figref><figref num="17E">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 17A, which is shown by a rear view.</figref><figref num="17F">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 17A, which is shown by top view.</figref><figref num="17G">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 17A, which is shown by a bottom view.</figref><figref num="18A">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a nose-clip, including a pair of spherical termination structures, shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="18B">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 18A, which is shown by a bottom perspective view.</figref><figref num="18C">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 18A, which is shown by a front view.</figref><figref num="18D">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 18A, which is shown by a side view.</figref><figref num="18E">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 18A, which is shown by a rear view.</figref><figref num="18F">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 18A, which is shown by top view.</figref><figref num="19A">It can be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a nose-clip, the nose-clip can be coated with a polymer and is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="19B">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 19A, which is shown by a bottom perspective view.</figref><figref num="19C">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 19A, which is shown by a front view.</figref><figref num="19D">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 19A, which is shown by a side view.</figref><figref num="19E">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 19A, which is shown by a rear view.</figref><figref num="19F">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 19A, which is shown by top view.</figref><figref num="19G">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 19A, which is shown by a bottom view.</figref><figref num="20A">It may be a cross-sectional view of the face soaking device in use by the user, showing an independent breathing device.</figref><figref num="20B">It may be a cross-sectional view of the face soaking device in use by the user, showing an independent breathing device.</figref><figref num="21A">It can be a diagram showing an embodiment of a face soaking device, the breathing device can be incorporated (combined) into a headrest subassembly, and is shown in perspective view with a partial cutout of the vessel. ..</figref><figref num="21B">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of FIG. 21A, but it is based on a top view.</figref><figref num="21C">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of FIG. 21A, but it is based on a front view. Section lines 21E-21E may then be shown in FIG. 21C through a breathing apparatus combined with a headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="21D">Although it may be a diagram showing an embodiment of FIG. 21A, it is an exploded perspective view.</figref><figref num="21E">Although it may be a diagram showing an embodiment of FIG. 21A, it shows a diagram along section line 21E-21E, which may be a side sectional view in the longitudinal direction.</figref><figref num="22A">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown by a perspective view.</figref><figref num="22B">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown by a close-up perspective view.</figref><figref num="22C">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown by a close-up perspective view, with a perspective view of the inside of the channel sleeve and a diagram showing the side wall tabs in a comparative view without the channel sleeve. possible.</figref><figref num="22D">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown by a perspective view, and the breathing device may be in a stationary configuration.</figref><figref num="22E">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown by a perspective view, but may be in a state where the breathing device is configured to receive an adjustable load.</figref><figref num="22F">It can be a top perspective view of another embodiment of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector.</figref><figref num="23A">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of a headrest subassembly and is shown by a perspective view.</figref><figref num="23B">It may be a view showing the headrest subassembly of FIG. 23A, but is shown by a top view. Two section lines, namely section lines 23C-23C and section lines 23D-23D, may be shown in FIG. 23B. The section line 23C-23C can be a section line in the transverse width direction, and the section line 23D-23D can be a section line in the longitudinal direction through the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="23C">It may be a front sectional view in the transverse width direction along the sectional line 23C-23C from FIG. 23B.</figref><figref num="23D">It may be a longitudinal sectional view along the sectional line 23D-23D from FIG. 23B. Also, a cross section of the user's head may be shown in FIG. 23D, with the cross section of the user's head resting on a portion of the comfortable outer surface of the support member of the headrest subassembly portion.</figref><figref num="23E">It may be a diagram showing an exemplary embodiment of FIG. 23A, but is shown by an exploded perspective view.</figref><figref num="23F">It can be a longitudinal side cross section that can illustrate the potential rear sliding problem of a particular headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="24A">It may be an assembled overall perspective view of a face soaking device comprising an embodiment of a headrest subassembly that can alleviate the problem identified in FIG. 23F.</figref><figref num="24B">FIG. 24A may be a diagram showing an embodiment of the headrest subassembly, but a portion of the headrest subassembly is tilted upward.</figref><figref num="24C">FIG. 24A may be a diagram showing an embodiment of the headrest subassembly, but is by top view.</figref><figref num="24D">FIG. 24A may be a diagram showing an embodiment of the headrest subassembly, but shows a perspective view in a mechanical compartment.</figref><figref num="25A">It may be a diagram showing a face soaking device with a headrest subassembly of an alternative embodiment, which is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="25B">It may be a view showing the headrest subassembly of FIG. 25A, which is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="25C">It may be a view showing the headrest subassembly of FIG. 25A, but is shown by an exploded top view.</figref><figref num="25D">It may be a diagram showing an alternative embodiment of the headrest subassembly and is shown by an exploded top view. The support member can be adjusted vertically and the support member can be a component of the headrest subassembly.</figref><figref num="25E">It may be a diagram showing an alternative embodiment of the headrest subassembly and is shown by side views (right and left). The support member can be adjusted vertically and / or forward or backward with respect to the front surface of the face soaking device.</figref><figref num="25F">Although it may be a diagram showing an embodiment of FIG. 25E, it is shown as a sectional view along the sectional line 25F-25F shown in FIG. 25E. This cross section may be a diagram showing how the support member can be pivoted to achieve vertical adjustment and / or forward or backward adjustment.</figref><figref num="25G">It may be a diagram showing an alternative embodiment of the headrest subassembly, which is shown by a rear view of the side. The support member may be adjusted perpendicularly to the front surface of the face soaking device and / or forward or backward. Further, FIG. 25G may be a diagram showing a cross-sectional line 25H-25H.</figref><figref num="25H">Although it may be a diagram showing an embodiment of FIG. 25G, it is shown as a sectional view along the sectional line 25H-25H. This cross section may be a diagram showing how the support member can be pivoted to achieve vertical adjustment and / or forward or backward adjustment.</figref><figref num="26A">It may be a diagram showing one or more of the front-rear adjusting means and / or the height adjusting means for the support member using the track and flange embodiments, which are shown in cross-sectional views from right to left.</figref><figref num="26B">It may be a diagram showing a height adjusting means for a support member using a telescoped strut embodiment, but is shown by a cross-sectional view from right to left.</figref><figref num="26C">It may be a view showing a height adjusting means for a support member using an embodiment of a telescope type strut, which is shown in a cross-sectional view from right to left.</figref><figref num="26D">It may be a view showing a height adjusting means for a support member using an embodiment of a telescope type strut, which is shown in a cross-sectional view from right to left.</figref><figref num="26E">It may be a diagram showing one or more of the front-rear adjusting means and / or the height adjusting means for the support member using the track and flange embodiments, which are shown in cross-sectional views from right to left.</figref><figref num="26F">It may be a view showing a height adjusting means and a front-back adjusting means for a support member using a pivotable locking means, which is shown in a cross-sectional view from right to left.</figref><figref num="27A">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of a U-shaped heating element heater subassembly for a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="27B">It may be a diagram showing another embodiment of a U-shaped heating element heater subassembly for a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="27C">It may be a view showing the assembled U-shaped heater subassembly of either FIG. 27A or FIG. 27B, which is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="27D">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of a roughly O-shaped heating element heater subassembly for a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="27E">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of a back heater subassembly with respect to a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="27F">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of a T-shaped heating element back heater subassembly for a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="27G">It may be a view showing the assembled backheater subassembly of either FIG. 27E or FIG. 27F, which is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="27H">It may be a diagram showing an embodiment of a double side wall heater subassembly for a face soaking device, which is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.</figref><figref num="27I">FIG. 27H may be a view showing the assembled double side wall heater subassembly, which is shown by a top perspective view.</figref><figref num="28A">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It may be a diagram showing a linear heating element close to the rear surface of the vessel, and the heating element may be a diagram showing that the heating element enters the vessel through the side wall of the vessel.</figref><figref num="28B">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It may be a diagram showing an L-shaped heating element close to the rear surface of the vessel, and the heating element may be a diagram showing that the heating element has entered the vessel from the rear surface.</figref><figref num="28C">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It may be a diagram showing a T-shaped heating element close to the rear surface of the vessel, and the heating element may be a diagram showing that the heating element has entered the vessel from the rear surface.</figref><figref num="28D">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It may be a diagram showing a U-shaped heating element, and the heating element may be a diagram showing that the heating element has entered the vessel from the rear surface of the vessel.</figref><figref num="28E">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It may be a diagram showing a U-shaped heating element, and the heating element may be a diagram showing that the heating element has entered the vessel from the front surface of the vessel.</figref><figref num="28F">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It may be a diagram showing a U-shaped heating element, which may be a diagram showing that the heating element has entered the vessel from the bottom of the vessel.</figref><figref num="28G">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It may be a diagram showing an approximately O-shaped heating element, and the heating element may be a diagram showing that the heating element has entered the vessel from the rear surface of the vessel.</figref><figref num="28H">As shown by the top view, it may be a diagram showing various heating element layout configurations, showing various overall shapes of the heating element. It can be a diagram showing a pair of linear heating elements, each close to an opposing but parallel side wall, indicating that the heating elements enter the vessel from the rear surface of the vessel. Can be.</figref><figref num="29A">Top views may show various possible layout configurations for one or more gas-diffuser-tubing in a given vessel.</figref><figref num="30A">It can be a diagram showing how one or more gas-diffuser-tubing located within the internal volume of the vessel is fixed to the air line tubing, lifted over, and a portion of the air line tubing is of the internal volume. It can be positioned on the outside, and "lifting over" can be for the Vessel rim.</figref><figref num="30B">It may be a close-up detail of the contiguous zone of FIG. 30A, where one or more gas-diffuser-tubing may be removably connected to the airline tubing via a connector.</figref><figref num="31">Vessel Neck-Gasket-Acomo data may be a diagram illustrating a push-down press-fit embodiment for a clamp and a vessel neck gasket.</figref>
Embodiments of face soaking devices, article soaking devices, and flexible removable vessel covers, as well as methods of use, are described and disclosed. In some exemplary embodiments, these face-soaking devices can include a gasket-acomo data, a vessel neck gasket, and a vessel with a breathing apparatus. The vessel may be configured to hold the immersion liquid (liquid) and submerge the user's face or a portion thereof. The vessel neck gasket can be removably joined to the vessel. The vessel neck gasket may be configured to comfortably accommodate a portion of the user's neck. The breathing device can be in removable contact with the vessel, headrest subassembly, and / or user. The breathing device may be configured to allow the user to breathe while the user's face can be submerged in the liquid. When the vessel can be filled with liquid to at least a sufficient level, the user can soak the face or a portion thereof, allowing the soaked skin to benefit.
The term "removable" as used in this disclosure means that two or more components, which are referred to in the text as "removable", are removable from each other in some embodiments. Note that it can mean that it is possible. However, such use of "removable" is not intended to rule out embodiments in which the two components may not be removable. For example, as used above, "the vessel neck gasket can be removably joined to the vessel" is, in certain embodiments, because the vessel neck gasket (eg, repairs or replaces the vessel neck gasket). Although it can be removed from the vessel, on the other hand, in other embodiments, the vessel neck gasket may mean that it cannot be removed from the vessel.
The benefits a user can obtain from such face soaking can depend on several factors. Some of these factors are, but are not limited to, how long the user submerges their face in the liquid, and how often the user faces soaking device, in any given use of the face soaking device. It is possible to use and / or include liquid properties.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the properties of the liquid may be a liquid (eg, water, oil, paraffin wax, water-oil mixture, etc.) (it may function as a solvent and / or carrier. There are) major chemicals; the amount of air, oxygen, and / or gas present in the liquid (whether dissolved or undissolved); the temperature of the liquid; the liquid is circulated. Whether to obtain; and / or include whether the liquid can be directed to a part of the immersed face via a jet nozzle (or some other compulsory means of transportation). Is possible. Also, in certain embodiments, the major species may include additional additives to provide a variety of treatments. In certain embodiments, these additional additives to the liquid include salts, mineral salts, organic salts, minerals, pharmaceutical active ingredients, dyes, oxidizing agents, bleaching agents, whitening agents, cleansers, bactericides, spices, fragrances, It can contain one or more of essential oils (eg, in the context of the cosmetics industry), herbs, homeopathic ingredients, and / or medicinal ingredients. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such herbs include traditional herbal medicines, traditional Japanese medicines, traditional Indian medicines, and traditional Native American medicines. It is possible to include the herbs found in one or more of them. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such herbs can include a variety of tea leaves, including herbal teas and / or tea leaves from tea plants (trees). Some of these qualities of the liquid may be unique to the liquid, and / or some of these qualities of the liquid may be imparted to the liquid from the face soaking device.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, some such unique properties can be chemical properties that arise from the chemical composition of the liquid. In certain embodiments, the liquid can be an aqueous solution of physiological saline resulting from the dissolution of various salts in water, oil, and / or a mixture of oil and water. Such salts can contain a variety of positive ion minerals with complementary negative ions. Such minerals can include sodium, potassium, magnesium and the like. Such negative ions can include chlorides, sulfates and the like. For example, such salts can be sodium chloride, potassium chloride, magnesium sulfate (Epsom salt), and the like. Different positive mineral ions can provide different benefits to the skin immersed in the face soaking device. For example, some such positive mineral ions may tend to soften the skin, while others may tend to moisturize the skin. For example, Epsom salt bathing tends to soften and moisturize the soaked skin.
It should be noted that the terms "saline" and / or "saline solution" can often be used to describe a salt solution containing sodium chloride dissolved in water. In the present disclosure, the terms "saline" and / or "saline solution" can refer to any salt solution, such as sodium chloride, potassium chloride, magnesium sulfate, and the like.
Such chemical properties, such as osmotic pressure, can be a function of salinity. In certain embodiments, the liquid should have a salt concentration greater than 0.9% by weight where it may be desirable to have an osmotic flow from within the soaked skin tissue towards the liquid.
In certain embodiments, the liquid may be provided by the user. In such an embodiment, the user is free to formulate the liquid in any number of different ways. For example, the user can decide which salt or mixture of salts to use. The user can set the salt concentration. The user can also add other additives and / or ingredients for other desired effects. For example, users can use their own home remedies recipes that may depend on various herbal ingredients, mineral ingredients, homeopathic ingredients, and / or medicinal ingredients. In addition, various licensed physicians can provide prescriptions for various formulations of liquids that will be used in face soaking devices.
In certain embodiments, the supplier of the face soaking device provides various packets that will be mixed with water, oil, paraffin wax, and / or a mixture of oil and water and is used within the face soaking device. It is possible to formulate a given desired liquid to do so. These packets can contain various additives as described above.
In certain embodiments, the supplier of the face soaking device can provide a recipe and the user can mix and formulate a given desired liquid for use in the face soaking device. It has become like.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, some such conferred properties of the liquid are the amount of air, oxygen, and / or gas present in the liquid (dissolved or (Whether or not); the temperature of the liquid, whether or not the liquid can be circulated; and / or whether the liquid can be directed to the part of the face that is immersed through the jet nozzle. It can be said that.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the temperature of the liquid can be controlled using various heaters, chillers, and / or ice. Cooling the liquid by the use of a chiller, by the use of a chilling device, and / or by the introduction of ice, then various cryotherapy can be removably immersed in the chilled liquid on the face or other It can be made possible to be used to treat parts of the body. In certain embodiments, the liquid can be substantially ice. Additional or alternative, hyperthermia (or high temperature) therapy can alternate with cold therapy, and the alternating warmth and coldness increases blood flow, cellular toxins. It can help facilitate the removal of (eg, but not limited to, lactic acid) and / or promote healing of burned or traumatized tissue.
In addition, such face soaking devices can also be used for other purposes. Also, for example, and without limiting the scope of the present invention, the face soaking device can be used as a means of immersing the hands and / or feet, forearms, lower legs, etc. as a face wash in preparation for shaving the face. It can be used to relax, facilitate face washing, and facilitate face soaking.
In some uses, such face soaking devices can be used to lighten the user's skin tone, for example by adding one or more oxidizing or bleaching agents to the liquid. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, various concentrations of hydrogen peroxide can be used in the liquid as an oxidizing agent. In some uses, such face soaking devices may be used to lighten a user's skin tone, for example by adding one or more whitening agents that may interfere with melanin secretion to the liquid. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, various concentrations of hydroquinone can be used as skin whitening agents. In certain embodiments, one or more other skin whitening agents, such as, but not limited to, deoxyarbutin, glycolic acid, kojic acid, corticosteroids, niacinamide, retinol, soybeans, licorice extract, and arbutin. However, it can be used with various embodiments of face soaking devices.
Conversely, in some uses, such face-soaking devices are used to darken the user's skin tone, for example by applying UV energy to the liquid and then tanning the exposed skin. obtain. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the ultraviolet light source is oriented to deliver ultraviolet electromagnetic (EM) energy into the liquid with sufficient intensity to affect the user's skin. obtain. Alternatively, as an alternative (or in addition to) UV treatment, one or more dyes (permanent or temporary) can be added to the liquid to alter the color (hue) of the user's skin. Is. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, one or more of dihydroxyacetone (DHA), erythrulose, and melatonin (including derivatives and synthetic derivatives, such as Melatonin II). It can be added to the liquid to darken (tan) the skin.
That is, various embodiments of face soaking devices can be used to lighten and / or darken skin tones, tones, and / or shades.
In the following discussion, which examines certain embodiments and applications of the present invention, the accompanying drawings forming a portion thereof are referred to, in which, as an illustration, a depiction of a particular embodiment in which the present invention can be practiced is made. It has been. It should be understood that other embodiments may be utilized and modifications may be made without departing from the scope of the invention.
FIG. 1A may represent an exemplary embodiment of the overall assembled face soaking device 100, which is shown by a top perspective view, in which at least a portion of the user 9000 face 9010 is liquid 101. Can be substantially immersed in (see FIG. 1B), the liquid 101 can be removably contained in the vessel 200 of the face soaking device 100. FIG. 1B may show a longitudinal cross section of the face soaking device 100 of FIG. 1A, a liquid in which at least a portion of the face 9010 of the user 9000 is removably contained in the vessel 200 of the face soaking device 100. Can be substantially immersed in 101.
In some exemplary embodiments, the face soaking device 100 can include a vessel 200, a vessel neck gasket 340, and a breathing device 400, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B.
Continuing the discussion of FIGS. 1A and 1B, in one embodiment the vessel 200 may be configured to hold a volume of liquid 101 sufficient to submerge the entire or part of the user 9000 face 9010. With the liquid 101 being able to be retained in the vessel 200, the vessel 200 is at a level sufficient to allow the user 9000 to submerge (immerse) the entire or part of the face 9010 in the liquid 101. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that it may be configured to hold 101. This sufficient level is such that when the user 9000 inserts the face 9010 into the internal volume 220 and places the first part of the neck 9020 on the vessel neck gasket 340, the face 9010 is completely immersed in the liquid. It can be the liquid level when it is supposed to be. The maximum liquid level of the vessel 200 can be higher (higher) than this sufficient level.
In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include at least one wall 201 and at least one base 215. At least one wall 201 and at least one base 215 can be in physical contact with each other. (See, for example, FIG. 2AG for at least one base 215.) At least one wall 201 can include a neck-gasket-acomo data 335. (See, for example, Figure 3G for neck-gasket-acomo data 335.) The neck-gasket-acomo data 335 may be configured to accommodate the vessel neck gasket 340. In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 can be formed as a cutout from the top of the vessel 200 into the region of at least one wall 201. In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 can be formed as an integrally molded structure in the region of at least one wall 201. The vessel neck gasket 340 can be removably joined to the vessel 200. Where the vessel neck gasket 340 can be joined to the vessel 200, i.e. where it can be joined along such a surface of physical contact, a primary watertight seal is provided for the neck-gasket-acomo data. It can be formed in or near the neck-gasket-acomodata 335. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, this vicinity of the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 can be 2 inches or less. In other embodiments, other distances may be used with respect to "neck-gasket-near acomo data 335". The vessel neck gasket 340 may be configured to accept the first portion of the user 9000 neck 9020 region when the entire face 9010 or its first portion can be submerged in the liquid 101. The first part of the user 9000 neck 9020 area is the neck 9020 vessel neck It can be a place of physical contact with the gasket 340. Note that the nature of the physical contact between the first portion of the user 9000 neck 9020 area and the vessel neck gasket 340 can be eliminated. When the vessel neck gasket 340 can accept the first part of the neck 9020 area, a secondary watertight seal can be formed between this first part of the neck 9020 area and the vessel neck gasket 340. .. It should be noted that the vessel 200 is further detailed in the figures in the Figure 2 series and can be discussed below in the discussion of the figures in the Figure 2 series. Note that the Vessel Neck Gasket 340 and Neck-Gasket-Acomo Data 335 are further detailed in the figures of the Figure 3 series and may be discussed below in the discussion of the figures in the Figure 3 series. (This paragraph may refer to Figures 1A and 1B as a whole, but some of the references to structures and / or components are discussed in more detail below. Please note.) Note that some of the references related to this are discussed in more detail below. ) Note that some of the references related to this are discussed in more detail below. )
In certain embodiments, the breathing apparatus 400 can be in physical contact with the vessel 200, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B (and focused in the figures of the FIG. 4 series). Is. In certain embodiments, the breathing apparatus embodiment can be in physical contact with the headrest subassembly 2100 (see, eg, the figures in the Figure 21 series). In both embodiments, the nature of the physical contact between the breathing embodiment (eg, 400) and the vessel 200, or the physics between the breathing embodiment and the headrest subassembly (eg, 2100). The nature of the contact can be removable in some embodiments, while it can be non-removable in other embodiments.
In certain embodiments, the user 9000 may be able to breathe using the respirator 400 when the mouth of the user 9000 may hold the mouthpiece 401 of the respirator 400. (See FIG. 4A for the mouthpiece 401, for example.) The respiratory device 400 is further detailed in the figures of the FIG. 4 series and may be discussed below in the discussion of the figures of the FIG. 4 series. Please note. (And other breathing device embodiments may be taken up in the figures of the 20 series, the 21 series, and the 22 series.)
When the vessel 200 can be filled with the liquid 101 to a level below the maximum liquid level of the vessel 200, the user 9000 can immerse the entire face 9010 or a portion thereof over a period of time. Skin soaked in the liquid 101 at regular intervals can receive health benefits, aesthetic benefits, and / or soothing benefits.
In certain embodiments, the benefits are reduced acne, reduced wrinkle severity, softened skin, moisturized skin, promoted relaxation, promoted healing of damaged skin, promoted healing of infected skin. , Reduction of rash severity, reduction and / or elimination of headache (including migraine), promotion of healing of traumatic tissue (including burned tissue), lightening of skin tone, skin tone (color tone, color) ) Can be darkened, and one or more of the reduction of swelling, etc. can be included. Such benefits can result from facial skin exposure to liquid 101, where the characteristics of liquid 101 are that liquid 101 is a saline solution, liquid 101 is greater than 0.9% by weight salt. It is a physiological saline solution having a concentration, air and / or oxygen is present in the liquid 101, the temperature of the liquid 101 is lower or higher than the ambient room temperature, and the liquid 101 in the vessel 200. Circulation and / or liquid 101 can include one or more of being oriented with respect to a portion of the skin in the form of a stream or jet of liquid 101 pressure.
Now let's take a look at the discussion of the figures in the Figure 2 series. The figures in the FIG. 2 series can include FIGS. 2A to 2H. With the exception of FIGS. 2G and 2H, which can be exploded views, the figures in these Figure 2 series may be focused on showing the overall assembled face soaking device 100. The figures in these Figure 2 series may be focused on showing some of the structure and geometry of the Vessel 200.
FIG. 2A may represent an exemplary embodiment of the overall assembled face soaking device 100, shown by a top perspective view. User 9000 may not be shown in the figures in the Figure 2 series. Liquid 101 may not be shown in the figures in the Figure 2 series. See Figure 1B for a depiction of Liquid 101. FIG. 2B may be a top view of the face soaking device 100. FIG. 2C may be a longitudinal (outer) side view of the face soaking device 100. Technically, FIG. 2C may be a right longitudinal (outer) side view of the face soaking device 100, but in some embodiments, a right longitudinal (outer) side view of the face soaking device 100. Can be substantially similar to the left longitudinal (outer) side view of the face soaking device 100, which may not be shown in the figure. FIG. 2D may be a front view of the face soaking device 100, which may show the front of the vessel neck gasket 340 of the face soaking device 100. The front view may also be known as a view of the vessel neck gasket. The figure on the right may be for the observer looking at the front view, and the figure on the right may be for the observer's right side, i.e. the face when viewed from the front. It may be on the right side of the soaking device 100. FIG. 2E can then be a rear view of the face soaking device 100 (ie, the opposite side of FIG. 2D). FIG. 2F may be a bottom view of the face soaking device 100. Both FIGS. 2G and 2H may be top perspective exploded views of the face soaking device 100, which is shown across the two drawings.
In FIG. 2A, in certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include at least one wall 201 and at least one base 215. At least one wall 201 and at least one base 215 may be in physical contact with each other. In certain embodiments, the nature of the physical contact between at least one wall 201 and at least one base 215 can be that of a permanent connection, and all points of contact are watertight. It is possible that In certain embodiments, at least one base 215 can be conceptualized as the bottom of an embodiment of a given face soaking device. See, for example, Figure 2A.
In certain embodiments, at least one wall 201 can include an outer wall 202 and an inner wall 203, the outer wall 202 and the inner wall 203 being disposed on opposite sides of each other and having a wall thickness. Is only separated. The inner wall surface 203 can demarcate the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. The internal volume 200 of the vessel 200 may be configured to hold the liquid 101. That is, all inner walls 203, including the inner surface of at least one base 215, can all be watertight. See, for example, Figure 2A.
In certain embodiments, at least one base 215 can include a bottom medial surface 217. Reference to at least one base 215 can include the outer or inner surface of at least one base 215, while referencing the bottom inner surface 217 can include the inner surface of at least one base 215. Can be related to. In certain embodiments, the inner wall surface 203 and the bottom inner surface 217, together with the upper main opening described as the top opening 226, can be bound together with an internal volume 220. See, for example, Figure 2A.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the internal volume 220 may be between 0.5 gallons and 5.5 gallons, or any other volume suitable for sinking the face 9010. be able to. In other embodiments, other volumes may be used with respect to the internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, at least one wall 201 and / or at least one base 215 can be constructed from semi-rigid to rigid construction materials. Semi-rigid to rigid construction materials are from thermoformed plastics, glass, fiberglass, metals, wood, ceramics, their composites, and any other semi-rigid suitable for holding liquid 101 in an internal volume 220. It can be selected from one or more of the groups containing rigid materials.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, thermoformed plastics include acrylic; vinyl, polyvinyl chloride (PVC); acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS); polycarbonate, polyethylene, polypropylene, and an internal volume of 220. It is possible to include one or more of any other group of thermoformed plastics suitable for holding the liquid 101 in.
In certain embodiments, at least one wall 201 and / or at least one base 215 can be constructed from a flexible building material, where the vessel 200 airs the space between the outer wall 202 and the inner wall 203. It can be formed by expanding with a gas such as. When this space can be filled with gas, the gas can exert sufficient pressure on the outer wall 202 and the inner wall 203 to provide the vessel 200 with at least a semi-rigid structure. In some such embodiments, the valve is attached to the outer wall 202 (and / or inner wall 203), allowing the vessel 200 to expand and / or contract the vessel 200. can do. In certain embodiments, such valves can be removably and removably closed. Such an inflatable vessel 200 can facilitate the portability of the vessel 200.
In certain embodiments, at least one wall 201 of the vessel 200 can include an upper portion (upper boundary), i.e., a rim 225. The rim 225 can demarcate the top opening 226 to the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. The rim 225 can substantially demarcate the top opening 226 to the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. The rim 225 may be disposed opposite to at least one base 215 (or bottom inner surface 217). See, for example, Figure 2A. The top opening 226 can allow the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200 to be filled with the liquid 101 to a level below the maximum liquid level of the vessel 200. The top opening 226 can allow the liquid 101 to drain from the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. That is, the upper opening 226 can allow access to the internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, it is possible that there is one continuous wall portion 201, such as a curved wall portion 1301. In such an embodiment, the overall shape of the vessel can be hemispherical, such as a bowl shape, and the top opening 226 is oval (eg, including a circle), including a circle when viewed from above. It can be oval and / or oval). See, for example, FIG. 13A, which shows the curved wall 1301.
Figure 2 Continue discussion on the series of figures. In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include a catch baseon 230. The catch baseon 230 can be in physical contact with the vessel 200. In some embodiments, the physical contact properties may be removable, while in other embodiments, the physical contact properties may be removable. The catch baseon 230 may be configured to catch the liquid 101 spilling from the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. The catch baseon 230 can be in physical contact with a portion of at least one wall 201 of the vessel 200. The catch baseon 230 can be in physical contact with at least some portion of the outer wall surface 202 of at least one wall portion 201 of the vessel 200. The catch basin 230 can be in physical contact with the perimeter 216 of the base 215. The catch basin 230 can demarcate a perimeter that is larger or smaller than at least one wall 201 of the vessel 200 or perimeter 216 of at least one base 215. See, for example, Figure 2A.
In certain embodiments, the location of the catch basin 230 can be at least one base 215 of the vessel 200, and the outer wall 202 of at least one wall 201 meets the outer surface of at least one base 215. It is possible. In one embodiment, the nature of the physical contact between the catch basin 230 and some part of the outer wall 202 of at least one wall 201 can be integrated, two , Can be one manufactured product. In certain embodiments, the catch basin 230 may be removable from the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the catch basin 230 is located at the bottom of at least one base 215 and / or may be attached to the bottom of at least one base 215. See, for example, Figure 2A. See also Figure 2F. FIG. 2F may be a bottom view of the face soaking device 100, which may show the bottom of the catch basin 230.
In certain embodiments, the catch basin 230 can be constructed from semi-rigid to rigid construction materials. Semi-rigid to rigid construction materials include thermoformed plastics, glass, fiberglass, metals, wood, ceramics, their composites, and any other suitable for its intended purpose, catching liquid 101 spilling from its internal volume 220. Can be selected from one or more of the groups containing semi-rigid to rigid materials. In certain embodiments, the catch basin 230 can be constructed from the same material from which at least one wall 201 and at least one base 215 can be constructed. In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 and / or the catch basin 230 can be injection molded, 3D printed, machined, and / or a combination thereof.
In certain embodiments, it is possible to insert an insulator space in at least one wall portion 201 between the outer wall surface 202 and the inner wall surface 203. This insulator space can include the form of an insulator. The form of the insulation can be selected from one or more of the groups including liquids, air, foams, gels, fillings, vacuums, and any other form of insulation. The purpose of this insulating space may be to provide insulation to the liquid 101, which removably occupies the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the insulating liquid can be water or some other insulating liquid.
Now, looking at FIG. 2C, FIG. 2C may show the vessel 200 in a longitudinal (outer) side view. In certain embodiments, the at least one wall 201 can include at least one side wall 205. Note that at least one wall 201 can be a structural element wider than at least one side wall 205. At least one side wall 205 can refer to the wall of the vessel 200, which can be oriented at least partially perpendicular (or substantially perpendicular) to at least one base 215, and at least. One base 215 can be oriented substantially horizontally when used. Thus, any reference to at least one wall 201 in the figure is at least one side wall 205 if that at least one wall 201 shown is at least partially oriented vertically. Can be exchanged for. Note that at least one base 215 may not be shown in Figure 2C. In certain embodiments, at least one side wall 205 can include an outer wall surface 202 and an inner wall surface 203, the outer wall surface 202 and the inner wall surface 203 being arranged on opposite sides of each other, and the wall thickness ( It can be variable) only separated. In certain embodiments, the inner wall surface 203 and the bottom inner surface 217 can form an internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the labeled figure of at least one side wall 205 can be replaced with at least one wall portion 201.
In certain embodiments, it is possible that at least one side wall 205 and at least one base 215 are in physical contact with each other. The point of contact between at least one side wall 205 and at least one base 215 is capable of forming the perimeter 216 of the base of the base 215. See FIG. 2A for example, for the perimeter 216 of the base. At least a portion of the base 215 within the perimeter of the base 216 can be flattened so that the face soaking device 100 can be stably placed on a flat substrate. At least a portion of the bottom of the catch baseon 230 can be flattened so that the face soaking device 100 can be stably placed on a flat substrate. See, for example, Figure 2F. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the flat substrate can be a table top, counter top, desktop, floor surface, and / or ground.
In certain embodiments, at least one side wall 205 can have some curvature, such as a bowl-shaped side wall. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 13 series. Continuing the discussion of the figures in the Figure 2 series, in one embodiment, the outer wall 202 of at least one side wall 205, and the flat portion of the base 215, are relative to each other with respect to some part of at least one side wall 205. Can be substantially vertical. The reason is that at least one other part of the side wall 205 may be curved. As used herein, "substantially vertical" does not mean that such a relationship requires a perfectly true geometric vertical relationship, but rather such a relationship. Corresponding surfaces are dispersed from each at approximately 90 degrees, for example, it may be described that they are dispersed from 90 degrees to plus or minus 11 degrees. In other embodiments, the outer wall 202 of at least one side wall 205 and the flat portion of the base 215 do not have to be truly geometrically perpendicular to each other. For example, in embodiments where at least one side wall 205 tends to flare outwardly away from the internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, the at least one side wall 205 can include four side walls, namely a first side wall 206, a second side wall 207, a third side wall 208, and a fourth side wall 209. See FIG. 2C, for example, with respect to the first side wall 206, the second side wall 207, and the fourth side wall 209. See FIG. 2D with respect to the first side wall 206, the third side wall 208, and the fourth side wall 209. The first side wall 206 and the third side wall 208 can be substantially parallel to each other. The first side wall 206 and the third side wall 208 can face each other. The second side wall 207 and the fourth side wall 209 can be substantially parallel to each other. The second side wall 207 and the fourth side wall 209 can face each other. The first side wall 206 can be in physical contact with the second side wall 207, the fourth side wall 209, and at least one base 215. The second side wall 207 can be in physical contact with the first side wall 206, the third side wall 208, and at least one base 215. The third side wall 208 is capable of being in physical contact with the second side wall 207, the fourth side wall 209, and at least one base 215. The fourth side wall 209 can be in physical contact with the first side wall 206, the third side wall 208, and at least one base 215. See FIG. 2C for the first side wall 206. See FIG. 2E for the second side wall 207. See FIG. 2D for the fourth side wall 209. The figure of the outer wall surface 202 of the third side wall 208 is not shown from a straight point of view in the figure because the figure on the left side of the face soaking device 100 was not included. The reason is that such a figure can largely overlap with the figure on the right side of Figure 2C. However, the third side wall 208 (and the first side wall 206) may be shown as a side wall in FIG. 2D, which side wall is substantially perpendicular to the fourth side wall 209. Or Or it is a wall part that comes into contact with. The inner wall surface 203 of the third side wall 208 may be shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B. FIG. 2B can show the inner wall surface 203 of all four side walls.
In certain embodiments, the fourth side wall 209 can be a front wall. In certain embodiments, the first side wall 206 and the third side wall 208 can be side walls (right and left, respectively). In certain embodiments, the second side wall 207 can be a rear wall. These front wall and rear wall can be facing wall portions.
In certain embodiments, where each side wall 205 can join (ie meet) another side wall 205, and / or each side wall 205 joins (ie meets) at least one base 215. Wherever possible, an integral seam (ie, watertight) can be formed. In certain embodiments, such seams, and transitions to such seams, are smooth and continuous, facilitating cleaning of internal volumes and / or the potential for debris to accumulate. It is possible to reduce it.
Now, let's look at Fig. 2G and Fig. 2H. Both FIGS. 2G and 2H can show an exploded top view of the face soaking device 100. In Figure 2G, a vessel 200, a portion of at least one electromagnetic (EM) emitter 900, a portion of the headrest subassembly 500, and a catch basin 230 may be shown. In Figure 2H, the vessel neck gasket 340, clamp 348, respirator 400, rest of headrest subassembly 500, heater subassembly 700, and gas diffuser 800 may be shown. Vessel neck gaskets 340, clamps 348, and neck-gasket-acomodata 335 may be further addressed in the figures in the Figure 3 series and their corresponding discussions. The respiratory device 400 may be further addressed in the figures in the Figure 4 series and their corresponding discussions. The headrest subassembly 500 may be further addressed in the figures in the Figure 5 series and their corresponding discussions. The heater subassembly 700 may be further addressed in the figures in the Figure 7 series and their corresponding discussions. The gas diffuser 800 may be further addressed in the figures in the Figure 8 series and their corresponding discussions. At least one EM Emitter 900 may be further addressed in the figures in the Figure 9 series and their corresponding discussions.
In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include two complementary fitting hull shells, namely the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b. In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 may be constructed by a double hull structure. See, for example, Figure 2G. In certain embodiments, the vessel lining 200a can be inserted into the vessel cover 200b to form the vessel 200. In some embodiments, such insertions may be designed to be permanent, while in other embodiments such insertions may be removable. In certain embodiments, the bottom outer portion of the vessel cover 200b can be integrated with the catch baseon 230. In certain embodiments, substantially all of the inner surface of the vessel lining 200a can include an inner wall 203 and a bottom inner surface 217. In certain embodiments, substantially all of the vertically oriented outer surface of the vessel cover 200b can include an outer wall surface 202.
In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b. See, for example, Figure 2G. At least one plate 511 can be a component of the headrest subassembly 500. In certain embodiments, a portion of at least one EM emitter 900 may be disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b. See, for example, Figure 2G.
Although not visible in FIG. 2G, in some embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 has a vessel lining on the second side wall 207 (ie, the posterior wall) or proximal to the second side wall 207. Note that it can be placed between the 200a and the vessel cover 200b. In certain embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 houses at least some parts of the electronics (eg, controller 1100 and compressor 1110), and some parts of the airline tubing 819 of the face soaking device 100. It is possible to do. That is, the mechanical compartment 251 may be formed between the outer portion of the second side wall 207 of the vessel cover 200b and the inner portion of the second side wall 207 of the vessel lining 200a. See, for example, Figure 1B and Figure 5G.
In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include at least one port 210. At least one port 210 passes, inserts various articles through at least one port 210 in at least one wall 201, into at least one port 210, or on at least one port 210. , Or may be configured to allow mounting. In certain embodiments, at least one port 210 can be a small opening for controlled passage of various articles from the outside to the inside of the vessel 200. Small openings, such as those used herein, can be small enough to allow the passage of various articles in a manner that allows such passage to be watertight, at least. It is possible to mean the diameter of one port 210. In certain embodiments, at least one port 210 is capable of providing a passage from an internal volume 220 to a mechanical compartment 251. In certain embodiments, at least one port 210 is capable of providing a passage from the outside of the face soaking device 100 to the mechanical compartment 251. Optical fiber, wiring, electrical cord (eg power cord 1116), hose, tubing, air line tubing 819, drain valve, drain plug, gasket, O-ring, grommet, fitting, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector, or A variety of articles may be selected from one or more of the groups, including any other suitable article to achieve its intended purpose. See, for example, Figure 8G. FIG. 8G may represent at least one port 210, which can be intended to accommodate the airline tubing connector 817 of connector 813. See also FIGS. 9B and 9C. 9B and 9C can show the rear side where this at least one port 210 may be, and in FIGS. 9B and 9C,
In certain embodiments, each such port 210 comprises a port gasket, a port grommet, and / or a port O-ring and is a watertight seal between the port surface and any article that may be passing through the port 210. It is possible to provide. Such port gaskets, port grommets, and / or port O-rings can be constructed from various elastomers with different durometer hardness (eg, silicones, rubbers, and links) to achieve watertight seals. .. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such a port gasket can be gasket 831. Gasket 831 can be used to seal the airline tubing 819 against a given port 210.
In certain embodiments, the face soaking device 100 can include a drain. The drain may be configured to allow the user 9000 to remove at least most of the liquid 101 from the internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the drain may be positioned at or near at least one base 215 of the vessel 200 or near at least one base 215 of the vessel 200. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the proximity of at least one base 215 can be no more than 2 inches. In other embodiments, being close to at least one base 215 can be another distance. In certain embodiments, the drain can be either a drain valve or a removable plug.
In certain embodiments, the inner surface of at least one base 215 is beveled, which can alleviate unwanted retention of residual liquid and facilitate proper drainage of liquid 101 from the drain. is there.
At least one inner wall 203 can include at least one liquid filling indicator. At least one liquid filling indicator can include a structural geometry over the inner wall 203 that can be seen by the user 9000. At least one liquid filling indicator 620 can indicate the volume of liquid 101 that can be retained within the internal volume 220 when the liquid level is in contact with at least one liquid filling indicator. The at least one liquid filling indicator can include a plurality of graduated markings, the plurality of graduated markings being arranged vertically on the inner wall surface 203. These graduated markings may or may not include relevant numerical markings indicating different filling volumes of the liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, at least one liquid filling indicator is capable of specifying a maximum liquid level. In certain embodiments, the at least one liquid filling indicator can include horizontal lines, vertical lines, and / or lines raised from the inner wall surface 203. Such raised lines can be integrated and molded during manufacturing. In certain embodiments, the at least one liquid filling indicator can include raised lettering and / or numbering.
In one embodiment, the overall 2D external shape of the vessel of a given face-soaking device when viewed from above is a regular polygon (with or without rounded corners), a non-regular polygon. (With or without rounded corners), Square (with or without rounded corners), Rectangle (with or without rounded corners), Trapezium (with or without rounded corners) It can be selected from the group including (with or without corners), circular, oval, and / or oval. With reference to an example, FIG. 13A can represent a face-soaking device 1300 with a curved vessel wall 1301, showing a top perspective view, where the overall external shape of 2D is oval and / or long. It is designed to be circular. In such an embodiment, the curved vessel wall 1301 is capable of replacing at least one wall portion 201. Also, referring to FIG. 13B, in FIG. 13B, the overall external shape of 2D can be elliptical and / or oval.
FIG. 13B may show the face soaking device 1351, and a portion of the respirator (eg, a variation of the respirator 400) can emerge from the bottom 1350 of the vessel 1360 of the face soaking device 1351 and is top surface. A perspective view is shown. FIG. 13B may show the face soaking device 1351, which may not include the vessel neck gasket or the neck-gasket-acomo data.
In certain embodiments, the face soaking device 1351 can include a vessel 1360 and a breathing apparatus. The vessel 1360 may be configured to hold the liquid 101 in a volume sufficient to submerge the entire or part of the user 9000 face 9010. The vessel 1360 can include at least one wall 1361 and at least one base 1315. At least one wall 1361 and at least one base 1315 can be in physical contact with each other. At least one wall 1361 and at least one base 1315 can form the vessel 1360 together, which can substantially demarcate the internal volume 1320.
When the internal volume 1320 of the vessel 1360 can be filled with the liquid 101 to a level below the maximum liquid level of the vessel, the user 9000 can immerse the entire face 9010 or a portion thereof for a period of time and the liquid for a period of time. The skin immersed in 101 can receive health benefits, aesthetic benefits, and / or soothing benefits.
In some embodiments, a portion of the breathing apparatus is from the bottom medial surface 1350 (shown in FIG. 13B) with an internal volume of 1320 and / or the inner wall surface 1303 (its embodiment is shown in FIG. 13B). It is possible to extend from (not). The breathing apparatus can include a mouthpiece 401, at least one vessel-tube-hose-vent 1310, and at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420. At least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 is capable of connecting the mouthpiece 401 to at least one vessel-tube-hose-vent 1310. Mouthpiece 401 may be configured to be held by the mouth of user 9000. At least one vessel-tube-hose-vent 1310 can communicate with air and can be configured for respiratory gas transfer. At least one vessel-tube-hose-vent 1310 may be located on the outside of the bottom of the vessel 1360. User 9000 may be able to breathe using the respirator 400 when the user's mouth can hold the mouthpiece 401. See, for example, Figure 13B.
In certain embodiments, the breathing apparatus 400 can include at least one horizontal hose 1385 or at least one horizontal tube 1385. The second end 422 of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be removably attached to at least one horizontal hose 1385 or at least one horizontal tube 1385. Such an attachment may be configured to allow breathing gas to move freely between the opening of the mouthpiece 401 and at least one vessel-tube-hose-vent 1310. In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be flexible, while at least one horizontal hose 1385 or at least one horizontal tube 1385 is from semi-rigid. Can be rigid. In certain embodiments, at least one horizontal hose 1385 or at least one horizontal tube 1385 is integrated with at least one portion of base 1315 and may be formed from at least one portion of base 1315. .. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, at least one horizontal hose 1385 or at least one horizontal tube 1385, and at least one base 1315 can be constructed from the same construction material. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, at least one horizontal hose 1385 or at least one horizontal tube 1385, and at least one base 1315 are molded as one article of manufacture (eg,). Can be injection molded).
FIG. 13C may show the face soaking device 1370, where the vessel neck gasket may be formed from a region of flexible side wall 1371 configured to match the neck 9020 of user 9000.
In certain embodiments, the face soaking device 1370 can include a vessel 1372 and a respirator (eg, respirator 400). Note that such a breathing device is not shown in Figure 13C. The vessel 1372 may be configured to hold the liquid 101 in a volume sufficient to submerge the entire or part of the user 9000 face 9010. The vessel 1372 can include at least one wall 1373 and at least one base. At least one wall 1373 and at least one base can be in physical contact with each other. At least one wall 1373 and at least one base can form a vessel 1372 together, which can substantially demarcate the internal volume of the vessel 1372. At least one wall portion 1373 can include an area of flexible side wall 1371. The area of the flexible side wall 1371 may be configured to accommodate the neck area of the user 9000 when the entire face 9010 or a portion thereof can be submerged in the liquid 101. The respirator in use with the face-soaking device 1370 and / or vessel 1372 is as shown in the Figure 4 series, Figure 20 series, Figure 21 series, or Figure 22 series. There is a possibility.
Continuing the discussion of FIG. 13C, in one embodiment, the region of the flexible side wall 1371 can be molded by the mold cavity during the molding process, with two different wall thicknesses, i.e., the first wall. It provides a thickness of 1374 and a second wall thickness of 1375. The first wall thickness 1374 can be greater than the second wall thickness 1375. The first wall thickness 1374 can be the wall thickness for most of at least one wall 1373. The first wall thickness 954 allows most of at least one wall 1373 to be semi-rigid to rigid. The second wall thickness of 1375 allows the region of the flexible side wall 1371 to be flexible. Such flexibility can match the neck area of the user 9000, which may be in contact with the area of the flexible side wall 1371.
In certain embodiments, the area of the flexible side wall 1371 is semi-circular, semi-elliptical, U-shaped, or any other suitable to accommodate a portion of the user 9000 neck area when used. It can be concave or convex with a similar semi-circular or semi-oval contour. In certain embodiments, the region of the flexible side wall 1371 is a regular or non-regular or semi-polygon contour suitable for accepting a portion of the user 9000 neck region when used. Can be done.
Figures in the Figure 3 series can include Figures 3A through 3L. The figures in the Figure 3 series may focus on exemplary embodiments of Vessel Neck Gasket 340, Clamp 348, and Neck-Gasket-Acomo Data 335, all of which communicate together and are primary. It is possible to form both a watertight seal and a secondary watertight seal.
FIG. 3A may show the vessel neck gasket 340 and the clamp 348, which communicate together but are disassembled from the vessel 200 neck-gasket-acomo data 335 and have a partial squint longitudinal cross section. It is shown in the figure.
FIG. 3B may be a front perspective view of the vessel 200, with the vessel neck gasket 340 and clamp 348 removed, and the focus of FIG. 3B may be neck-gasket-acomo data 335.
FIG. 3C may show a component of an exemplary embodiment of the vessel neck gasket 340, an embodiment of a face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100), which is shown by an upper front perspective view. FIG. 3D may show the vessel neck gasket 340, which is shown by an upper rear perspective view.
FIG. 3E may represent a component of an exemplary embodiment of the clamp 348, an embodiment of a face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100), which is shown by an upper front perspective view. FIG. 3F may show the clamp 348 and is shown by an upper rear perspective view.
FIG. 3G may show the vessel neck gasket 340 and clamp 348 by partial perspective longitudinal cross-section, which are assembled together. FIG. 3H is a partial longitudinal cross-section, but can show the vessel neck gasket 340 and clamp 348 by a closer view compared to FIG. 3G, which are assembled together.
FIG. 3I may be a top view of the face soaking device 100 and includes a cross-sectional line 3J-3J across the front portion of the face soaking device 100. FIG. 3J may be a front view from section line 3J-3J of FIG. 3I, where FIG. 3J may show a region of detail 3K, where the clamp end 358 of the clamp 348 is the vessel 200. It may indicate how it can be removably engaged with the rim 225, or a structure in close proximity to the rim 225. FIG. 3K may show a close-up of detail 3K, which is how the clamp end 358 of the clamp 348 engages the rim 225, or a structure in close proximity to the rim 225, removably. It can be an indication of what can be done.
FIG. 3L may be a perspective view of the vessel neck gasket 340 with the clamp 348 and shows the press fit 391.
In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can be in at least one side wall 205 of the vessel 200 (or in at least one wall 201). In certain embodiments, at least one side wall 205 (or at least one wall 201) of the vessel 200 can include a neck-gasket-acomo data 335. Many figures show the fourth side wall 209, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 located on the front wall. See, for example, Figure 3A. In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 may be formed in the fourth side wall 209 and / or front wall of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 may be formed from each of the two complementary parts of the vessel 200, i.e. the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b. See, for example, Figure 2G. In such embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can include a neck-gasket-acomo data 335a and a neck-gasket-acomo data 335b, and the neck-gasket-acomo data 335a is a vessel lining. It can be formed from 200a, and the neck-gasket-acomodata 335b can be formed from the vessel cover 200b. That is, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335a and the neck-gasket-acomo data 335b can form the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 together.
The neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can include a maximum vertical length 336, which is larger than the second part of the user 9000 neck area, from rim 225 to vessel 200. It extends towards at least one base 215 and extends to the bottom of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. See, for example, Figure 3B. The second part of the neck area can be the vertical area in front of the neck 9020, i.e. the soft tissue of the neck 9020, where the neck 9020 may be in contact with the vessel neck gasket 340. There is. The neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can have a horizontal width 337, which is centered on the horizontal width of the vessel 200 (eg, transverse width, or left to right). It is larger than the third part of the neck area of the user 9000 and extends from the rim 225 to the opposite rim 225 across the opening generated by the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. See, for example, Figure 3B. The third portion of the neck area can be the horizontal area in front of the neck 9020, i.e. the soft tissue side of the neck 9020, where the neck 9020 can be in contact with the vessel neck gasket 340. There is sex.
Note that with respect to the first, second, and third parts of the user 9000 neck region, the first part may include the second and third parts. That is, the second part may define the vertical dimensions of the first part, and the third part may define the horizontal dimensions of the first part. is there. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, this first portion of the neck region can be part of the neck 9020 that can correspond to where the Adam's apple of the neck can be located. Includes up to 2 inches from the melted area, or the corresponding area above the adam's apple.
In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can include contour 338. The contour 338 can trace the overall shape of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 as a whole. The contour 338 can include one or more surfaces. In certain embodiments, such surfaces face each other, face the front of the face soaking device, face the back of the face soaking device, and / or the top of the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200. It can be one or more of those facing away from the surface.
In one embodiment, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 has contour 338 in at least one wall 201 (or in at least one side wall 205) extending below the rim 225 of the vessel 200. It can be included. In one embodiment, the contour 338 begins where the surface of the contour 338 first extends below the rim 225 and continues until the contour 338 ends where the surface of the contour 338 extends back to the rim 225. There is. In some embodiments, the location where the contour 338 begins and the location where the contour 338 ends can be separated by a horizontal width 337. In one embodiment, the contour 338 has a maximum vertical length of 336 from the height of the rim 225 to the lowest point above the contour 338. See, for example, Figure 3B.
In certain embodiments, the horizontal width 337 can be greater than or equal to the diameter of User 9000's neck 9020. In certain embodiments, the maximum vertical length 336 can be more than half the diameter of User 9000's neck 9020. For example, some large adult males can have a neck circumference of about 21 inches, which results in a neck diameter of about 6.69 inches. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the horizontal width 337 can be 7 to 11 inches. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the maximum vertical length 336 can be 3.5-7 inches.
In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 is semi-circular (with respect to at least one base 215), semi-elliptical, U-shaped, or given face-soaking device in terms of overall shape. Any other similar semicircle suitable for accepting the first portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 and the neck area of the user 9000, when in use in an embodiment of (eg, Face Soaking Device 100). It can be concave or convex with a semi-elliptical, semi-elliptical contour 338. See, for example, Figure 3B. In FIG. 3B, the overall shape of the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 can be semi-circular, semi-oval, and / or semi-elliptical.
In one embodiment, the shape of the contour 338 when viewed from the front of the face soaking device 100 (ie, the overall shape) is from one-third to three-thirds of a circle and one-third of an ellipse. Can be selected from groups including three-thirds, one-third to three-thirds of oval, "U" shaped, horseshoe-shaped, regular polygon, non-regular polygon, and / or semi-polygon, etc. A partially circular, partially oval, partially oval, or horseshoe-shaped arc is oriented downwards towards at least one base 215. See, for example, Figure 3B.
In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 is a regular or non-regular polygon or non-regular polygon suitable for accepting the first portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 and user 9000 neck region when used. It can be a semi-polygon contour 338. This embodiment is not shown in the figure, but the overall shape of the semi-circular neck-gasket-Acomodata 335 shown in FIG. 3B is regular polygonal or non-regular polygonal or semi-polygonal. It should be apparent to those skilled in the art that it can be modified to a polygonal contour 338, and that such contours can remain within the scope of the invention.
Note that in certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can be gasket-acomo data.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 may be configured to fit the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 contour 338 within at least one side wall 205 of the vessel 200. The vessel neck gasket 340 can be equal to, greater than, or smaller than the size of the neck-gasket-acomodata 335. The vessel neck gasket 340 can include a mating edge 343 complementary to at least some surfaces of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 contour 338 within at least one side wall 205 of the vessel 200. The vessel neck gasket 340 can include an adjustable upper edge 344 to accommodate a first portion of the user 9000 neck area. See, for example, Figure 3C. In certain embodiments, the mating edge 343 of the vessel neck gasket 340 can be attached to the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 by the vessel neck gasket attachment means. In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket mounting means can include a clamp 348. Alternatively, in one embodiment, the mating edge 343 of the vessel neck gasket 340 is located at a fixed distance from the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 by means of mounting the vessel neck gasket to the outer wall surface 202 of at least one side wall 205. Alternatively, it can be attached to any of the inner wall surface 203. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the fixed distance can be 1 inch or less. In other embodiments, the fixed distance can be another distance.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 may be removable from the vessel 200. Such embodiments can facilitate switching of the vessel neck gasket 340 in case of wear and tear and / or damage to the installed vessel neck gasket 340. In some other embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 does not have to be removed from the vessel 200 once installed.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 can be a flexible member. The vessel neck gasket 340 includes an inner surface 341 (see FIG. 3D) and an outer surface 342 (see FIG. 3C) disposed on the opposite side of the inner surface 341 and can be flat. The outer surface 342 or inner surface 341 may be configured to form a secondary watertight seal with the neck area when User 9000 places the neck 9020 against the vessel neck gasket 340. In certain embodiments, a portion of the internal surface 341 is capable of physical contact with the liquid 101 when the liquid 101 can be retained within the internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 can be a flexible sheet. The flexible sheet can be shaped to cover the Vessel 200 gasket-acomodata (ie, neck-gasket-acomodata 335) as a whole. This flexible sheet can include a gasket along the bottom of the sheet. In certain embodiments, the gasket can be a mating edge 343.
In certain embodiments, the Vessel Neck Gasket 340 is opposed to human skin (or to the outer part of the body of a terrestrial vertebrate) and / or to Vessel (eg, Vessel 200). Can be substantially constructed from one or more materials (ie, construction materials) suitable for forming a watertight seal and / or suitable for comfort when in contact with human skin. .. In certain embodiments, the Vessel Neck Gasket 340 opposes silicone, rubber, neoprene, nitrile, vinyl, polyethylene, polypropylene, and / or human skin and / or Vessel (eg, Vessel 200). Can be constructed from one or more of the elastomers, including any other material suitable for forming a watertight seal and / or for comfort when in contact with human skin. .. In certain embodiments, the rubber can be natural rubber. In certain embodiments, the rubber can be synthetic rubber, including latex-free.
In certain embodiments, the inner surface 341 and the outer surface 342 can be constructed from different elastomers. The inner surface 341 can be constructed from an elastomer focused on impermeable. The outer surface 342 can be constructed from an elastomer focused on comfort for User 9000, ie, an elastomer with a soft outer surface and / or a non-adhesive outer surface. It is possible that two such different elastomers are joined together to form a single flexible composite member of the vessel neck gasket 340. The means for joining the inner surface 341 to the outer surface 342 can be solvent bonding, heat welding, ultrasonic welding, and / or a chemical adhesive / sealant or the like.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket mounting means is one or more of friction fitting, heat welding, ultrasonic welding, solvent bonding, chemical adhesives and / or sealants, and / or mechanical fasteners and the like. Can be selected from. The use of clamp 348 can be an example of friction fitting and / or some type of mechanical fastener.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the mechanical fasteners can include multiple screws or bolts and mounting blocks. The mounting block may consist of multiple complementary female screw holes for receiving screws or bolts. The mating edge 343 of the vessel neck gasket 340 can be secured by screws or bolts between the outer wall 203 and the mounting block to provide sufficient clamping force to create a primary watertight seal. Is. Alternatively, the mating edge 343 of the vessel neck gasket 340 is clamped between the inner wall 203 and the mounting block by screws or bolts to provide sufficient clamping force to create a primary watertight seal. It is possible to provide. In any embodiment, the plurality of screws or bolts pass through a complementary number of ports (which can be threaded ports) through the vessel 200 (eg, at least one wall 201). It is possible. In addition to such mechanical fasteners, thermal welding, ultrasonic welding, solvent bonding, and chemical adhesives and / or sealants can be used with mechanical fasteners.
In certain embodiments, an exemplary embodiment of the face soaking device 100 can include at least three elements: a vessel neck gasket 340, a clamp 348, and a neck-gasket-acomo data 335. In certain embodiments, the exemplary vessel neck gasket subassembly can include at least three parts: the vessel neck gasket 340, the clamp 348, and the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. The neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can be part or region of a given vessel embodiment, such as the vessel 200 embodiment. The Vessel Neck Gasket 340, Clamp 348, and Neck-Gasket-Acomo Data 335 of the exemplary Vessel Neck Gasket subassembly of the Figure 3 series figures are shown in the Figure 14 series and Figure 15 series figures. Note that it is possible to be structurally different from such similar elements.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 can be attached to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 by the use of clamp 348. See, for example, Figure 3G. In certain embodiments, such an attachment is capable of forming a primary watertight seal. In one embodiment, the clamp 348 may be shaped to fit complementaryly to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335, and a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 may be a contour 338 of the clamp 240 and neck-gasket-acomodata 335. It is sandwiched between and forms a primary watertight seal. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, the contour 338 can include at least one surface that faces away from the upper surface of the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200. The bottom inner surface 217 can be the inner space of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the bottom inner surface 217 can be, by volume, the largest inner space of the vessel 200.
In certain embodiments, the fitted attachment of the clamp 348 to the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can be removable. In certain embodiments, the fit attachment of the clamp 348 to the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can be a friction fit. In certain embodiments, the fit attachment of the clamp 348 to the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 may be by one or more snap fits.
In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 contour 338 can include at least one sealing fin 350. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, the at least one sealing fin 350 can be a protrusion extending away from one or more surfaces of the contour 338. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, at least one sealing fin 350 can project and extend from such one or more surfaces over an inch or less. Is. In certain embodiments, the at least one sealing fin 350 can be a protrusion extending away from the upper surface of the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200.
In one embodiment, when the clamp 348 can be removably connected to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 and a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 is disposed between the clamp 348 and the neck-gasket-acomodata 335. , At least one sealing fin 350 can be pushed into some of the portion of the vessel neck gasket 340, stretching area 345 of the vessel neck gasket 340 to both sides of the at least one sealing fin 350. In certain embodiments, the stretched area 345 of the vessel neck gasket 340 is capable of forming a primary watertight seal. In certain embodiments, the at least one sealing fin 350 provides some sealing surface area where the at least one sealing fin contacts the vessel neck gasket 340, and it is possible to minimize leakage of the liquid 101. See, for example, Figure 3H.
In certain embodiments, the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can include at least two pinch points 339. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, at least one sealing fin 350 may be disposed between at least two pinch points 339. See, for example, Figure 3H. In one embodiment, when the clamp 348 can be removably connected to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335, at least one of the two pinch points 339 is at the end of the first complementary sealing fin 353. It can be located below and above the contour 338. In one embodiment, when the clamp 348 can be removably connected to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335, the remaining pinch points of at least two pinch points 339 are the terminations of the second complementary sealing fin 354. It can be located below the edges and above the contour 338. In certain embodiments, the first complementary sealing fin 353 and the secondary complementary sealing fin 354 are the protrusions of the clamp 348, respectively, extending away from the upper outer surface 356 of the clamp 348. It is possible to do. In certain embodiments, the first complementary sealing fin 353 and the secondary complementary sealing fin 354 can be separated by the width of channel 367 within the clamp 348. See, for example, Figure 3H. In one embodiment, this width of channel 367 may be sized to accommodate the width of at least one sealing fin 350 of contour 338, and some portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 may be with at least one sealing fin 350. Disposed between the channel 367, a first complementary sealing fin 353 and a second complementary sealing fin 354 are on either side of the channel 367. In certain embodiments, the first complementary sealing fin 353 and the second complementary sealing fin 354 are a vessel neck guard. Some of the portion of the sket 340 can be removably pushed down, while at least one sealing fin 350 pushes some of the portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 into the channel 367 and removably up, the vessel. It is possible to push the telescopic area 345 of the neck gasket 340 into a shape that may resemble a "W" in cross section. See, for example, Figure 3H. In one embodiment, the clamp 348 may be removably connected to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335, with a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 between the clamp 348 and the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 (eg, contour 338). The stretched area 345 of the vessel neck gasket 340 can form a primary watertight seal when dispositioned in.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can be constructed (or substantially constructed) from semi-rigid to rigid construction material. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the clamp 348 may be substantially constructed from one or more of thermoformed plastics, metals, woods, composites, and / or laminates and the like.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include two outer surfaces, namely the upper outer surface 356 and the lateral outer surface 357. See, for example, FIGS. 3E and 3H. In certain embodiments, the upper outer surface 356 and the lateral outer surface 357 can be integrally attached to each other along a common continuous apex.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include a first complementary sealing fin 353 and a second complementary sealing fin 354. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, the first complementary sealing fin 353 and the second complementary sealing fin 354 can each extend away from the upper outer surface 356. In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include a channel 367. In certain embodiments, channel 367 may be disposed between the first complementary sealing fin 353 and the second complementary sealing fin 354.
In one embodiment, channel 367 may be sized to accommodate the width of at least one sealing fin 350 of contour 338, with some portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 with at least one sealing fin 350 and channel 367. The first complementary sealing fin 253 and the second complementary sealing fin 254 are located on both sides of the channel 367. In one embodiment, the clamp 348 neck-in the space (eg, channel 367) disposed between the first complementary sealing fin 353 and the second complementary sealing fin 354. Gasket-Can be sized (can be configured) to accommodate the thickness of at least one sealing fin 350 of Acomo Data 335. See, for example, Figure 3H.
In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can include at least one lip portion 352. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, at least one lip portion 352 can extend contralaterally from at least one sealing fin 350 in the distal portion of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 from an internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, at least one lip portion 352 is capable of providing a structure for the tab 355 of the clamp 348 to be engaged thereby. In certain embodiments, at least one lip portion 352 and tab 355 can have complementary geometry to form a removable snap fit. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, the removable coupling of the tab 355 to the lip 352 can increase the frictional fit of the clamp 348 to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335.
In one embodiment, the lateral outer surface 357 (of the clamp 348) is terminated at pull 364. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, the pull 364 can be distal to a common continuous apex where the upper outer surface 256 and the lateral outer surface 257 can be attached integrally to each other. In one embodiment, the pull 364 can be pulled by the user 9000 and the clamp 348 can be released from the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 by the pull 364, which includes a structure that acts as a lever arm. In certain embodiments, when the clamp 348 can be removably attached to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335, the lateral outer surface 357 terminating at the pull 364 is at least one lip portion 352 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. It is possible to extend beyond. See, for example, Figure 3H.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include at least one tab 355. See, for example, Figure 3H. In certain embodiments, at least one tab 355 is capable of projecting from the inner surface side of the lateral outer surface 257. In certain embodiments, the tab 355 engages removably with at least one lip portion 352 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 when the clamp 348 can be removably attached to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. It is possible. In certain embodiments, such engagement of at least one tab 355 with at least one lip 352 can be one or more of snap fits or friction fits. That is, at least one tab 355 can be (removably) hooked onto at least one lip portion 352.
Figure 3J (it may be a cross section along section line 3J-3J in Figure 3I) and Figure 3K (it can be a close-up of detail 3K from Figure 3J). It can indicate an additional snap latch structure and illustrates how the clamp 348 (in the Figure 3 series) can be removably connected to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. FIG. 3I may be a top view of the face soaking device 100. FIG. 3I may show cross section 3J-3J, which is a cross section across a portion of the front surface of the face soaking device 100. FIG. 3J may be a cross-sectional view along section line 3J-3J. Figure 3J can then include an emphasized detail 3K region. Figure 3K can show a close-up of detailed 3K, which shows how one of the two snap latch connections removably connects the clamp 348 to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. It can indicate whether you can work to help.
In certain embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can include two opposing open wall edges 371. In certain embodiments, the two opposing open wall edges 371 are capable of defining where the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 begins. See, for example, Figure 3K and Figure 3B. 3K and 3B can show one such opening wall edge 371, eg, left opening wall edge 371 from the perspective of user 9000 looking at the front of the face soaking device 100, right opening. The wall edge 371 can be a mirror image of the left opening wall edge 371. In some embodiments, each opening wall edge 371 (eg, left and right) can be separated from the others by at least a horizontal width of 337 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 (eg, left and right) (. For example, see Figure 3B for horizontal width 337). In certain embodiments, each opening wall edge 371 is capable of descending downward from the rim 225 towards at least one base 215. In certain embodiments, each opening wall edge 371 can be substantially flat (ie, substantially flat surface). See, for example, Figure 3K and Figure 3B.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, each opening wall edge 371 descends downward over a range smaller than 2 inches but greater than 1/32 inch. It is possible to do.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include two end portions 358 located opposite each other. See, for example, Figure 3E and Figure 3F. In certain embodiments, each end 358 can include a mating side wall edge 380. See, for example, Figure 3K. FIG. 3K may show one such mating side wall edge 380, eg, the left mating side wall edge 380 from the perspective of user 9000 looking at the front of the face soaking device 100, the right mating side wall edge. The 380 can be a mirror image of the left side wall edge 380. The left and right designations for clamp 348 relate to the lateral outer surface 257, which faces away from the internal volume 220 and towards user 9000 who may be looking at the front of the face soaking device 100. can do.
In certain embodiments, each mating side wall edge 380 can be paired with a respective opening wall edge 371 when the clamp 348 can be removably coupled to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. Yes, the mating side wall edges 380 paired with a given opening wall edge 371 can be complementary to each other. See, for example, Figure 3K. In certain embodiments, the respective mating side wall edges allow the clamp 348 to be removably connected to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 so that the lateral outer surface 257 can be oriented away from the internal volume 220. The portion 380 can be paired with each opening wall edge 371, and the mating side wall edges 380 paired with each opening wall edge 371 are substantially parallel to each other. It has become possible. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the left opening wall edge 371 can be paired with the left mating side wall edge 380, as shown in FIG. 3K. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the right opening wall edge 371 can be paired with the right mating side wall edge 380, which can be a mirror image of FIG. 3K. In certain embodiments, each mating side wall edge 380 may be substantially flat to complement a substantially flat area above the corresponding (paired) opening wall edge 371. it can.
In one embodiment, when the left opening wall edge 271 can be paired with the left mating side wall edge 380 and the right opening wall edge 371 can be paired with the right mating side wall edge 380, each pairing , Can be a friction fit between paired complementary surfaces.
In certain embodiments, each mating side wall edge 380 can be terminated at a snap latch 381. See, for example, Figure 3E, Figure 3F, and Figure 3K. In certain embodiments, each opening wall edge 371 can be terminated at the edge lip 372. See, for example, Figure 3K. FIG. 3K may show the left edge lip portion 372 at the end of the left opening wall edge portion 371. Note that the corresponding right side structures (eg, right edge lip 372 and right side snap latch 381) can be mirror images of the respective left side structures. In certain embodiments, each snap latch 381 can be paired with a respective edge-clip 372, and the paired snap latch 381 snaps removably over the paired edge lip 372. At each of the two pairings, a removable snap-latch connection can be formed. See, for example, Figure 3K. FIG. 3K may show such a left snap latch connection. In certain embodiments, the paired snap latch 381 can include a protrusion that can be removably engaged with the surface of the paired edge lip 372. See, for example, Figure 3K.
In certain embodiments, the release of each removable snap latch connection (left and right) can be achieved by the user 9000 squeezing each mating side wall edge 380 towards each other, which is given. The paired snap latch 381 can be separated from the paired edge lip portion 372. Also, in some embodiments, releasing the clamp 348 from the neck-gasket-acomo data may require the user 9000 to pull (or lift) the pull 364.
FIG. 3L may be a perspective view of the vessel neck gasket 340 with the clamp 348 and further shows the press-in-fit portion 391. The press-in-fit section 391 may be first shown in FIG. 2H. In certain embodiments, a single press-in-fit portion 391 can be attached to each clamp end 358 (eg, below each clamp end 358). In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include a press-in-fit portion 391. In certain embodiments, each clamp end 358 can include a single press-in-fit 391. In certain embodiments, a single press-in-fit portion 391 can be attached to the underside of each clamp end 358. See, for example, Figure 3L. Each press-in-fit section 391 can be pressed to provide a comfortable construction material for the user 9000 to engage. In certain embodiments, the press-in-fit portion 391 may be substantially constructed from one or more of elastomers and / or plastics. The elastomer can be silicone and / or rubber, including synthetic rubber. The plastic can be thermoplastic, for example, thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), but this is not always the case. When the user may have removed the clamp 348 (along with the vessel neck gasket 340) from the neck-gasket-acomo data 335, the user 9000 pushes each opposing press-in-fit 391 towards each other. (Strongly crushed), can help release clamp 348 from neck-gasket-acomodata 335 (along with vessel neck gasket 340). Note that the press-in-fit section 391 may not be included in all face soaking device 100 embodiments.
One embodiment may be characterized as a flexible removable vessel cover, which is (1) a vessel 200 having an upper opening 226 and capable of holding a liquid 101, gasket-acomo data. It is possible to include a Vessel 200 with a 335 and (2) a flexible sheet (eg Vessel Neck Gasket 340), the flexible sheet covering the Vessel 200 Gasket-Acomo Data 335. The flexible sheet may have a gasket (eg, mating edge 343) along the bottom of the flexible sheet, the bottom of the gasket, and the bottom of the gasket. , Vessel 200 Gasket-The tops of the Acomo Data 335 are arranged so that they fit tightly against each other, allowing the formation of a primary watertight seal.
Figures in the Figure 14 series can include Figures 14A through 14N. This Figure 14 series figure may be focused on showing an alternative embodiment of the Vessel neck gasket subassembly (alternative to the Figure 3 series figure). FIG. 14A may represent a face soaking device with an alternative embodiment Vessel neck gasket subassembly, shown in perspective view. (The respirator, headrest subassembly, heater subassembly, and gas diffuser may have been removed.) Figure 14B may show the face-soaking device of Figure 14A, but is shown by a bottom perspective view. Has been done. FIG. 14C may show the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown by a front view. FIG. 14D may show the face-soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown by the (right) side view. FIG. 14E may show the face-soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in an exploded view of the top perspective. FIG. 14F may show the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in a bottom perspective exploded view. FIG. 14G may show the face soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in a front exploded view. FIG. 14H may show the face-soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in a (right) side exploded view. FIG. 14I, which may represent the face-soaking device of FIG. 14A, is shown in front view, has a cross-section line 14J-14J through the neck-gasket-acomo data 335, and the vessel neck gasket 340. And the clamp 348 may have been removed. FIG. 14J may be a side sectional view along section line 14J-14J and FIG. 14J may represent a region of detail 14K. FIG. 14K may show a close-up of detail K. FIG. 14L may show the face-soaking device of FIG. 14A, but is shown in front view. It has a cross-section line 14M-14M through the ussell neck gasket 340, clamp 348, and neck-gasket-acomo data 335. FIG. 14M may be a side sectional view along section line 14M-14M, and FIG. 14M may indicate a region of detail 14N. FIG. 14N can be a close-up view of the detailed 14N.
In certain embodiments, the contour 338 can include at least one sealing fin 350 and at least one pinch point 339. See, for example, Figure 14K. The at least one sealing fin 350 can be a wall-like or dam-like protrusion that extends away from one or more of the surfaces of the contour 338. At least one sealing fin 350 can include the ability to provide an additional sealing surface area for complementary friction fitting of certain embodiments of the Vessel Neck Gasket 340 and of the elastomer of the Vessel Neck Gasket 340. The area can be pressed against the flat surface of at least one sealing fin 350. In the drawings of the FIG. 14 series, at least one pinch point 339 can include a protrusion extending away from one or more surfaces of the contour 338. At least one pinch point 339 is one or more surfaces of contour 338 to the extent that at least one sealing fin 350 can extend far away from one or more surfaces of contour 338. It is possible to extend away from. See, for example, Figure 14K. At least one pinch point 339 may include the ability to provide increased compression space to squeeze a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 material against a complementary pinch point located above the clamp 348. It is possible. In certain embodiments, the contour 338 can include three pinch points 339. See, for example, Figure 14K. In certain embodiments, at least one sealing fin 350 can have a thickness, with the top of at least one sealing fin 350 (distal from the contour 338 surface) out of at least one pinch point 339. It is possible to include one. Two other pinch points 339 are located on top of at least one sealing fin 350 It can be located on each side of the pinch point 339. In certain embodiments, these three pinch points may be referred to as a first pinch point, a second pinch point, and a third pinch point, the first pinch point being closest to the internal volume 220. The third pinch point is the furthest from the internal volume 220, and the second pinch point is located between the first pinch point and the second pinch point.
In certain embodiments, at least one sealing fin 350 can be replaced with an embodiment of the channel (or at least one sealing fin 350 can be used with an embodiment of the channel) and the channel can be at least one sealing fin. Like the 350, it can extend into the contour 338 rather than away from the surface of the contour 338. However, without other modifications, such as channel drainage means, at least one sealing fin 350 may be more exemplary than a single channel embodiment. The reason is that channels can accumulate liquids and debris and provide possible sources of contamination and hygiene problems.
In some such embodiments, the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 may further include at least one lip portion 352. The at least one lip portion 352 can extend in the opposite direction of the at least one sealing fin 350 and in the distal portion of the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 from the internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the at least one lip portion 352 may include a function that provides an additional surface area that complements the tab 355 of the clamp 348. In certain embodiments, at least one lip portion 352 may be provided with structural support from a molded rib portion or similar structure. In certain embodiments, such ribs or similar support structures may be located on the bottom side (ventral side) of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335, outside the internal volume 220. See, for example, Figure 14K and Figure 14N.
In certain embodiments, attachment of the vessel neck gasket 340 to a given vessel (eg, vessel 200) involves the following structures and elements, namely the vessel neck gasket 340, neck-gassing-acomodata 335 (given vessel). Area) and the vessel neck gasket mounting means can be included. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 14 series.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 can include a carrier 1449. Alternatively, a given face-soaking device can include carrier 1449. See, for example, Figure 14E and / or Figure 14F. Carrier 1449 is capable of functioning to provide some rigidity and / or some fitting structure to the vessel neck gasket 340, such provided rigidity and / or the provided fitting. The structure can assist in attaching the vessel neck gasket 340 to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 (or to the vessel proximal to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335). Carrier 1449 can go from semi-rigid to rigid. In certain embodiments, the carrier 1449 is a geometry that can approximate the overall shape of the neck-gasket-acomo data 338 as a whole and can be complementary to the contour 338. It is possible to have a similar structure. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the carrier 1449 may include an overall shape, which may be semi-circular, semi-elliptical, U-shaped, neck-. Gasket-Any other similar semi-circular, semi-elliptical, or semi-elliptical shape, regular polygon or non-regular polygon that can approximate the complementary overall shape of Acomo Data 335 (eg Conta 338) It can be concave or convex with a semi-polygonal shape.
In certain embodiments, the carrier 1449 can be integrated with the vessel neck gasket 340, and the carrier 1449 and the vessel neck gasket 340 can be a single product. In other embodiments, the carrier 1449 may be a separate part from the vessel neck gasket 340, and the carrier 1449 may be attached to the vessel neck gasket 340. The coupling of the carrier 1449 to the vessel neck gasket 340 can form a mating edge 343, regardless of whether the carrier 1449 and the vessel neck gasket 340 are integrated or can be a subassembly. Is.
In one embodiment such attachment of the carrier 1449 to the vessel neck gasket 340 can be removable, while in other embodiments such attachment can be permanent. Such attachment can be by one or more of solvent bonding, heat welding, ultrasonic welding, chemical adhesives / sealants, and / or mechanical fasteners and the like.
As described, the coupling of the vessel neck gasket 340 to the carrier 1449 may result in a mating edge 343. That is, a portion of the flexible, compressible, and / or elastomeric component of the vessel neck gasket 340 can cover a portion of the carrier 1449, between the vessel neck gasket 340 and the carrier 1449. The inner surfaces of such physical contacts can be attached to each other (either integrally or by any of the attachment methods described above), and the outer surface of that portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 is then mated. It is possible to form the side edge 343. Thus, the combination of carrier 1449 and vessel neck gasket 340 is in physical contact with contour 338 when it can be installed (and pushed in) into or on top of contour 338. The flexible, compressible and / or elastomeric components of the vessel neck gasket 340 can be compressed to form a primary watertight seal, such compression by at least one pinch point. It can be increased and / or additional surface area can be provided by at least one sealing fin 350. See, for example, Figure 14N.
In certain embodiments, the coupling of the carrier 1449 and the vessel neck gasket 340 can include an outer diameter that may be complementary to the inner diameter of the contour 338, and the coupling of the carrier 1449 and the vessel neck gasket 340 is contour 338. Installation inside can result in a friction fit, which can hold the combination of carrier 1449 and vessel neck gasket 340 in place with respect to contour 338. is there.
In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket mounting means can include a clamp 348. See, for example, Figure 14E or Figure 14F. In the figure of the FIG. 14 series, the clamp 348 can include the function of attaching the combination of the carrier 1449 and the vessel neck gasket 340 to the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. In some embodiments, such attachments can be removable, while in other embodiments, such attachments can be permanent. In some exemplary embodiments, such attachment can be by friction fitting. In some embodiments, such frictional mounting means can be removable, while in other embodiments, such frictional mounting means can be permanent.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can be constructed from a semi-rigid to rigid construction material, such as thermoformed plastic. In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 is geometrically capable of approximately approximating the overall shape of the neck-gasket-acomodata 338 and being complementary to the contour 338. It is possible to have a similar structure. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the clamp 348 can include an overall shape, the overall shape being semi-circular, semi-elliptical, U-shaped, neck-. Gasket-Any other similar semi-circular, semi-elliptical, or semi-elliptical shape, regular polygon or non-regular polygon that can approximate the complementary overall shape of Acomo Data 335 (eg Conta 338) It can be concave or convex with a semi-polygonal shape. In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include two clamp ends 358. See, for example, Figure 14G or Figure 14E.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include two outer surfaces, namely the upper outer surface 356 and the lateral outer surface 357. See, for example, Figure 14N. The upper outer surface 356 and the lateral outer surface 357 can be attached to each other at common continuous vertices. In certain embodiments, the upper outer surface 356 and the lateral outer surface 357 can be dispersed from each other at an angle of 60 to 110 degrees. In other embodiments, other angles of dispersion may be measured between the upper outer surface 356 and the lateral outer surface 357. In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include a first complementary sealing fin 353, a second complementary sealing fin 354, and a complementary pinch point 351. See, for example, Figure 14N. The first complementary sealing fin 353, the second complementary sealing fin 354, and the complementary pinch point 351 can each extend away from the upper outer surface 356. The first complementary sealing fin 353, the second complementary sealing fin 354, and the complementary pinch point 351 can each extend a different distance away from the upper outer surface 356. is there. In certain embodiments, the first complementary sealing fin 353 can be longer than the second complementary sealing fin 354, and the second complementary sealing fin 354 is complementary. It can be longer than the pinch point 351. It is possible that there is sufficient space between the first complementary sealing fin 353 and the second complementary sealing fin 354 to accommodate the thickness of at least one sealing fin 350. The thickness of the vessel neck gasket 340Sufficient space can be provided between the second complementary sealing fin 354 and the lateral outer surface 357, and the vessel neck gasket 340 has a clamp 248 and a neck-gasket-acomo data. Can be compressed and / or stretched when sandwiched between 335. See, for example, Figure 14N.
In certain embodiments, the lateral outer surface 357 can be terminated at pull 364. See, for example, Figure 14N. That is, the pull 364 can be distal to a common continuous apex where the upper outer surface 356 and the lateral outer surface 357 can be attached to each other. In one embodiment, the pull 364 may be pulled by the user 9000 to release the clamp 348 from the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. In certain embodiments, a portion of the lateral lateral surface 357 and pull 364 can extend beyond at least one lip portion 352. In certain embodiments, the lateral outer surface 357 can include a tab 355. The tab 355 can project from the inner surface side of the lateral outer surface 357. The tab 355 may be configured to engage (eg, be hooked on at least one lip 352) at least one lip 352 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. See, for example, Figure 14N.
The first complementary sealing fin 253 may face the first pinch point directly when the clamp 348 can be attached to the contour 338 over the combination of carrier 1449 and vessel neck gasket 340. A possible, complementary pinch point 251 is capable of directly facing a second pinch point formed by the top of at least one sealing fin 350, the second sealing fin 254 is It is possible to face the third pinch point directly. See, for example, Figure 14N. Each of these three pairings is capable of forming an area for compressing a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340. Compressing a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 between the clamp 348 and the contour 338 can form a primary watertight seal.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can include an outer diameter that can be complementary to the inner diameter of the contour 338, so that placing the clamp 348 inside the contour 338 can result in a friction fit. The friction is capable of holding the clamp 348, as well as the combination of the carrier 1449 and the vessel neck gasket 340, in place with respect to the contour 338. In one embodiment, mounting the clamp 348 on and into the joint of the carrier 1449 and the vessel neck gasket 340 squeezes the respective clamp ends 358 towards each other, and the carrier 1449 and It may be necessary to place the clamp 348 into the location above the joint of the vessel neck gasket 340 and into the contour 338, and releasing the two clamp ends 358 then , It is possible to produce a friction fit.
Figures in the Figure 15 series can include FIGS. 15A to 15F. The figures in the FIG. 15 series can show embodiments of the hinge and show how the vessel neck gasket 340 can rotatably translate with respect to the vessel (eg, vessel 200). obtain. FIG. 15A may show a face soaking device with an alternative embodiment Vessel neck gasket 340, in which the clamp 348 is capable of swiveling (rotating) and is shown in perspective view. (Respirators, headrest subassemblies, heater subassemblies, and gas diffusers may have been removed.) Figure 15B may show the face soaking device according to Figure 15A, but the vessel neck gasket 340 and Clamp 348 may have been disassembled from the vessel. FIG. 15C, which may show the face-soaking device according to FIG. 15A, is shown by front view and has a cross-sectional line 15D-15D through the vessel neck gasket 340 and clamp 348. FIG. 15D may be a partial side sectional view along section line 15D-15D. FIG. 15E, which may show the face-soaking device according to FIG. 15A, is shown by the (right) side view and has a cross-sectional line 15F-15F through the vessel. FIG. 15F may be a cross-sectional view in the transverse width direction along the cross-sectional line 15F-15F.
In some of the 15 series embodiments, the clamp 348 is placed on the vessel in a manner that allows rotational (ie, pivot or hinge) movement, such as hinge movement, where the clamp 348 is attached to the vessel. Can be attached. See, for example, Figure 15B. In certain embodiments, each end 358 of the clamp 358 can include a pin 1559, i.e. the clamp 348 can include two pins 1559. Each pin 1559 can point in a direction away from each other, i.e. each pin 1559 can extend from its end 358 and each pin 1559 can extend from each other. It can be arranged on the opposite side. Each pin 1559 can be captured by the pin acceptor 1560. Each pin acceptor 1560 may be located at the top of the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 at each end of the horizontal width 337. See, for example, Figure 15B. At this upper location, a pair of pin receivers 1560 can be located in at least one of the three regions of this upper location, i.e. (1) within the wall thickness of at least one side wall 205. Is it extending to (shown in FIG. 15B), (2) is located on the outer wall 202 (not shown), or (3) is located on the inner wall 203. (Not shown). The clamp 348 can be opened outward of the vessel when the pair of pin receivers 1560 can be located in the outer upper position. The clamp 348 can be opened inward of the vessel when the pair of pin receivers 1560 can be located in the upper medial location. The clamp 348 is inside the vessel when the pair of pin receivers 1560 can be positioned at the top of the wall thickness of at least one side wall 205 (eg, as shown in Figure 15B). Can be opened towards or clamp 34 8 can be opened towards the outside of the vessel. (When the clamp 348 can be configured to open and / or close inside the vessel 200, the lateral outer surface 357 of the clamp 348 can be considered as the "lateral inner surface 357", see, eg, FIG. 15F. I want to.)
In certain embodiments, the pin receiver 1560 is (1) from contour 338; (2) from outer wall 202 (see, eg, FIG. 15F); (3) from inner wall 203; and / or (4) rim 225. Can be accessible through the opening.
In one embodiment, such a pivotable clamp 348 then pivots downwards, pressing the vessel neck gasket 340 against the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200, proximal to the neck-gasket-acomodata 335. It is possible to form a primary watertight seal. See, for example, Figure 15D. In certain embodiments, channel 1561 can be proximal to the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. Channel 1561 is configured to accommodate a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340 and is capable of producing both friction fits and primary watertight seals. In certain embodiments, the vessel neck gasket 340 can include a molded region (not shown) that will be complementary to the fitting into channel 1561. In certain embodiments, such molded areas of the vessel neck gasket 340 include at least one microfin overhang, which can improve friction and primary watertight seals. In some exemplary embodiments, channel 1561 may be positioned on the inner wall 203 side as opposed to the outer wall 202, which facilitates drainage of the proper liquid 101 towards an internal volume 220. Is possible. See, for example, Figure 15D. In some embodiments, channel 1561 may be located on the outer wall surface 202 side (this embodiment is not shown).
In certain embodiments, the channel 1561 may be configured to accept a portion of the vessel neck gasket 340, which it may be molded, and a portion of the clamp 348 to produce both a friction fit and a primary watertight seal. See, for example, Figure 15D. A portion of the clamp 348 can be a tooth 1563. In certain embodiments, the tooth 1563 includes at least one microfin protrusion 1565, which is capable of improving friction and primary watertight seal. See, for example, Figure 15D.
In certain embodiments, the clamp 348 can be a subassembly with the gasket 340. See, for example, Figure 31. In this embodiment, this subassembly of the clamp 348 and the vessel neck gasket 340 can be press fit into the contour 338 of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335. The mating edge 343 can extend around the bottom and side edges of the clamp 348, with the rest of the gasket 340 disposed within the inner diameter arc of the clamp 348. There is. The clamp 348 can be rigid to semi-rigid. The vessel neck gasket 340 and the mating edge 343 can be made of an elastomeric material such as, but not limited to, neoprene. Each clamp end 358 can include a freely rotating hook lock 3101, which can be accommodated into each receiving groove 3102, and the clamp 348, along with the vessel neck gasket 340, of the contour 338. It can be pushed down so that the mating edge 343 forms a primary watertight seal with the contour 338, and then the hook lock 3101 is suitable in the receiving groove 3102. It is possible to lock the clamp 348 and the vessel neck gasket 340 into the proper place. Each receiving groove 3102 can include a tab 3103 that removably engages with the inner open space 3104 of each hook lock 3101. The pair of receiving grooves 3102 can demarcate the horizontal width 337. See, for example, Figure 31.
Figures in the Figure 4 series can include Figures 4A through Q4. The figures in these Figure 4 series may be focused on showing the exemplary breathing apparatus 400 and its component parts and structures. FIG. 4A may be an upper perspective exploded view of the respirator 400 of the face soaking device 100, which may have been disassembled from the vessel 200. FIG. 4B may be a top view of the face soaking device 100, where FIG. 4B may further show two section lines, namely section line 4C-4C and section line 4F-4F, section line 4C. -4C may be a cross-sectional line through the breathing device 400 and cross-section line 4F-4F may be a longitudinal section line through the breathing device 400.
FIG. 4C may be a cross-sectional view along section line 4C-4C, where FIG. 4C may indicate two areas of detail, namely detail 4D and detail 4E, where detail 4D is: An indication of how at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 second end 422 can be removably engaged with some structure proximal to the rim 225 of the vessel 200. The detail 4E may indicate how the first end 421 of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can engage the mouthpiece 401.
FIG. 4D may show a close-up of detail 4D, where at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 has a second end 422, how the vessel 200 rim 225. It may indicate whether it can be removably engaged with some proximal structure. FIG. 4E may show a close-up of detail 4E, where at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 421 first end 421 engages mouthpiece 401. It can indicate what can be done. FIG. 4F may be a partial longitudinal sectional view along section line 4F-4F through the breathing apparatus 400.
Figure 4G shows how one of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 second end 422 engages removably with some structure proximal to the rim 225 of the vessel 200. It can be a partial top perspective view, showing some inside of the vessel 200 as to what can be done. FIG. 4H shows how one of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 second end 422 engages removably with some structure proximal to the rim 225 of the vessel 200. It can be a partial upper perspective exploded view, showing some inside of the vessel 200 as to what can be done. FIG. 4I shows how one of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 second end 422 engages removably with some structure proximal to the rim 225 of the vessel 200. It can be a partial top perspective view of what can be done, showing some outside of the vessel 200. FIG. 4J shows how one of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 second end 422 engages removably with some structure proximal to the rim 225 of the vessel 200. It can be a partial top perspective cross section, showing some inside of the vessel 200 as to what can be done.
Figures 4K through 4Q may be various views of the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. Some structure proximal to the rim 225 of the vessel 200 described above can, in certain embodiments, be a vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. FIG. 4K may be a top perspective view of the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. FIG. 4L may show the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, which is shown by top view. FIG. 4M may show the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, which is shown by the inside side view. FIG. 4N may show the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, which is shown by the outer side view. FIG. 4O may show the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, which is shown in front view. FIG. 4P may show the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, which is shown by the rear view. FIG. 4Q may show the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, which is shown by bottom view.
In certain embodiments, the breathing apparatus 400 can be a physically removable contact portion of the vessel 200. In the figures of the FIG. 4 series, in one embodiment, the breathing apparatus 400 may include a mouthpiece 401, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, and at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420. It is possible. At least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 is capable of connecting the mouthpiece 401 to at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. Mouthpiece 401 may be configured to be held by the mouth of user 9000. In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is capable of providing a physical link between the breathing apparatus 400 and the vessel 200 and / or headrest subassembly. That is, in certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is in a structure of a given vessel (eg, vessel 200) and / or in any structure of a given headrest subassembly. It can be a component that can be detachably linked. At least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can communicate with air and can also be configured for respiratory gas transfer. In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is capable of functioning as a gas vent. As shown in FIG. 4A, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be two hoses 420 or two tubes 420. As shown in Figure 4A, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is associated with two vessel-tube-hose-connectors 430, ie, the respective hose 420 or tube 420. can do. For example
In certain embodiments, the mouthpiece 401 can include a massing portion 403. See, for example, Figure 4A. The massing portion 403 may be configured to be held by the mouth of the user 9000, and a watertight seal between the lips of the user 9000 and the massing portion 403 when the user 9000 may hold the massing portion 403 in the mouth. Can be formed. In certain embodiments, the massing portion 403 can include at least one protrusion. At least one protrusion may be configured to be held by the teeth of user 9000. In certain embodiments, the moused portion 403 can be constructed from a soft elastomer. In certain embodiments, the massing portion 403 of the mouthpiece 401 may be constructed from silicone and / or rubber (either natural or synthetic) and the like.
In certain embodiments, the mouthpiece 401 can include a purge valve. The purge valve may be configured to act as a one-way check valve. The purge valve may allow the liquid 101 (and / or saliva) to leave the mouthpiece 401, but may not allow the liquid 101 to enter the mouthpiece 401 via the purge valve.
In certain embodiments, the purge valve can be that of a typical one-way check valve used in various human breathing devices, such as a flapper valve or a spring loaded check valve. .. The natural or resting state of the purge valve may be closed. The purge valve is strong enough to overcome the means used to keep the valve closed, to release liquid 101 (and / or saliva) only when there is an exhalation from the user 9000. It is possible to open it. In certain embodiments, the purge valve can be located in the ventral (bottom) portion of the mouthpiece 401, i.e., facing the base 215 of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the purge valve may be positioned elsewhere on the mouthpiece 401.
As used herein, hose 420 and / or tubing 420 is the hose 420 or tubing 420 with the hose 420 or tubing 420 being able to receive the pressure of liquid 101 on the outer diameter of the hose 420 or tubing 420. Can represent a hose 420 or tubing 420 that can allow the user 9000 to breathe without tangling or crushing under that pressure. Such hoses 420 and / or tubing 420 may be known in the art as breathing hoses and / or breathing tubing and the like.
In certain embodiments, the mouthpiece 401 can include at least one connecting end 405. At least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can include a first end 421 and a second end 422 located opposite the first end 421. .. At least one connecting end 405 may be configured to connect to the first end 421 and form a coupling. The coupling may be configured to allow swirling rotational movement between at least one connecting end 405 and a first end 421 that may be connected to at least one connecting end 405. Such swivel rotation can provide increased comfort to the user 9000. This coupling can be watertight. See, for example, FIGS. 4A, 4C, and 4E.
In certain embodiments, this swivel capability, which may be shown in detail 4E and FIG. 4E, and this watertight capability of this coupling are provided by snap fit, friction fit, tongue (ie, flange) and groove splices. , And can be facilitated by using O-rings, washers, and / or gaskets. Such O-rings, washers, and / or gaskets can be separate or integrated with at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420. Such O-rings, washers, and / or gaskets can be proximal to the first end 421. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, this can be 3 inches or less, or 3 inches or less to 1/32 inch.
In certain embodiments, the connection of at least one connection end 405 to the first end 421 can be a removable connection. In certain embodiments, the connection of at least one connection end 405 to the first end 421 can be a non-removable connection.
In certain embodiments, the second end 422 is capable of connecting to at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. See, for example, details 4D in Figure 4C and Figure 4D. The at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be substantially constructed from one or more elastomeric materials, such as, but not limited to, various rubbers and / or silicones. In certain embodiments, the at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 may be substantially constructed from thermoformed plastic. At least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be connected to at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470 of the vessel 200. See, for example, Figure 4G, Figure 4H, Figure 4I, and Figure 4J. In certain embodiments, a portion of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 may be configured to be captured and held in place by at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470. In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is configured to allow swivel rotational movement between the second end 422 and at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. Can be done. In certain embodiments, this portion of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 capable of accommodating such rotational movement can be an opening 431. In an exemplary embodiment, the opening 431 for at least one end of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be in air and gaseous communication. Where at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is captured by at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470, a watertight seal can be formed. See, for example, Figure 4H.
In certain embodiments, this swivel and / or watertight capacity where the second end 422 can be captured within at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is snap-fit, friction-fit, tongue and groove. It can be facilitated by splicing and by using grommets, O-rings, washers, and / or gaskets.
In certain embodiments, the connection of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 to the second end 422 can be a removable connection. In certain embodiments, the connection of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 to the second end 422 can be a non-removable connection.
In certain embodiments, the second end 422 of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be inserted (or at least partially) into the opening 431 of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. Can be inserted). Such insertion can be facilitated by tapering the second end 422. Such an insertion is capable of forming a frictional fit between the second end 422 and at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, in particular at least a portion of the opening 431. Such insertions may be removable or permanent in various embodiments.
In certain embodiments, the opening 431 is from at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 inner portion 433 (see, eg, Figure 4M) to at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 outer portion 435 (see FIG. 4M). For example, it can extend to (see Figure 4N). See, for example, Figure 4L.
In certain embodiments, the opening 431 can be a cavity. See, for example, Figure 4M and Figure 4N. In certain embodiments, the cavity can include at least some surface areas that may be complementary to at least some surface areas of the second end 422. Such a complementary surface area (or part thereof) allows frictional fitting between at least some surface areas of the second end 422 and at least some surface areas of the cavity of opening 431. can do. Such complementary surface areas (or portions thereof) allow rotational movement between at least some surface areas of the second end 422 and at least some surface areas of the cavity of opening 431. can do. The surface area of the opening 431 can form a shape that can substantially match the shape of the surface area of the second end 422, with at least some surface areas and openings of the second end 422. Friction fits can be formed between the 431 cavities and at least some surface areas. See, for example, Figure 4J.
In certain embodiments, the opening 431 can be a cylindrical cavity. See, for example, Figure 4M and Figure 4N. In such an embodiment, the cylindrical cavity can include at least some surface areas that can be complementary to at least some surface areas of the second end 422, a second. Allows frictional fitting between at least some surface area of the end 422 and at least some surface area of the cylindrical cavity of opening 431. See, for example, Figure 4J.
In certain embodiments, this cavity of opening 431 facilitates frictional fitting between at least some surface area of the second end 422 and at least some surface area of the cylindrical cavity of opening 431. Therefore, it can be tapered.
In certain embodiments, the second end 422 can be inserted through the opening 431 so that the second end 422 can project beyond the outer 435. This embodiment is not shown in the figure of FIG.
In certain embodiments, the bottom of this cavity of opening 431 can be beveled and this when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be attached to at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. The liquid 101 in the cavity can be gravitationally drained into the internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the bottom of this cavity of opening 431 can be beveled and this when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be attached to at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. The liquid 101 in the cavity can be gravitationally drained into the catch basin 230.
In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be connected to at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470 of the vessel 200. Such a connection could be how the breathing device 400 could be (removably) connected to the vessel 200. See, for example, FIG. 4B, FIG. 4C, FIG. 4D, FIG. 4G, FIG. 4I, and FIG. 4J. In certain embodiments, the at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is an elastomeric grommet with a shape that can be complementary for frictional fitting into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. Can be. In certain embodiments, the at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is a thermoformed plastic with a shape that can be complementary for a frictional fit into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. It can be a grommet. See, for example, FIGS. 4K-4Q for an exemplary shape of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430.
In certain embodiments, the at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 is sized to frictionally grip at least one portion of the vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, a complementary surface area. Can be the contour of. See, for example, FIGS. 4A and 4H for exemplary contours of at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470. In certain embodiments, the at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 is a complementary surface sized to frictionally grip at least the bottom portion of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. It can be the contour of the area. See, for example, FIGS. 4A and 4H for at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470 contour.
In certain embodiments, at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 can be a cutout in the rim 225 of the vessel 200 or in the top opening 226 of the vessel 200. Alternatively, in certain embodiments, the contour may be formed from a cutout in the rim 225 of the vessel 200 or in the top opening 226 of the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 4A and 4H for at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470 contour.
That is, in certain embodiments, at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 has some proximity from the rim 225 of the vessel 200 or from the top opening 226 of the vessel 200 into at least one wall 201. It extends downward over a distance and can form the shape of this contour. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, this proximity distance can be 3 inches or less in certain embodiments. As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4H, this shape of this contour of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 may be a curvilinear approximation of a cylindrical or conical shape, but this The shape can actually be determined from the complementary shape of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 (or at least a portion thereof), with at least some portion of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. It is inserted into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 to allow the formation of a friction fit.
In certain embodiments, this cutout of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 or this contour can be tilted to facilitate drainage of the liquid 101 towards an internal volume 220. There is. In certain embodiments, this cutout of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 or this contour can be tilted to facilitate drainage of the liquid 101 towards the catch basin 230. There is.
In certain embodiments, the at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 may be formed from at least one wall 201 in the area adjacent to the rim 225, with the inner vessel wall (eg, inner wall 203) being outer. It is possible to be continuous with the vessel wall (eg, outer wall 202), or the inner vessel wall extends beyond the outer vessel wall and enters between such vessel walls. It is possible to minimize the amount of liquid to be used. See, for example, Figure 4D.
The use of the term "cutout" in this context can be a reference to the surface geometry of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 shown in FIGS. 4A and 4H. It should be noted that it is not necessarily a reference to the material actually cut from at least one wall 201. Rather, in certain embodiments, this cutout or this contour of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 may be molded.
In certain embodiments, this cutout or this contour of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 may be bounded outward by the outer containment lip 471, which is the outer containment lip 471. It is possible to extend substantially vertically from the surface area of this contour. See, for example, Figure 4J. That is, the outer containment lip portion 471 may be positioned closer to the outer wall surface 202 than to the inner wall surface 203.
In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can include a butting-ring 437 that may be complementary to the outer containment lip 471. See, for example, Figure 4K. In certain embodiments, the batting-ring 437 can be a partial ridge or partial ring of material, demarcating the bottom of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. See, for example, Figure 4Q. In certain embodiments, the batting-ring 437 can be closer to the outer 435 than to the inner 433. See, for example, Figure 4Q. In certain embodiments, the batting-ring 437 is inside the outer containment lip 471 when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be inserted into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. It is possible to touch the part. See, for example, Figure 4J. That is, in one embodiment, when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be inserted into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470, the outer containment lip 471 is with the batting-ring 437. By removably mating and / or catching the batting-ring 437, the outer containment lip 471 can help hold at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 frictionally.
In certain embodiments, this cutout of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 or this contour may be internally bounded by an inner containment lip 473, which may be an inner containment lip 473. It is possible to extend substantially vertically from the surface area of this contour. See, for example, FIGS. 4A and 4H. That is, the inner containment lip portion 473 can be positioned closer to the inner wall surface 203 than to the outer wall surface 202.
In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can include an inner batting-ring 439 that may be complementary to the inner containment lip 473. See, for example, Figure 4K. In certain embodiments, the inner batting-ring 439 can be a partial ridge or partial ring of material, defining the bottom of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. See, for example, Figure 4Q. In certain embodiments, the inner batting-ring 439 can be closer to the inner 433 than the outer 435. See, for example, Figure 4Q. In certain embodiments, the inner batting-ring 439 is of the inner containment lip 473 when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be inserted into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. It is possible to contact the inner part. That is, in one embodiment, when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be inserted into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470, the inner containment lip 473 has an inner batting-ring 439. By removably mating with and / or capturing the inner batting-ring 439, the inner containment lip 473 can help hold at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 frictionally.
In certain embodiments, this cutout of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 can include a surface area. In certain embodiments, this surface area can include a bottom. In certain embodiments, what is located at the bottom can include at least one drain hole 475. In certain embodiments, at least one drain hole 475 is capable of completely penetrating at least one wall 201, from which at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 can be formed. In one embodiment, this at least one drain hole 475 allows the liquid 101 above the surface area (of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470) to gravitationally drain through at least one drain hole 475. Can be made possible. In certain embodiments, such liquid 101 can be drained into the catch basin 230. See, for example, Figure 4D and Figure 4J.
In certain embodiments, this bottom of the surface area of the cutout of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 can include at least one drain-channel 477. In certain embodiments, at least one drain-channel 477 can allow the liquid 101 above the surface area to gravitationally drain from at least one drain-channel 477 (into the internal volume 220). In certain embodiments, at least one drain-channel 477 can be closer to the inner wall 203 than to the outer wall 202. In certain embodiments, such a liquid 101 can be drained into an internal volume 220. See, for example, FIGS. 4H and 4A. In certain embodiments, at least one drain-channel 477 can cut through the inner containment lip 473 of this cutout of at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. See, for example, FIGS. 4H and 4A.
In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can include a connector-rim 441. In certain embodiments, the connector-rim 441 can extend along the top of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. See, for example, Figure 4K and Figure 4L. In certain embodiments, the connector-rim 441 is a vessel 200 when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be inserted (removably) into at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470. It is possible that it is substantially flush with the rim 225 of. See, for example, Figure 4G, Figure 4I, and Figure 4J. In certain embodiments, the connector-rim 441 is a vessel 200 when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be inserted (removably) into at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470. It is possible to be below the rim 225 (not shown). In certain embodiments, the connector-rim 441 is when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be inserted (removably) into at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. , Can be above the rim 225 of the vessel 200 (not shown).
In one embodiment, the user 9000 inserts a portion of at least one finger into the opening 431 and at least one vessel-tube- (eg, by pulling upwards away from at least one base 215). It is possible to pull the hose-connector 430 from at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470. Removing at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is at least one tubing when at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be connected to at least one tubing 420 or at least one hose 420. The 420 or at least one hose 420 can also be removed from at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 470.
FIG. 22F may show an alternative embodiment of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, where at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector is shown in FIG. 22F. It may be represented by reference number 2231. In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 2231 is independent (separate) for lifting at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 2231 from at least one grommet-accommodating-contour 2234. ) It is possible to include a finger pull ring 2232. At least one grommet-accommodating-conta 2234 in FIG. 22F can be equivalent to at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 in the FIG. 4 series. That is, an independent (separate) finger pull ring 2232 may be used by at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 2231 rather than using the opening 431 as a finger pull.
Returning to the figures in the Figure 4 series, in one embodiment the mounting location of at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 could be at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 of the vessel 200. it can. In certain embodiments, the mounting location can be above the maximum liquid level of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the mounting location for at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be below the maximum liquid level of the vessel 200. In both embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is still capable of communicating with air, and at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 is at least one. The method captured by the grommet-accommodating-conta 470 can be watertight.
In certain embodiments, the breathing apparatus 400 can include two vessel-tube-hose-connectors 430 and two hoses 420 or two tubes 420 in addition to a single mouthpiece 401. See, for example, FIGS. 4A and 4B. Each such hose 420 or each such tube 420 has two ends, i.e., a first end 421 and a second end opposite the first end 421. It is possible to include a terminal portion 422. Mouthpiece 401 can include two connecting ends 405. The first end 421 of each hose 420 or each tube 420 can be connected to one respective connection end 405. The second end 422 of each hose 420 or each tube 420 can be connected to the respective vessel-tube-hose-connector 430. Each vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 can be mounted in place above the vessel 200. In some embodiments, the mounting location can be at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470, and in some embodiments, there can be two grommets-accommodating-conta 470. .. In certain embodiments, these two at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470 may be positioned on opposite side walls 205 (eg, first side wall 206 and third side wall 208). See, for example, Figure 4A. Having two hose 420 or tube 420, two vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, and two grommet-acmodating-contour 470 can provide safety redundancy.
In certain embodiments, the respective connection ends 405 of the mouthpiece 401 may be disposed on the mouthpiece 405 on opposite sides of each other. See, for example, Figure 4A. In some embodiments, the respective connection 405 and the moused portion 403 can be about 120 degrees apart from each other, i.e., oriented approximately equilibrium with each other (this embodiment is not shown). there is a possibility).
In certain embodiments, the second end 422 of each hose 420 or each tube 420 is attached to each gasket-tube-hose-connector 430, to some structure of the vessel 200, and / or given. Attaching to the headrest subassembly is by snap fitting, friction fitting, tongue (flange) and groove splicing, by the use of grommets, O-rings, washers, and / or gaskets, solvent bonding, heat welding, ultrasonic welding, and It can be achieved by chemical adhesives / sealants and the like. In certain embodiments, the second end 422 of each hose 420 or each tube 420 can be attached to a given port within a given vessel embodiment (eg, vessel 200).
In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 is flexible, kink resistant, and sufficiently sufficient to not collapse under pressure from liquid 101 in an internal volume 220. It is possible to be stronger. In certain embodiments, the flexibility of such a hose 420 and / or tubing 420 allows the user 9000 to place the mouthpiece 401 (eg, the massing portion 403) of the user 9000 with the mouth possible in the air. It can be allowed to be placed in the mouth, and then the user 9000 can insert the held mouthpiece 401 into the liquid 101 and then breathe through the respirator 400.
In some embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 may be corrugated, or in other embodiments, it may not be corrugated. The corrugated hose 420 or the corrugated tubing 420 can be both flexible and kink resistant. Kink resistance can also be achieved by improvements to the hose 420 or tubing 420, such as woven or polymer braids. Kink resistance is also achieved by increasing the durometer hardness of the hose 420 material formulation or tubing 420 material formulation; by having a star-shaped inner diameter cross section of the hose 420 or tubing 420; and / or the hose. It can be achieved by increasing the thickness of the 420 material or tubing 420 material (ie, the distance between the outer and inner diameters of the hose 420 or tubing 420).
In one embodiment, the pressure exerted by the liquid 101 on the hose 420 or tubing 420 pushes the height of the liquid 101 in the internal volume 220 (ie, the head) and the liquid 101 in the internal volume 220. It can be dominated by the local atmospheric pressure that can be. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the head can be a liquid of 24 inches or less. In certain embodiments, the liquid 101 can be water, oil, a combination thereof, and can have varying degrees of salt concentration, i.e., an aqueous solution of sodium chloride. In other embodiments, the liquid 101 pressure may be higher or lower.
In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be substantially extruded and / or molded. In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 is in a state where PVC, rubber, fluoropolymer, neoprene, polypropylene, polyethylene, and / or material can be submerged and under liquid 101 pressure. , Can be constructed from one or more groups selected from any other material suitable for use in allowing the user to breathe. In certain embodiments, the polymeric and / or elastomeric material used with respect to at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be of food grade or medical grade. Such a hose 420 or tubing 420 may be cured prior to use by User 9000 to a point where potentially harmful outgassing with an unpleasant and unpleasant odor can be minimized.
In certain embodiments, the breathing apparatus 400 can be rotated and / or articulated into a raised configuration, and the mouthpiece 401 can be higher than any second end 422. Please note that. When the respirator 400 is rotated and can be in such a raised configuration, the liquid 101 (and / or saliva) in the respirator 400 is from at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, catch basin 230. It is possible to drain naturally into the inside by gravity. Such rotation can be centered on each at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430 that can be removably coupled to a given at least one grommet-accommodating-conta 470. ..
In certain embodiments, the respiratory device can include a hollow duct having a first end and a second end. At least one of the first and second ends can be open (eg, the second end). A third opening into the conduit may be disposed between the first opening end and the second end of the conduit. The mouthpiece can be connected to a third opening, allowing the user 9000 to place the person's mouth on the mouthpiece and breathe through the conduit, allowing air to flow through the mouthpiece and the first and second conduits. It is designed to pass between at least one of the open ends. The conduit can otherwise be tightly sealed to prevent liquid 101 from entering the conduit except through the mouthpiece and at least one of the first and second ends of the conduit. There is. The conduits of the device can be shaped in such a way that the first and second ends are generally coaxial, but at least some of the conduits between the first and second ends are It does not have to be coaxial with the first and second ends. In an exemplary embodiment, the conduit will be shaped as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4C. However, different shapes that achieve the objectives of the shapes shown in FIGS. 4A and 4C are within the scope of certain embodiments of the present invention. For example, instead of bending the conduit, the conduit can be bent at an acute angle. The first and second ends of the conduit can be attached to a vessel (eg, vessel 200) so that the conduit as a whole can swivel around the axes of the first and second ends. Also, at least one open end can be completely above any liquid contained in the vessel. The mouthpiece may be arranged so that the mouthpiece and part of the conduit to which the mouthpiece can be connected are not coaxial with the first and second ends of the conduit and can be offset by a predetermined distance from its axis. .. Thus, the rotation of the mouthpiece that occurs when the conduit can rotate about an axis through the first and second ends of the conduit is a circle about the axis of the first and second ends of the conduit. It is possible to draw a shape. The offset of the mouthpiece from the axes of the first and second ends is that the user 9000 places the user 9000's mouth on the mouthpiece, with the mouthpiece coming out of the liquid 101 in the vessel, and then The user 9000's face 9010 and / or head can be submerged at least partially into the liquid 101 in the vessel, with the user 9000 able to breathe through the mouthpiece and conduit. It can be made possible to move the head. Other elements and features described herein may be added to the respiratory system as needed.
Alternatively, the breathing apparatus can include a hollow conduit between the mouthpiece and the first open end, and a continuous open conduit between the mouthpiece and the first open end. Is possible, and the breathing device can include a guide between the mouthpiece and the second end of the breathing device, which does not necessarily have to be hollow. .. Breathing can be achieved through only one side, so it is not required that the other side be hollow. Instead, one side can simply be a shaped guide that does not need to be open for breathing. The first end of the respirator (it is open) and the second end of the respirator (which can be just a guide) can be coaxial. This mere guide can be a rigid to semi-rigid elongated member and can be insulated when this mere guide can be metal.
20A and 20B can represent independent breathing devices (2000 and 2050, respectively), which can be a given vessel (eg, vessel 200) as well as any other given face-soaking device. It may also be unconnected (ie, unattached or unconnected) to the component. Note that in such an embodiment, the system can include a given face-soaking device along with independent breathing devices (eg 2000 and 2050). FIG. 20A may be a cross-sectional view of the face soaking device in use by User 9000, showing an independent breathing device 2000. FIG. 20B may be a cross-sectional view of the face soaking device in use by User 9000, showing an independent breathing device 2050. Independent respirator 2000 can include two hoses 420 or tube 420, while independent respirator 2050 can include one hose 420 or tube 420. The breathing device 2000 can be different from the independent breathing device 2050.
In FIGS. 20A and 20B, in certain embodiments, the independent breathing devices 2000 and 2050 may include a mouthpiece 401, at least one outlet port 2001, and at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420. Is. At least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be connected to the mouthpiece 401. Mouthpiece 401 may be configured to be held by the mouth of user 9000. At least one outlet port 2001 can communicate with air and gas and can be configured for respiratory gas transfer. In certain embodiments, at least one outlet port 2001 is capable of functioning as a gas vent. As shown in FIG. 20A, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be two hoses 420 or two tubes 420 with two outlet ports 2001. As shown in FIG. 20B, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be one hose 420 or one tube 420 and includes one outlet port 2001.
In certain embodiments, the mouthpiece 401 can include at least one connecting end 405. At least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can include a first end 421 and a second end 422 located opposite the first end 421. .. At least one connecting end 405 is configured to connect to the first end 421 and is capable of forming a coupling. The coupling may be configured to allow swirling rotational movement between at least one connecting end 405 and a first end 421 that may be connected to at least one connecting end 405. Such swivel rotation can provide increased comfort to the user 9000. This coupling can be watertight.
In certain embodiments, at least one exit port 2001 may be located at the second end 422 or proximal to the second end 422. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such proximity can be within 3 inches of the second end 422. In other embodiments, this proximity can be greater than 3 inches. In certain embodiments, the second end 422 can be terminated at at least one exit port 2001.
In certain embodiments, the length of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 may be in use by an independent breathing apparatus 2000 or 2050 by User 9000, as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B. It is sometimes possible that at least the outlet port 2001 can be located above the rim 225 and / or above the maximum liquid level, and at least the exit port 2001 is in atmospheric environmental air. It can be positioned in.
In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be semi-rigid to rigid and under the weight of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420, a second end 422. Is unable to bend back towards the first end 421.
In some embodiments, the independent breathing apparatus 2000 and / or 2050 may not be attached to the vessel 200 (or to other vessel embodiments) and to the headrest subassembly 500 (or to another headrest sub). It does not have to be attached (to the embodiment of the assembly). In certain embodiments, the independent breathing apparatus 2000 and / or 2050 may not be attached to the user 9000, apart from holding the mouthpiece 401 removably by the mouth of the user 9000. In some embodiments, the independent breathing apparatus 2000 and / or 2050 may be removably attached to the user 9000 and / or to the vessel 200 (or to other vessel embodiments). For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such removable attachment can be achieved with straps and / or clips.
Apart from the above differences, in certain embodiments, the independent respirator 2000 and the independent respirator 2050 are functional (eg, facilitate the movement of respiratory gas by the user 9000) and / or structure. From the point of view (including, for example, a hollow tube or hollow hose, mouthpiece 401, and / or, in some embodiments, a purge valve, etc.), a substantially similar embodiment of the breathing apparatus 400 can be made.
The figures in the FIG. 21 series can include FIGS. 21A to 21E. The figures in this Figure 21 series may represent embodiments of a breathing device that can be combined with a headrest subassembly. FIG. 21A may represent an embodiment of a face soaking device, the breathing device may be incorporated (combined) into a headrest subassembly, with a partial cut-out view of the vessel, by perspective view. It is shown. This can be a combined breathing device and headrest subassembly 2100.
FIG. 21B may show a combined breathing apparatus and headrest subassembly 2100, which is by top view. FIG. 21C may show a combination of combined breathing apparatus and headrest subassembly 2100, which is from the front view. Section lines 21E-21E may then pass through the combined breathing apparatus and headrest subassembly 2100 and be shown in FIG. 21C. FIG. 21D may show a combined breathing apparatus and headrest subassembly 2100, which is from an exploded perspective view.
FIG. 21E may show the combined respirator and headrest subassembly 2100, showing a view along section line 21E-21E, which is a longitudinal side profile of the combined respirator and headrest subassembly 2100. Can be.
In certain embodiments, the combined respirator and headrest subassembly 2100 can include the respirator and headrest subassembly in a single subassembly. The breathing device can include a mouthpiece 401 and at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420. In certain embodiments, the mouthpiece 401 and at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be as discussed above in the discussion of the figures in the FIG. 4 series. The headrest subassembly can include a support member 501, a comfortable outer surface 502, height adjusting means, and anterior-posterior adjusting means. In certain embodiments, the support member 501, the comfortable outer surface 502, the height adjusting means, and the anterior-posterior adjusting means are used in the discussion of the figures in the FIG. In the discussion of (discussed after the discussion of the figures in the Figure 6 series below), it can be as explained and discussed below.
In embodiments of the combined breathing apparatus and headrest subassembly 2100, the support member 501 can be a hollow elongated member. See, for example, Figure 21D. A significant portion of the length of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 may be housed within a hollow elongated member of the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the mouthpiece 401 is capable of projecting from a sixth end 2302 of a hollow elongated member of the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the outer diameter of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be sufficiently smaller than the inner diameter of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501, and at least one. The hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be housed and / or slid in a hollow elongated member of the support member 501. Such a slide can allow vertical adjustment of the height of the mouthpiece 401 with respect to at least one base 215 (or bottom inner surface 217).
In certain embodiments, the length of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be less than the length of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501. In such an embodiment, the second end 422 of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 may not protrude beyond the fifth end 2301 of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501. is there. In some such embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 may not include a common slot 2101. See, for example, Figure 21D.
In certain embodiments, the length of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can be longer than the length of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501. In such an embodiment, the second end 422 of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can project beyond the fifth end 2301 of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501. Is. In some such embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can include a common slot 2101.
In certain embodiments, the hollow elongated member of the support member 501 comprises two bends (having two angles), i.e. the upper bend (and the upper angle) as well as the lower bend (and the lower angle). Is possible. In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can include at least one bend, i.e., a complementary lower bend (lower angle). In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 can include at least one bend, i.e., a complementary upper bend (upper angle). In certain embodiments, the upper bend can be bend 2315. In some embodiments, the upper angle can be an angle of 2380 (see, eg, FIG. 23D).
A region closer to the fifth end 2301 of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501 and a region closer to the second end 422 of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 is a given vessel (eg, an area). , Can be fixed and / or attached to a vessel 200). Such an attachment can be as described in the discussion of the figures in the Figure 23 series below related to the headrest subassembly 2300. In some embodiments, such an attachment can include a friction clamp 2322, a cover 2370, a common slot 2101, and a recessed channel 2350. In the combined breathing apparatus and headrest subassembly 2100, the common slot 2101 can replace slot 2320 from the headrest subassembly 2300 in the support member 501, but can perform the same function as slot 2320. It is also possible to have the same overall structure. However, the common slot 2101 is present in two opposing locations on at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 and in two opposing locations on the hollow elongated member of the support member 501. Is possible. A common slot 2101 in at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 may be located closer to the second end 422 than to the first end 421. A common slot 2101 within the hollow elongated member of the support member 501 may be located closer to the fifth end 2301 than to the sixth end 2302. The common slot 2101 can extend substantially parallel to the longitude of at least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 and the meridian of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501. All common slots 2101 (for example, four common slots 2101) are threaded bolts / threads on the friction clamp 2322. Can be sized to accept the passage of a piece of screw 2321 with. The threaded bolt / threaded screw 2321 portion passes through the center hole 2375 of the cover 2370, then through the four common slots 2101, and finally with the threaded channel 2350. It is possible to pass through the hole 2330 (not shown in Figure 21D, but shown in Figure 23E). See, for example, Figure 21D.
In the combined breathing apparatus and headrest subassembly 2100, the common slot 2101, height adjusting means, and anterior-posterior adjusting means are as described in the discussion of the figures in the Figure 23 series below related to the headrest subassembly 2300. Can be. Such height adjusting means and anterior-posterior adjusting means may include, in certain embodiments, a friction clamp 2322, a cover 2370, a common slot 2101, an upper bend and / or an upper angle, a recessed channel 2350, and a channel 2102. It is possible. Channel 2102 can be a groove in the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel. See, for example, Figure 21A. The meridian of channel 2102 is substantially parallel to the anteroposterior direction, i.e., to the line extending from the center of the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 to the center of the posterior wall (or to the center of the recessed channel 2350). It is possible that The transverse width of the channel 2102 can be sized to accommodate the outer diameter of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501. The channel 2102 can provide a means for the hollow elongated member of the support member 501 to be traceable (eg, slidable) in the anteroposterior direction.
It passes through the center hole 2375 of the cover 2370, then through the common slot 2101, and then finally the threaded hole 2330 at the bottom of the recessed channel 2350 (not shown in Figure 21D, but). The hollow elongated member of the support member 501 can be attached to the recessed channel 2350 by a threaded bolt 2321 screwed into (shown in Figure 23E). The member can be slid either forward or backward to the user 9000's desired position and the bottom bend slides in the channel 2102. When the friction clamp 2322 can loosen, the hollow elongated member of the support member 501 can be adjustable in the anteroposterior direction. Due to the upper bend (eg bend 2315) and / or the upper angle (eg angle 2380) in the hollow elongated member of the support member 501, the anterior-posterior adjustment is also the head height of the user 9000. It is possible to function to adjust with respect to the taste of. User 9000 can make a single adjustment (eg by friction clamp 2322 and sliding), which can result in both front-back adjustment and height adjustment, which is the various user 9000. Supporting different sized heads and / or placing their respective different sized heads on various locations on the comfortable outer surface 502, as well as changing the location of the mouthpiece 401 It can be made possible. When the friction clamp 2322 can be tightened, the hollow elongated member of the support member 501 can be secured in the desired position and in place. In certain embodiments, tightening or loosening the friction clamp 2322 can be achieved by the user 9000 turning (rotating) the user engagement flange 2323 of the friction clamp 2322. In one embodiment, turning the user engagement flange 2323 in one direction allows the friction clamp 2322 to be tightened, while the user engagement flange 2323 can be tightened.
In some embodiments, the common slot 2101 may not be present; the threaded hole 2330 may not be present at the bottom of the recessed channel 2350 (eg, recessed channel 2350 and threaded). (See Figure 23E for hole 2330); center hole 2375 can be fitted with complementary inner threads and cover 2370 can be secured to roof 2340 and / or recessed channel 2350; A threaded bolt / threaded screw 2321 can be used to press closer to the fifth end 2301 onto the upper outside of the hollow elongated member of the support member 501.
FIG. 22A may show an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown in perspective view. In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector can include at least one collar 2201. In Figure 22A, at least one collar 2201 can be replaced with at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, otherwise this breathing device is a mouthpiece 401, at least one hose 420. Alternatively, it may include at least one tubing 420 and at least one color 2201. The collar 2201 can include a central hole having an inner diameter sized to accommodate the outer diameter of a portion of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420. Inner diameter sizing for such outer diameters is linear and / or rotational between the collar 2201 and the portion of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 inserted into the central hole. Translational movement is possible.
In certain embodiments, the respirator may be adjustable in the direction of translational movement when at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 portion can be inserted into the central hole of the collar 2201. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, this direction of translational movement can be vertical (ie, up and down).
In certain embodiments, the collar 2201 can include means for attaching to a vessel (eg, 200) or a given headrest subassembly. In certain embodiments, the means for attaching the collar 2201 can include a collar-tab 2202. The collar-tab 2202 can project from the outside of the collar 2201. See, for example, Figure 22A. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the collar-tab 2202 can project from the outside of the collar 2201 greater than zero inches and less than two inches. In certain embodiments, the collar-tab 2202 can include an end flange. The collar-tab 2202 may be accepted by the side wall tab receiver 2203, which is located inside at least one side wall 205, eg, the inner wall surface 203. See, for example, Figure 22A. The side wall tab receiver 2203 can be a recess, cavity, or hole in the side wall 205 (eg, a hole that passes from the inner wall surface 203 to the outer wall surface 202). Such a hole can be a port in the vessel. In certain embodiments, the sidewall tab receiver 2203 may be positioned at or above the liquid (fluid) filling level (eg, maximum liquid level). The side wall tab receiver 2203 can be sized (eg, via the inner diameter) to allow rotational movement between the vessel (eg 200) and the collar 2201. When the collar-tab 2202 can be inserted into the side wall tab receiver 2203, the respirator can be rotationally adjustable relative to at least one side wall 205 with the side wall tab receiver 2203 and (at least one). It may be adjustable in the direction of translational movement (if a portion of the hose 420 or at least one tube 420 can be inserted into the central hole of the collar 2201). Such adjustments of the respiratory system are available to users of different sizes (and / or ages) 900
In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 can include a cap (not shown in FIG. 22A). The cap may be positioned at the end (eg, 422) protruding from the collar 2201. If a portion of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 can be inserted through the central hole, the cap can prevent the end (eg, 422) from passing through the central hole of the collar 2201. is there. In certain embodiments, the cap can include a tape wrap sufficient to increase the outer diameter of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 portion, the outer diameter being the inner diameter of the central hole. Is getting bigger than. In certain embodiments, the cap can include at least one protrusion (from the outside of the hose 420 or tube 420), which is sufficient to prevent it from passing through the central hole of the collar 2201. It is possible to grow to.
In certain embodiments, the cap may be constructed so as not to interfere with respiratory gas transfer. In some adjustable breathing device embodiments, the cap may not be present. The reason is that in some embodiments, the tube 420 or hose 420 is long enough to minimize slippage from the collar 2201.
FIG. 22B may represent an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown by a close-up perspective view. In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector can include a sleeve 2205. In Figure 22B, the sleeve 2205 can be replaced with at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, otherwise this breathing device is a mouthpiece 401, at least one hose 420 or at least one. It is possible to include one tubing 420, and a sleeve 2205. The sleeve 2205 can include a central hole having an inner diameter sized to accommodate the outer diameter of a portion of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420. Inner diameter sizing for such outer diameters is linear and / or rotational between the sleeve 2205 and the portion of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 inserted into the central hole. Translational movement is possible. In certain embodiments, the sleeve 2205 can be structurally similar to the collar 2201 except that the sleeve 2205 may include a longer length.
In certain embodiments, the respirator may be adjustable in the direction of translational movement when at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 portion can be inserted into the central hole of the sleeve 2205. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, this direction of translational movement can be vertical (ie, up and down). See, for example, Figure 22B.
In certain embodiments, the sleeve 2205 can include means for attaching to a vessel (eg, 200) or to a given headrest subassembly. In certain embodiments, the means for attaching the sleeve 2205 can include a sleeve-tab 2206. The sleeve-tab 2206 can project from the outside of the sleeve 2205. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the sleeve-tab 2206 can project from the outside of the sleeve 2205 to be greater than zero inch and less than 2 inches. In certain embodiments, the sleeve-tab 2206 can include an end flange. See, for example, Figure 22B. The sleeve-tab 2206 can be accepted by the side wall tab receiver 2203 (not explicitly shown in Figure 22B; instead, see Figure 22A for the side wall tab receiver 2203), where the side wall tab receiver 2203 is at least one. It is located inside one side wall 205, for example, the inner wall surface 203. In certain embodiments, the sidewall tab receiver 2203 may be positioned at or above the liquid (fluid) filling level (eg, maximum liquid level). The side wall tab receiver 2203 can be a recess, a cavity, or a hole (eg, a hole through the inner wall surface 203 to the outer wall surface 202) in the side wall 205. Such a hole can be a port in the vessel. The side wall tab receiver 2203 may be sized (eg, via the inner diameter) to allow rotational movement between the vessel (eg 200) and the collar sleeve 2205. When the sleeve-tab 2206 can be inserted into the side wall tab receiver 2203, the respirator can be rotationally adjustable relative to at least one side wall 205 with the side wall tab receiver 2203 and (at least one). Translational movement (if part of the hose 420 or at least one tube 420 can be inserted into the central hole of the sleeve 2205) Can be directionally adjustable. Such adjustment of the respiratory device allows users 9000 of different sizes (and / or ages) to utilize one respiratory device that may be adjustable to accommodate the size differences of the user 9000. can do.
In certain embodiments, at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 can include a cap (not shown in FIG. 22B). The cap may be positioned at the end (eg, 422) protruding from the sleeve 2205. If at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 portion can be inserted through the central hole, the cap can prevent the end (eg, 422) from passing through the central hole in the sleeve 2205. is there. In certain embodiments, the cap can include a tape wrap sufficient to increase the outer diameter of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 portion, the outer diameter being the inner diameter of the central hole. Can be larger than. In certain embodiments, the cap can include at least one protrusion (from the outside of the hose 420 or tube 420), which is sufficient to prevent it from passing through the central hole of the sleeve 2205. It is possible to grow to.
In certain embodiments, the cap may be constructed so as not to interfere with respiratory gas transfer. In some adjustable breathing device embodiments, the cap may not be present. The reason is that in some embodiments, the tube 420 or hose 420 is long enough to minimize slippage from the sleeve 2205.
FIG. 22C may represent an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown by a close-up perspective view, in a perspective view of the inside of the channel sleeve 2211 and in a comparative view without the channel sleeve 2211. It can indicate side wall tab 2212. In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector can include a channel sleeve 2211. In Figure 22C, the channel sleeve 2211 can be replaced with at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, otherwise this breathing device is a mouthpiece 401, at least one hose 420 or at least. It is possible to include one tubing 420 and a channel sleeve 2211. The channel sleeve 2211 may be connected to the end (eg, 422) of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420. In some embodiments, such connections can be removable, and in other embodiments, such connections can be permanent. In certain embodiments, such a connection can be a frictional fit between the channel sleeve 2211 and the end of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 (eg, 422).
In certain embodiments, the channel sleeve 2211 can include a central hole through which gas communicates inside at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 connected to the channel sleeve 2211. This connection between the channel sleeve 2211 and the end of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 (eg, 422) is the end of the channel sleeve 2211 and at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 (eg, 422). For example, it is possible to facilitate the movement of respiratory gas to and from 422).
In certain embodiments, the channel sleeve 2211 can include the channel 2213 over the outer surface of the channel sleeve 2211 which can face the inner wall surface 203. Channel 2213 can extend longitudinally along the outside of the channel sleeve 2211. Channel 2213 may be sized to accommodate side wall tab 2212. In one embodiment, the side wall tab 2212 is a protrusion that projects into the internal volume 220 of the vessel (eg, 200) by a short distance from a fixed position on at least one side wall 205, eg, the inner wall 203. be able to. See, for example, Figure 22C. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the side wall tab 2212 can project from the inner wall 203 greater than zero inches and less than two inches. In certain embodiments, the side wall tab 2212 may be positioned at or above the liquid (fluid) filling level (eg, maximum liquid level). In certain embodiments, the side wall tab 2212 can include an end flange 2214.
In certain embodiments, when the side wall tab 2212 can be held by channel 2213, a linear translational movement between the channel sleeve 2211 and at least one side wall 205 from which the side wall tab 2212 can project, and with the channel sleeve 2211. Both rotational movements to and from the same at least one side wall 205 may be tolerated. Such linear translational and rotational movements can allow linear translational and rotational adjustment of the respiratory device with respect to at least one side wall 205 from which the side wall tab 2102 can project. Such adjustment of the respiratory device allows users 9000 of different sizes (and / or ages) to utilize one respiratory device that may be adjustable to accommodate the size differences of the user 9000. can do.
FIG. 22D may show an embodiment of an adjustable breathing device, which is shown in perspective view, and the breathing device may be in a stationary configuration. FIG. 22E may represent the embodiment of FIG. 22D, which is shown in perspective view, but may be in a state in which the respiratory device is in an adjustable loaded configuration (ie, motion configuration). There is sex.
In certain embodiments, at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector can include two color hinges 2221. In FIGS. 22D and 22E, the two color hinges 2221 can be replaced with at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector 430, otherwise this breathing device is mouthpiece 401, at least one. It is possible to include one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 and two collar hinges 2221. Each collar hinge 2221 can include a central hole having an inner diameter sized to accommodate the outer diameter of a portion of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420. When a portion of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 can be inserted into the central hole of the collar hinge 2221, linear and / or rotational translational movement occurs with the collar hinge 2221 and at least one hose. It may be acceptable between the 420 or the inserted portion of at least one tube 420. Each collar hinge 2221 may be attached to the opposite side wall 205 or the opposite rim (eg 225) of the vessel (eg 200). Each such mounting point can be hinged, allowing swivel movement between the collar hinge 2201 and each side wall 205. See, for example, FIGS. 22D and 22E. Such a hinge can be an integrally molded hinge.
In certain embodiments, the breathing device can include two tubes 420 or two hoses 420. The mouthpiece 401 may be disposed between, and may be connected to, including two tubes 420 or two hoses 420. In certain embodiments, the breathing apparatus can be present in at least one of two configurations, the stationary configuration of FIG. 22D and the adjustable loaded configuration of FIG. 22E. In some embodiments, in a stationary configuration, there may be no load exerted by User 9000 on the respirator. In such a configuration, the two tubes 420 or the two hoses 420 can remain substantially linear, with one portion of each tube 420 or hose 420 having its own color hinge. It passes through one of the central holes of 2201. See, for example, Figure 22D. "Substantially" as used in the preceding text, the two tubes 420 or the two hoses 420 do not have to be geometrically perfectly straight, but rather have some bends. It means that you may have it.
In one embodiment, in an adjustable load configuration, the user 9000 is removably holding (engaging) the mouthpiece 401 in the mouth of the user 9000 and inside the vessel (eg, 200). You may be pushing the breathing device into a volume of 200. Such pushing can put a load on the respiratory system. Such loads can overcome static configurations and shift to adjustable loaded configurations, where adjustable loaded configurations are intended to use the face-soaking device. It can be configured to be usable by user 9000. In certain embodiments, breathing is due to the inherent flexibility of the two tubes 420 or the two hoses 420, the linear translational movement through the central hole of the collar hinge 2221, and the swivel movement of the collar hinge 2221. The device may be adjustable by the user 9000. When the user 9000 may have finished loading the respirator, the respirator is then shown in FIG. 22D due to the inherent elasticity of the two tubes 420 or the two hoses 420. It is possible to return to the stationary configuration.
In certain embodiments, at least one of the two hoses 420 or the two tubes 420 can include a cap (not shown in either FIG. 22D or FIG. 22E). The cap may be located at at least one of the end 422s. If a portion of the hose 420 or tube 420 can be inserted through the central hole, the cap can prevent the end 422 from passing through the central hole of the collar hinge 2221. In certain embodiments, the cap can include a tape wrap sufficient to increase the outer diameter of at least one hose 420 or at least one tube 420 portion, the outer diameter being the inner diameter of the central hole. Can be larger than. In certain embodiments, the cap can include at least one protrusion (from the outside of the hose 420 or tube 420), which prevents it from passing through the central hole of the collar hinge 2221. It can be large enough.
In certain embodiments, the cap may be constructed so as not to interfere with respiratory gas transfer. In some adjustable breathing device embodiments, the cap may not be present. The reason is that in some embodiments, the tube 420 or hose 420 is sufficiently long to minimize slippage from the collar hinge 2221.
In one embodiment, the 16-series, 17-series, 18-series, and 19-series diagrams all consider and focus on various nose-clip embodiments. There may be. Such a nose-clip may be intended to be used in connection with the use of various face soaking device embodiments. In certain embodiments, the system can include a given face-soaking device, along with a given nose-clip embodiment. Such a nose-clip can be easily used with various breathing device embodiments. For some users 9000, when using their mouth to breathe by using an embodiment of a given breathing device, they use a nose-clip to close their nostrils. You may want it.
In one embodiment using various face-soaking device embodiments (eg, face-soaking device 100), user 9000 uses nose-clip 1600, nose-clip 1700, nose-clip 1800, nose-clip 1900, nose-clip. It is also possible to use a plug and / or any other device suitable for blocking (eg, sealing and / or closing) the nostrils from the liquid 101. Blocking the nostrils of User 9000 can facilitate ease of breathing when the face 9010 can be immersed in the liquid 101. In one embodiment, the system (kit) for immersing the user 9000 face 9010 is a face soaking device 100 and a nose-clip 1600, nose-clip 1700, nose-clip 1800, nose-clip 1900, nose-plug. , And / or at least one of any other device suitable for removably blocking the nostrils from the liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, such a nose-clip can be constructed from at least one wire that can bend without breaking, and at least one wire is bent into a shape that clamps and closes the nostrils removably. I'm getting it. When bent to clamp and close the nostrils, at least one wire can be strong enough to resist the forces exerted on the wires by the nostrils.
FIG. 16A may illustrate an exemplary embodiment of the Nose-Clip 1600, including a tight coil 1609, which is shown by top perspective view. FIG. 16B may show the nose-clip 1600 and is shown by a bottom perspective view. FIG. 16C may show the nose-clip 1600 and is shown by front view. FIG. 16D may show the nose-clip 1600 and is shown by side view. FIG. 16E may show the nose-clip 1600 and is shown by the rear view. FIG. 16F may show the nose-clip 1600 and is shown by top view. FIG. 16G may show the nose-clip 1600 and is shown by bottom view.
In certain embodiments, the nose-clip 1600 can include a wire that can be at least one elongated member 1602 with two oppositely disposed end 1603s. In certain embodiments, at least one wire can be bent into a generally "U" shape, with the central bend region 1605 forming a "U" shaped major radius of 1606. See, for example, Figure 16A. When used, each end 1603 and / or each end region may be directed to each other and closed across the nostrils between the two end 1603s and / or between the two end regions. It is possible. When used, the central bend region 1605 can be either above the bridge of the nose or below the nostrils, i.e. closer to the mouth than the bridge of the nose. To remove such wires, the two end 1603s and / or the two end regions separate from each other for a distance sufficient to allow the nostrils to open and the wires to be removed from the nose. Can be bent like.
In certain embodiments, each end 1603 or each end region is capable of forming a terminal structure 1607. See, for example, Figure 16A. In certain embodiments, the termination structure 1607 is a series of tight coils 1609 (see, eg, FIGS. 16A to 16G), a series of loose coils 1710 (eg, see FIGS. 17A to 17G), oval structures, It is possible to include one or more of spherical structures 1811 (see, eg, FIGS. 18A to 18F), disk structures, and / or rod structures. Such a termination structure is capable of forming pad 1608. See, for example, Figure 16C. Pad 1608 can provide an additional surface area for exerting force on each nostril.
In certain embodiments, each termination structure 1607 is, for example, a series of tight coils 1609 (see, eg, FIGS. 13A to 13G) and / or a series of loose coils 1710 (eg, see FIGS. 17A to 17G). It can be formed by bending the end 1603 so that it becomes the end structure 1607 with. The curvature associated with the major radius 1606 can be gentler (less curvature) than the curvature associated with the tight coil 1609 and / or loose coil 1710. That is, the curvature associated with the tight coil 1609 and / or the loose coil 1710 can be greater (sharply curved) than the curvature associated with the principal radius 1606. The curvature associated with the tight coil 1609 can be greater (sharply curved) than the curvature associated with the loose coil 1710 (see, eg, FIG. 17A, for the loose coil 1710).
In certain embodiments, each termination structure 1607 can be constructed from the same material, such as at least one wire. In certain embodiments, each termination structure 1607 may be constructed from a material different from that of at least one wire.
In certain embodiments, the at least one wire can be a metal wire. In certain embodiments, the at least one wire can be a solid metal wire. In certain embodiments, the metal can be one or more of copper, aluminum, steel, stainless steel, brass, and various alloys and the like.
In certain embodiments, at least one metal wire and / or at least one elongated member 1602 can be coated with a polymer. See, for example, the nose-clip 1900 embodiment of FIGS. 19A-19G. This polymer coating is capable of waterproofing metal wires and / or at least one elongated member 1602. The polymer can provide durability to the wire, for example by minimizing corrosion. The polymer can also enhance comfort to User 9000 when worn. Also, the polymer can contain a variety of colorants so that when the polymer is cured, it will appear in a variety of colors. The polymer can be a plastic and / or an elastomer (eg, silicone, rubber, etc.). For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the plastic can be a plastisol-type PVC suspension, the wire is dipped in a liquid plastisol and then cured to become the plastic cover of the wire. Can be done. In a similar manner, the wire can be powder coated with a polymer (plastic).
FIGS. 17A to 17G may represent a nose-clip 1700 with a loose coil 1710. Apart from the loose coil 1710, the nose-clip 1700 can be substantially similar to the nose-clip 1600. FIG. 17A may illustrate an exemplary embodiment of the Nose-Clip 1700, including a loose coil 1710, shown by top perspective view. FIG. 17B may show the nose-clip 1700 and is shown by a bottom perspective view. FIG. 17C may show the nose-clip 1700 and is shown by front view. FIG. 17D may show the nose-clip 1700 and is shown by side view. FIG. 17E may show the nose-clip 1700 and is shown by the rear view. FIG. 17F may show the nose-clip 1700 and is shown by top view. FIG. 17G may show the nose-clip 1700 and is shown by bottom view.
FIGS. 18A-18F may represent a nose-clip 1800 with a spherical structure 1811. In some embodiments, the termination structure 1607 of the nose-clip 1800 can include a spherical structure 1811, otherwise the nose-clip 1800 is substantially similar to the nose-clip 1600. be able to. FIG. 18A may represent an exemplary embodiment of the Nose-Clip 1800, which includes a pair of spherical termination structures 1811 and is shown by top perspective view. FIG. 18B may show the nose-clip 1800 and is shown by a bottom perspective view. FIG. 18C may show the nose-clip 1800 and is shown by a front view. FIG. 18D may show the nose-clip 1800 and is shown by side view. FIG. 18E may show the nose-clip 1800 and is shown by the rear view. FIG. 18F may show the nose-clip 1800 and is shown by top view.
FIG. 19A may represent an exemplary embodiment of the nose-clip 1900, which can be polymer coated and is shown by top perspective view. FIG. 19B may show the nose-clip 1900 and is shown by a bottom perspective view. FIG. 19C may show the nose-clip 1900 and is shown by a front view. FIG. 19D may show the nose-clip 1900 and is shown by side view. FIG. 19E may show the nose-clip 1900 and is shown by the rear view. FIG. 19F may show the nose-clip 1900 and is shown by top view. FIG. 19G may show the nose-clip 1900 and is shown by bottom view.
In certain embodiments, the nose-clip 1900 can be substantially similar to the nose-clip 1600, except that the elongated member 1602 of the nose-clip 1900 can be coated with a polymer. In certain embodiments, the surface area of pad 1608 can be increased when at least one wire can be coated with a polymer. See, for example, Figure 19A. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, when the end 1603 can be bent into a series of tight coils 1609, the series of tight coils 1609 can be disc-shaped when coated with a polymer. It is possible to look at the pad 1608 and there are no air gaps left between the tight coils. See, for example, Figure 19A.
In certain embodiments, at least one solid metal wire (eg, nose-clip 1600, nose-clip 1700, nose-clip 1800, and / or nose-clip 1900) has a diameter of 10 gauge to 12 gauge. can do. In certain embodiments, at least one solid metal wire (eg, nose-clip 1600, nose-clip 1700, nose-clip 1800, and / or nose-clip 1900) has a diameter of 8 to 16 gauge. can do. By performing tests, it is determined that copper wire diameters smaller than 12 gauge, for example 14 gauge, cannot be strong enough to effectively clamp and close some nostrils. Was done. By performing tests, copper wire diameters greater than 10 gauge bend the wire so that some users (eg children and / or elderly users) can clamp and close the nostrils. Was able to determine that it could be difficult.
In certain embodiments, at least one elongated member 1602 can be a plurality of elongated members. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments it is possible that there are two or three elongated members, each elongated member being a metal wire thereof. Multiple metal wires such as these can be bent together to form a "U" shape. Such multiple metal wires can be generally parallel to each other. Such multiple metal wires can be spirally wound around each other. Such multiple metal wires can be twisted around each other. Such multiple metal wires can be braided together. When multiple metal wires can be used, smaller diameters (higher gauges) of the metal wires can be used.
Also, in certain embodiments, any such nose-clip as described above can include a leash (ie, a tether), which is another object of the vessel 200, or place. It is possible to connect the nose-clip to some subassemblies of a given face-soaking device (eg, face-soaking device 100) in a removable manner, when the user 9000 may want to use the nose-clip. , Nose-It is now possible to have a clip at hand. Such a leash can minimize the loss of the nose-clip. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the leash can removably connect the nose-clip to the respiratory device 400. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the leash can removably connect the nose-clip to the rim 225.
Figures in the Figure 5 series can include Figures 5A through 5I. The figures in this Figure 5 series may be focused on showing exemplary embodiments of the headrest subassembly 500, its various component parts, structures, and communication relationships. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 is capable of physically supporting a portion of the user 9000's head. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the portion of the head that can be supported by the headrest subassembly 500 can be the forehead of User 9000 or any portion thereof. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 in its various embodiments can contribute to the comfort of User 9000 (especially with respect to the neck 9020).
FIG. 5E may be a top perspective exploded view of the headrest subassembly 500 disassembled from the vessel of the face soaking device 100 (eg, vessel 200). FIG. 5F may be a top view of the face soaking device 100, where FIG. 5F further shows two section lines, namely section line 5G-5G and section line 5H-5H, where section line 5G-5G is It may be a longitudinal section line through the headrest subassembly 500, and section line 5H-5H may be a section line in the transverse width direction through the headrest subassembly 500. FIG. 5G may be a longitudinal sectional view along section line 5G-5G through the headrest subassembly 500. FIG. 5H may be a cross-sectional view along the cross-sectional line 5H-5H through the headrest subassembly 500. Figure 5H may further show the area of detail 5I that may be focused on the area of the headrest subassembly 500. FIG. 5I can be a close-up view of detail 5I.
In certain embodiments, a given face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100) can include a headrest subassembly 500. See, for example, Figure 5E. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 may be attached to the vessel 200. In some embodiments, the nature of the attachment can be removable, while in other embodiments, the nature of the attachment can be non-removable. The figures in the FIG. 5 series may represent a removable mounting embodiment.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 can include a support member 501 (see, eg, FIG. 5E) or a strap (not shown). The support member 501 or strap may be configured to physically support a portion of User 9000's head. For example, and without limiting the scope of the present invention, the portion of the head that can be supported by the support member can be the forehead of User 9000 or that portion.
In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can go from semi-rigid to rigid. The support member 501 can be a structural member. In certain embodiments, the upper or upper surface of the support member 501, or strap, is substantially horizontal when the headrest subassembly 500 may be in physical contact with the vessel 200. It can be oriented (ie, substantially parallel to the substrate). In certain embodiments, the upper or upper surface of the support member 501, or strap, is substantially horizontal when the headrest subassembly 500 may be in physical contact with the vessel 200. It can be oriented (ie, substantially parallel to the bottom inner surface 217).
In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include a comfortable outer surface 502. See, for example, Figure 5E. The comfortable outer surface 502 can provide comforting support for at least some portion of the user 9000 head region. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can be a compressible foam material. In certain embodiments, the compressible foam material can be replaced with a soft elastomeric material, such as silicone or other soft elastomeric material. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can demarcate the support member 501 along the meridians of the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 is capable of at least partially covering the upper or upper surface of the support member 501.
In certain embodiments, the strap can be constructed from a flexible material. The length of the strap can be greater than the width of the strap. The strap can include two ends. Each end of the strap may be attached to at least two different at least one wall 201. The strap embodiment may not be shown in the figure.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the strap may be configured to act as a sling or cradle for the forehead. In certain embodiments, the strap can be a woven material. In certain embodiments, the strap can be water resistant, mildew resistant, and abrasion resistant. The strap can be constructed from natural and / or synthetic materials. Natural materials can include one or more of cotton, wool, linen, and leather. The synthetic material can include one or more of nylon, polypropylene, polyester, neoprene and the like.
In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include at least one post 503, a cap 509, and a comfortable outer surface 502. See, for example, Figure 5E. In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 can be in physical contact with the cap 509. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 can be a cap that covers at least a portion of at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 is capable of being in physical contact with a comfortable outer surface 502. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 is capable of covering at least a portion of the upper surface of the cap 509, or at least a portion of the upper surface of at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can be a pad 512. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 may include at least one magnet 506 and at least one plate 511 in addition to including the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the at least one magnet 506 can be positioned within at least one post 503 (eg, at the bottom of at least one post 503). In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b (see, eg, FIG. 2G). See FIG. 5E for, for example, for at least one plate 511.
In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include at least one post 503. See, for example, Figure 5E. In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 may be removably positioned within the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. See, for example, Figure 5G and Figure 5H. In certain embodiments, it is possible that at least one post 503 is in removably physical contact with the bottom inner surface 217 of at least one base 215 of the vessel 200. See, for example, Figure 5G and Figure 5H. In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 can include an upper end that is located on the opposite side of the bottom end. In certain embodiments, the bottom end of at least one post 503 can be in removably physical contact with the bottom inner surface 217. See, for example, Figure 5G and Figure 5H. In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 can be rigid to semi-rigid.
In certain embodiments, the bottom end can include a gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504. In certain embodiments, the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504 can allow at least one post 503 to straddle one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s of at least one post 503. It can be one or more grooves (ie, cutouts, recesses, or recesses) at the bottom edge. See, for example, Figure 5E and Figure 5I. In certain embodiments, the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504 has two separate bottom ends (two legs 505) but still one upper end (one upper surface), at least one. It can be formed from one post 503. See, for example, Figure 5E and Figure 5I.
In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 can include two legs 505. See, for example, Figure 5E. A portion of one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s may be disposed between these two legs 505. See, for example, Figure 5I. In certain embodiments, the bottom end of each leg 505 can be removably physically in contact with the bottom inner surface 217. See, for example, Figure 5I. In certain embodiments, each bottom end of the leg 505 is capable of accommodating at least one magnet 506. See, for example, Figure 5E and Figure 5I. In certain embodiments, each leg 505 can be guided anterior-posteriorly by at least one guide 507 that can be at least partially substantially parallel in the anterior-posterior direction. In certain embodiments, at least one guide 507 can be part of the LED housing 950 (where LED can be an acronym for light emitting diode). In certain embodiments, at least one guide 507 can be the structural region of the bottom area of the vessel lining 200a. See, for example, Figure 5A.
In certain embodiments, the two legs 505 may include separate and separate upper ends (not shown), respectively, i.e., including two at least one post 503 embodiments. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the two legs 505 can include a shared upper end. See, for example, Figure 5E. A portion of this shared upper end may be located above one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. Alternatively, in certain embodiments, the two legs 505 may include a shared bridge material that joins the respective leg 505, and a portion of this shared bridge material may be one or more. It extends above multiple gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. See, for example, Figure 5E.
In certain embodiments, the shared bridge can include opposing dual sets of paired slots 508 at one or more different heights. See, for example, Figure 5E and Figure 5I. Each pair of slots 508 may be engaged by a pair of opposing tabs 510 located at the bottom of the cap 509. These paired pairs of slots 508 and opposite tabs 510 operate together in a ratchet fashion and are capable of varying the height of the cap 509 and / or the height of the pad 512. See, for example, Figure 5G.
In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 (and / or two legs 505) can be substantially hollow. In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 (and / or two legs 505) can be rigid to semi-rigid.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 can include anterior-posterior adjustment means. The functionality of the anterior-posterior adjustment means may be shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 can include height adjusting means (ie, vertical adjusting means). The functionality of the height adjusting means may be shown in FIGS. 5C and 5D. Such adjustments in the anteroposterior and / or vertical direction allow a wide variety of users 9000 of different sizes to use a single face soaking device embodiment (eg, face soaking device 100). Can be done.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 can be present in one of the two anterior-rear configurations, or in those two anterior-posterior configurations. One of the two front-rear configurations can be a rear configuration, in which the headrest subassembly 500 is attached to the front wall (eg, fourth side wall 209) of the vessel (eg, vessel 200). In contrast, it may be located closest to the back wall of the vessel (eg, vessel 200) (eg, second side wall 207). See, for example, Figure 5A. FIG. 5A may show the face soaking device 100, which is shown by top view, and the headrest subassembly 500 can be in a rear configuration (ie, rearward configuration).
The other of the two anterior-posterior configurations can include an anterior configuration, in which the headrest subassembly 500 is a back wall portion (eg, a second side wall of the vessel (eg, vessel 200)). 207) may be located closest to the front wall (eg, fourth side wall 209) of the vessel (eg, vessel 200). See, for example, Figure 5B. FIG. 5B may represent the face soaking device 100, which is shown by top view, and the headrest subassembly 500 may be in a front configuration.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 can include anterior-posterior adjustment means. In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjustment means may be for a removable setting or determination of the location of at least one post 503 along the meridian of the bottom medial surface 217. In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjustment means may be configured to relocate at least one post 503 along the meridian of the surface present in the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 5A and 5B.
In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjusting means comprises a smooth bottom inner surface 217, and at least one post 503 is slidable or movable in the anterior-posterior direction along at least some portion of the bottom inner surface 217. It is supposed to be. See, for example, FIGS. 5A and 5B.
In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjustment means can include at least one guide 507. In certain embodiments, the at least one guide 507 is capable of minimizing the translation of at least one post 503 in the left-right direction (eg, right-to-left direction or left-to-right direction), or It is possible to prevent (restrict). In certain embodiments, the at least one guide 507 is capable of facilitating a linear translation of at least one post 503 in the anteroposterior direction along at least some portion of the bottom medial surface 217. See, for example, FIGS. 5A and 5B.
In certain embodiments, the at least one guide 507 has at least one rail, at least one length of gas-diffuser-tubing 801, at least one heat shield of at least one length, and at least one of at least one length. Can be selected from one or more of one EM emitter 900 (eg, LED array 901), at least one LED housing 950, and / or other hardware or structural elements that can be located within an internal volume 220. .. In certain embodiments, at least one guide 507 can be substantially parallel in the anterior-posterior direction, at least in part. In certain embodiments, at least one guide 507 can be part of the LED housing 950. In certain embodiments, at least one guide 507 can be the structural region of the bottom area of the vessel lining 200a. See, for example, Figure 5A.
In certain embodiments, at least one guide 507 is defined in the bottom medial surface 217 in the left-right direction (ie, left-to-right). It is possible to form channel) 513 and / or demarcate. In certain embodiments, the define channel 513 has at least one rail, at least one length of gas-diffuser-tubing 801, at least one heat shield of at least one length, or at least one of at least one length. It may be formed by one EM emitter 900, at least one LED housing 950, and / or one or more of other hardware or structural elements that may be located within an internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the define channel 513 is capable of defining an area of the bottom medial surface 217 through which at least one post 503 can be translated anteroposteriorly. In certain embodiments, the define channel 513 is substantially flat and / or smooth on its upper outer surface and is capable of facilitating the sliding of at least one post 503. See, for example, Figures 5C and 5D.
In certain embodiments, the anteroposterior adjusting means can include at least one magnet 506. See, for example, Figure 5E. In certain embodiments, at least a portion of at least one magnet 506 can be removably physically in contact with at least a portion of the bottom inner surface 217 and / or the defined channel 513. In certain embodiments, it is possible that at least a portion of at least one magnet 506 is in removably physical contact with at least a portion of the bottom of at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, at least one magnet 506 can be attached to the bottom end of at least one post 503. See, for example, Figure 5I.
In some of the embodiments of the headrest subassembly 500, at least one magnet 506 can include at least two magnets 506. Such a magnet 506 may be disposed in at least one post 503 on the opposite side of the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504. See, for example, Figure 5E.
In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjustment means can include at least one plate 511. In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be substantially constructed from magnetic or iron-based materials. In certain embodiments, the at least one plate 511 can be substantially a magnet or an iron-based metal. In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be disposed below a portion of the bottom inner surface 217. See, for example, 2G and Figure 5I. In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b. See, for example, 2G and Figure 5I. In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be positioned above the bottom inner surface 217 (not shown). Combining at least one plate 511 in the magnetic field of at least one magnet 506, which is below a portion of the bottom inner surface 217 but is located in at least one post 503, is a bottom inner surface 217 ( Alternatively, it is possible to facilitate the removable attachment of at least one post 503 to the defined channel 513).
Note that in embodiments, at least one magnet 506 can be substantially replaced with an iron-based material, and then at least one plate 511 can be substantially constructed from a magnetic material.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 can be present in one of the two vertical configurations, or in a configuration within those two vertical configurations. One of the two vertical configurations can include an elevated (ie, raised) configuration and the upper portion of the headrest subassembly 500 (eg, pad 512) is a vessel (eg, vessel 200). Can be positioned at maximum height from the bottom inner surface of the (eg, bottom inner surface 217). See, for example, Figure 5C. FIG. 5C may represent 100 face-soaking devices, shown by top view, where the headrest subassembly 500 is in an elevated (ie, raised) configuration (as well as in a rear configuration). Is possible).
The other of the two vertical configurations can include a descending (ie, lowered) configuration, where the top portion of the headrest subassembly 500 is the bottom inner surface (eg, vessel 200) of the vessel (eg, vessel 200). It can be positioned at the minimum height from the bottom inner surface 217). See, for example, Figure 5D. FIG. 5D may represent the face soaking device 100, which is shown in top view, with the headrest subassembly 500 in a lowered (ie, lowered) configuration (as well as a rearward orientation configuration). Is possible).
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 has an upper end of at least one post 503, or an upper end of a cap 509, relative to the ground (ie, substrate) on which the face soaking device can be located. Alternatively, it may include height adjusting means for setting the vertical location of the upper end of the pad 512 to be removable. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 is capable of removing the vertical location of the upper end of the pad 512 (or the upper end of the cap 509) with respect to the ground on which the face soaking device can be located. It is possible to include height adjusting means for setting to. See, for example, Figures 5C and 5D. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, the vertical height adjusting means may have at least one post 503 upper end 2 inches above the ground. It can be adjusted to descend to where it can be, and to where this upper edge can be 7 inches above the ground. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 is perpendicular to the bottom inner surface 217 of the upper end of at least one post 503, or the upper end of the cap 509, or the upper end of the pad 512. It is possible to include height adjusting means for setting the location to be removable.
In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means is above the support member 501 (or strap) in the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200 with respect to an axis extending from at least one base 215 of the vessel 200 to the top opening 226 of the vessel 200. It may be configured to vary the height of the surface or top surface. That is, it is vertical. In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means are on the support member 501 (or strap) and at least one base 215, at least one wall 201 of the vessel 200 (eg, inner 203, outer 202, and / or). It is possible to have physical contact with one or more of the rims 225). In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can be in physical contact with the support member 501 (or strap) and with at least one base 215 (eg, inside) of the vessel 200. ..
In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include a cap 509. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 can be attached to at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 can include a structure for fitting on at least some of the two leg 505s. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 may be attached to at least one post 503 by a vertically adjustable ratchet mechanism. See, for example, Figure 5E. In certain embodiments, this vertically adjustable ratchet mechanism can include complementary structures on at least one post 503 and on cap 509. For example, at least one post 503 can include opposing dual sets of multiple paired slots 508 at one or more different heights. See, for example, Figure 5E and Figure 5I. Each pair of slots 508 may be engaged by a pair of opposing tabs 510 located at the bottom of the cap 509. These paired pairs of slots 508 and opposing tabs 510 operate together in a ratchet fashion, varying the height of the cap 509 and / or the height of the pad 512 for at least one post 503. It is possible. See, for example, Figure 5G.
In one embodiment, the projection of the cap 509 from above is circular, elliptical, oval, polygonal (with or without rounded corners), regular polygon (with or without rounded corners). Can result in 2D shapes such as (with or without) and / or non-regular polygons (with or without rounded corners).
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 500 can include a comfortable outer surface 502. This comfortable outer surface 502 can provide comforting support for the head region or parts thereof. This comfortable outer surface 502 may be configured to removably engage with at least some portion of the user's head. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 acts as a padding and / or cushion, at least where the portion of the user's head may be in removably physical contact with the pad 512. It is possible to fulfill. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can be a substantially compressible foam material. In certain embodiments, the compressible foam material can be replaced with a soft elastomeric material, such as silicone or other soft elastomeric material.
In certain embodiments, at least one comfortable outer surface 502 can include a pad 512. In certain embodiments, the pad 512 may be attached to the upper end of the cap 509. See, for example, Figure 5E and Figure 5I. In some embodiments, the nature of this attachment can be permanent, while in other embodiments, the attachment can be removable. In certain embodiments, the upper end of the cap 509 can include a pad 512. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 and pad 512 can be integrated. In certain embodiments, the pad 512 may be attached to the upper end of at least one post 503 (not shown). In certain embodiments, the pad 512 can be attached to the cap 509, which can extend over one or more portions of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801. See, for example, Figure 5A.
6A-6F may represent the headrest subassembly 600. Figures 6G to 6L can represent the headrest subassembly 650. Both the headrest subassembly 600 and the headrest subassembly 650 are similar to the headrest subassembly 500, but can be alternative embodiments. Similar height adjustment means in which both the headrest subassembly 600 and the headrest subassembly 650 use screws to change the height up and down by turning the screws, in contrast to the ratchet mechanism of the headrest subassembly 500. By sharing, both the headrest subassembly 600 and the headrest subassembly 650 may differ from the headrest subassembly 500. Due to differences in the shape of the bottom inner surface 217, the shape of at least one guide 507, the shape of at least one defined channel 513, the number and / or layout of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 , Headrest subassembly 600 and headrest subassembly 650 may be different from each other. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in the headrest subassembly 650, at least one post 503 can be positioned between the gas-diffuser-tubing 801, while in the headrest subassembly 600, at least one. One post 503 can span one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s.
Figure 6A may show two face-soaking devices side-by-side, with two different configurations for the headrest subassembly 600 shown, one headrest subassembly 600 lowered (lowered). ) Configuration, the other headrest subassembly 600 is shown in a raised (raised) configuration, and the headrest subassembly 600 shown may be an embodiment of a single post 503. it can.
FIG. 6B may be an exploded view of the top view of the headrest subassembly 600, which is disassembled from the vessel.
FIG. 6C may be a top view of the headrest subassembly 600, FIG. 6C may show two section lines, namely section line 6D-6D and section line 6E-6E, where section line 6D-6D is. , Can be a longitudinal section line through the headrest subassembly 600, and section line 6E-6E can be a section line in the transverse width direction through the headrest subassembly 600. FIG. 6D may be a longitudinal sectional view along section line 6D-6D through the headrest subassembly 600.
FIG. 6E may be a cross-sectional view along a cross-sectional line 6E-6E through the headrest subassembly 600. FIG. 6E may further show the area of detail 6F and may show the headrest subassembly 600. FIG. 6F may be a close-up view of detailed 6F.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 600 can include a support member 501. In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include a comfortable outer surface 502. In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include at least one post 503, a cap 509, and a comfortable outer surface 502. See, for example, Figure 6B. In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 can be in physical contact with the cap 509. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 can be a cap that covers at least a portion of at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 is capable of being in physical contact with a comfortable outer surface 502. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 is capable of covering at least a portion of the upper surface of the cap 509, or at least a portion of the upper surface of at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can be a pad 512. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 600 may include at least one magnet 506 and at least one plate 511 in addition to including the support member 501. In certain embodiments, at least one magnet 506 can be positioned within at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b (see, eg, FIG. 2G). See FIG. 6B for, for example, for at least one plate 511.
However, in the headrest subassembly 600, the physical relationship between at least one post 503 and the cap 509 is that the cap 509 can be screwed onto and above at least a portion of at least one post 503. can do. See, for example, Figure 6B. As shown in FIG. 6B, at least one post 503 can include an outer threaded portion, while the cap 509 can be complementary to the outer threaded portion of at least one post 503. It is possible to include an internal threaded portion.
In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include a cap 509. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 can be attached to at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 may be coupled to at least one post 503 by including an internal inner thread that can be removably screwed to the outer thread of at least one post 503. .. See, for example, FIGS. 6B and 6F. In this embodiment, the vertical position of the upper end of the pad 512 and / or the vertical position of the upper end of the cap 509 is by screwing (ie, screwing or turning) up or down. Can be changed. That is, the cap 509 and / or the pad 512 can be screwed up or down, at least on the post 503.
In one embodiment, the projection of the cap 509 from above is circular, elliptical, oval, polygonal (with or without rounded corners), regular polygon (with or without rounded corners). Can result in 2D shapes such as (with or without) and / or non-regular polygons (with or without rounded corners). Note that in some embodiments, the inner thread of the cap 509 can be positioned regardless of this 2D shape of the cap 509, and the inner shape of the cap 509 can be circular when viewed from above. See, for example, Figure 6C.
In certain embodiments of the headrest subassembly 600, at least one post 503 can include a gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504, and one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s can include a gas-diffuser-. Note that it is possible to pass under the tubing-groove 504 or through the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504. Thus, due to this structural arrangement, in some embodiments of the headrest subassembly 600, at least the post 503 can include two legs 505, at least at the bottom end of the post 503, ie. It is possible to include one leg 505 on each side of the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504. See, for example, FIGS. 6B and 6A.
In certain embodiments, each of the two legs 505 is removable and complementary to a separate and separate cap 509, ie, two such caps 509 (not shown). And can include separate outer threads. It is also possible to require two posts 503, along with two caps 509, with one leg 505 for each of the two posts 503 (not shown). In such embodiments, varying the height may require adjusting each of the two legs 505 for the two caps 509 by screwing (not shown). ). In certain embodiments, each of the two legs 505 can include a shared area of outer threads for removably complementary fitting to a single cap 509. See, for example, FIGS. 6A and 6B.
Figure 6G may show two face-soaking devices side-by-side, with two different configurations for the headrest subassembly 650 shown, one headrest subassembly 650 lowered (lowered). The headrest subassembly 650 shown in the configuration is shown in an up (raised) configuration and the headrest subassembly 650 shown may be an embodiment of a single post 503. it can.
FIG. 6H may be a top view of the headrest subassembly 650, FIG. 6H may show two section lines, namely section line 6I-6I and section line 6J-6J, where section line 6I-6I , Can be a longitudinal section line through the headrest subassembly 650, and section line 6J-6J can be a section line in the transverse width direction through the headrest subassembly 650.
FIG. 6I may be a longitudinal sectional view along section line 6I-6I through the headrest subassembly 650. FIG. 6J may be a cross-sectional view along the cross-sectional line 6J-6J through the headrest subassembly 650. FIG. 6J can show the area of detail 6K and can show the headrest subassembly 650. FIG. 6K can be a close-up view of the detailed 6K.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 650 can include a support member 501. In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include a comfortable outer surface 502. In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include at least one post 503, a cap 509, and a comfortable outer surface 502. See, for example, Figure 6K. In certain embodiments, at least one post 503 can be in physical contact with the cap 509. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 can be a cap that covers at least a portion of at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 is capable of being in physical contact with a comfortable outer surface 502. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 is capable of covering at least a portion of the upper surface of the cap 509, or at least a portion of the upper surface of at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can be a pad 512. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 650 may include at least one magnet 506 and at least one plate 511 in addition to including the support member 501. In certain embodiments, at least one magnet 506 can be positioned within at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, at least one plate 511 may be disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b (see, eg, FIG. 2G). See, for example, Figure 6K for at least one plate 511.
In the headrest subassembly 650, the physical relationship between at least one post 503 and the cap 509 is that the cap 509 can be screwed onto and above at least a portion of at least one post 503. Can be done. See, for example, Figure 6G and Figure 6K. At least one post 503 can include an outer thread, while cap 509 can include a complementary inner thread that can be complementary to the outer thread of at least one post 503. Is. Also, in the headrest subassembly 650, one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s can pass around at least one post 503 and not under at least one post 503, or at least. Note that the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504 does not have to be present as it does not pass through one post 503. On the other hand, in the case of the headrest subassembly 500 and in the case of the headrest subassembly 600, one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801 passes under the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504, or the gas-diffuser-. Tubing-It is possible to pass through the groove 504. Regarding the presence or absence of the gas-diffuser-tubing-groove 504, depending on the layout configuration of one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s, see, for example, FIG. 6G and compare with FIGS. 5C and 6A. ..
In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include a cap 509. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 can be attached to at least one post 503. In certain embodiments, the cap 509 may be coupled to at least one post 503 by including an internal inner thread that can be removably screwed to the outer thread of at least one post 503. .. See, for example, Figure 6G and Figure 6K. In this embodiment, the vertical position of the upper end of the pad 512 and / or the vertical position of the upper end of the cap 509 is by screwing (ie, screwing or turning) up or down. Can be changed.
In one embodiment, the projection of the cap 509 from above is circular, elliptical, oval, polygonal (with or without rounded corners), regular polygon (with or without rounded corners). Can result in 2D shapes such as (with or without) and / or non-regular polygons (with or without rounded corners). Note that in certain embodiments, the inner shape of the cap 509 can be circular, regardless of this 2D shape of the cap 509, where the inner threads can be positioned. See, for example, Figure 6H.
FIG. 23A may represent an exemplary embodiment of the headrest subassembly 2300, which is shown in perspective view. FIG. 23B may show the headrest subassembly 2300, but is shown by top view. Two section lines, namely section lines 23C-23C and section lines 23D-23D, may be shown in FIG. 23B. FIG. 23C may be a front sectional view of section line 23C-23C from FIG. 23B. FIG. 23D may be a side sectional view of section line 23D-23D from FIG. 23B. Also, a cross section of the user 9000's head may be shown in FIG. 23D, with the cross section of the user 9000's head resting on a portion of the headrest subassembly 2300. FIG. 23E may show the headrest subassembly 2300, but is shown by an exploded perspective view.
Various embodiments of the face soaking device can include a headrest subassembly 2300. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2300 can be removably attached to a given vessel (eg, vessel 200). In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2300 may be configured to support a portion of the user 9000's head and / or the user 9000 places their head on a portion of the headrest subassembly 2300. Can be configured to enable. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2300 can include a support member 501. In certain embodiments, the support members 501 may be configured to physically support a portion of the user 9000's head and / or the user 9000 places their head on the portion of the support member 501. It can be configured to make it possible.
In certain embodiments, for example, embodiments of the headrest subassembly 2300, the support member 501 can include elongated members. In various embodiments, such elongated members can have additional structures and / or geometric shapes. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such elongated members may be a) flat bars that can be solid; b) flat bars that can be hollow; c) roundness that can be solid. Rounded bars; d) Rounded bars that can be hollow; e) Bars where one part can be flat and the other part can be rounded; and / or f) It can be selected from the group including bars and the like, where the portion can be hollow and the other portion can be solid. In various embodiments, such an elongated member of the support member 501 may include two ends, i.e., a fifth end 2301 and a sixth end 2302 located opposite each other. It is possible. See, for example, Figure 23E.
As shown in the figures of the 23 series, the support member 501 can be a flat rod. An embodiment of a flat rod of support member 501 can include two ends, i.e., a fifth end 2301 and a sixth end 2302 located opposite each other. Such a flat rod can further include an upper surface 2311 and a lower surface 2312 (see, eg, FIG. 23D) located opposite the upper surface 2311. In some exemplary embodiments, the upper surface 2311 does not have to be perfectly flat, rather the upper surface 2311 can include a radius, i.e. a curve, which is concave or convex. Can be shaped. Such curvature can provide additional structural strength to the support member 501 across perfectly flat rod embodiments. In certain embodiments, such curvature can be complementary to the curvature of User 9000's forehead.
In certain embodiments, the elongated member of the support member 501 may be constructed from metal and / or from thermoformed plastic. In certain embodiments, the elongated member of the support member 501 can be extruded, 3D printed, and / or machined. In certain embodiments, the elongated member of the support member 501 may be molded from one or more thermoformed plastics, eg, injection molded. In certain embodiments, such thermoformed plastic formulations can include additional raw materials, such as glass fiber, to increase stiffness and / or structural strength. In certain embodiments, the elongated member of the support member 501 may be shaped to have a variety of additional structural reinforcement geometries, such as longitudinal ribs and / or transverse ribs. In certain embodiments, the elongated member of the support member 501 can be hollow (see, eg, the discussion above in the figures of the FIG. 21 series). In such embodiments, parts of various embodiments of the respiratory device are capable of passing through such hollow elongated members. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 21 series discussed above.
In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include a comfortable outer surface 502. The comfortable outer surface 502 may be configured to removably engage a portion of the user 9000's head. The comfortable outer surface 502 can act as a padding and / or cushion where the head portion of the user 9000 may be in removably physical contact with the support member 501. Is. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 23 series.
In one embodiment, the elongated member of the support member 501 and the comfortable outer surface 502 can be integral with each other, while in other embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 is a support member 501. Can be separate parts that can be attached to the elongated members of. In one embodiment the flat rod and the comfortable outer surface 502 can be integral with each other, while in other embodiments the comfortable outer surface 502 is attached to the flat rod. Can be separate parts to get. Such attachments can be mechanical fasteners, ultrasonic welding, heat welding, solvent bonding, and / or chemical adhesives. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such mechanical fasteners include snap fittings, fasteners such as VELCRO or VELCRO (multiple hooks and multiple complementary loops), buttons, and. You can choose from friction fits, screws, bolts, rivets, quick release buckles, strapping, and / or zippers.
In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 may be positioned proximal to the sixth end 2302 on the upper surface 2311 of the flat rod (or the upper surface 2311 of the elongated member). For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the comfortable outer surface 502 may be positioned above the upper surface 2311 closer to the sixth end 2302 than to the fifth end 2301.
In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can extend from the sixth end 2302 onto the upper surface 2311 so that it is separated from the sixth end 2302 by a predetermined distance. In certain embodiments, such distances can vary from 0.25 inches to 13 inches. In other embodiments, this distance can be in other dimensions. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 is capable of substantially covering the upper surface 2311. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 is capable of partially covering the upper surface 2311.
In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can be a predetermined length of tubing, which can be slid over the sixth end 2302. Tubing of such length can be equal to or less than the length of the elongated member of the support member 501. Tubing of such length is a foam material (eg, closed cells may be more exemplary than open cells, but closed cell or open cell polyethylene), elastomeric materials (eg rubber and / or silicone). And / or can be constructed from soft thermoformed (eg, extruded) plastic (eg, PVC). Tubing of such length is an elongated member (eg, flat) of the support member 501 by one or more of friction fitting, heat shrinkage, heat welding, ultrasonic welding, solvent bonding, and chemical adhesive bonding. Can be attached to a rod).
In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can include a complementary shape at the sixth end 2302 and in the region adjacent to the sixth end 2302. In certain embodiments, such a region in the vicinity of the sixth end 2302 can vary from 0.25 inch to 13 inches and extend away from the sixth end 2302. In other embodiments, this region in close proximity to the sixth end 2302 can have other dimensions. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the sixth end 2302 and the region adjacent to the sixth end 2302 can include a spoon shape and / or a spatula shape. The surface curvature can be complementary to the curvature of the head portion of the user 9000. In certain embodiments, the comfortable outer surface 502 can be shaped complementary to the curvature of the head portion of the user 9000.
In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include height adjusting means and at least a portion of front and rear adjusting means (eg, slot 2320). In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means may be disposed and positioned between the two ends of the support member 501 (eg, the fifth end 2301 and the sixth end 2302). In certain embodiments, at least a portion of the anterior-posterior adjustment means may be located in close proximity to the fifth end 2301. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, at least a portion of the anterior-posterior adjusting means may be located closer to the fifth end 2301 than to the sixth end 2302. See, for example, Figure 23E.
In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means may include bend 2315 within a flat rod (or elongated member of the support member 501) so that the support member 501 can be removably attached to the vessel 200. Occasionally, the sixth end 2302 can be angled towards at least one base 215 (or down towards the bottom medial surface 217). See, for example, Figure 23D. Bend 2315 can be characterized (defined) by angle 2380. It should be noted that such a bend 2315 can allow the support member 501 to handle multiple different sized heads. That is, the larger head can be placed higher on the support member 501, while the smaller head is placed closer to at least one base 215 and further down on the support member 501. obtain.
In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include an angle of 2380. See, for example, Figure 23D. In one embodiment, the angle 2380 may be formed between the lower surface 2312 of the sixth end 2302 and the lower surface 2312 of the fifth end 2301, and the bend 2315 is positioned at the apex of the angle 2380. Has been done. In one embodiment, the angle 2380 is measured less than 180 degrees and greater than 90 degrees between the lower surface of the sixth end 2302 and the lower surface of the fifth end 2301. obtain.
Alternatively, the corresponding angle can be measured less than 90 degrees, and the corresponding angle is for the upper surface 2311 near the sixth end 2302 and the upper surface 2311 near the fifth end 2301. It can be measured as being between a part and a plane that can be collinear. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the angle 1580 can be 120 degrees if the corresponding angle can be 60 degrees.
In certain embodiments, at least a portion of the anteroposterior adjusting means can include slot 2320, which is located within a flat rod (or within an elongated member of the support member 501). In certain embodiments, not only can slot 2320 be an element of front-rear adjusting means, but slot 2320 can also be a structural element of support member 501. In certain embodiments, slot 2320 can extend parallel to the meridian of a flat rod (or elongated member of support member 501). In certain embodiments, slot 2320 can be closer to the fifth end 2301, i.e. slot 2320 is closer to the fifth end 2301 than to the sixth end 2302. It is possible. See, for example, Figure 23E. In certain embodiments (not shown), slot 2320 can extend substantially along the length of the support member 501. Also, in certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjusting means can include a friction clamp 2322. In certain embodiments, a portion of the friction clamp 2322 may be configured to pass through the opening of slot 2320 and attach the support member 501 to the vessel. See, for example, FIGS. 23A and 23E.
In certain embodiments, the friction clamp 2322 can include a threaded bolt 2321 (or threaded screw 2321) attached to a user engagement flange 2323. In certain embodiments, the threaded bolt 2321 (or threaded screw 2321) and the user engagement flange 2323 can be integral with each other. In certain embodiments, the threaded bolt 2321 (or threaded screw 2321) can include an outer threaded portion. In certain embodiments, the threaded bolt 2321 (or threaded screw 2321) or a portion thereof may be configured to pass through the opening of slot 2320. In certain embodiments, the user engagement flange 2323 may be configured to be gripped by the user 9000. In one embodiment, the user engagement flange 2323 may be configured to be rotated by a user 9000 holding the user engagement flange 2323, which in turn may then be threaded bolt 2321 (or threaded). It is possible to rotate the screw 2321). In certain embodiments, the user engaging flange 2323 comprises a pair of wings (eg, such as in a wing bolt) and / or undulations around the perimeter of the flange of the user engaging flange 2323. Is possible, and the undulations can make it easier to grip.
In certain embodiments, the anteroposterior adjustment means may further include a location for attachment to the vessel (eg, vessel 200). In certain embodiments, the location of attachment to the vessel can include a threaded hole 2330 into the vessel (eg, vessel 200). In certain embodiments, the threaded hole 2330 can include a complementary inner thread that may be complementary to the outer thread of the threaded bolt 2321. See, for example, Figure 23E. In one embodiment, the threaded hole 2330 may be configured to accept a threaded bolt 2321 so that the threaded bolt 2321 extends into the threaded hole 2330 and is screwed. It can be screwed out from the ridged hole 2330.
In certain embodiments, the location of attachment to the vessel can be on the roof 2340 of the rim 225 of at least one side wall 205 of the vessel (eg, vessel 200). See, for example, Figure 23E. In certain embodiments, the roof 2340 can be the upper outer surface of the rim 225 or a portion thereof. In certain embodiments, the roof 2340 can be a substantially horizontal flat structure with respect to the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200's internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the roof 2340 can include a slope.
In certain embodiments, the roof 2340 can be a roof relative to the mechanical compartment 251. See, for example, Figure 23E. In certain embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 can be a compartment disposed between the outer wall surface 202 and the inner wall surface 203. In certain embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 can be a compartment disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b. In some exemplary embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 is located on the opposite side of the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 and may be located between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200. In certain embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 may be formed between the outer portion of the second side wall 207 of the vessel cover 200b and the inner portion of the second side wall 207 of the vessel lining 200a. See, for example, Figure 1B and Figure 5G. In certain embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 houses at least some parts of the electronics (eg, controller 1100 and compressor 1110), and some parts of the airline tubing 819 of the face soaking device 100. It is possible to do. In certain embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 can include an access door located on the outer wall 202 (this access door is not shown).
In certain embodiments, the roof 2340 can include a recessed channel 2350. See, for example, Figure 23E. In certain embodiments, the recessed channel 2350 may be configured to accept a portion of a support member 501 that may include slot 2320. In one embodiment, the recessed channel 2350 is configured to fit the transverse width of the support member 501, eg, the transverse width of the support member 501 close to the fifth end 2301. It is possible to include the width of. In certain embodiments, the recessed channel 2350 can include a threaded hole 2330. See, for example, Figure 23E. In certain embodiments, the recessed channel 2350 can be integrally molded with the roof 2340. In one embodiment, the meridian of the recessed channel 2350 extends from the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 to at least one wall 201 (eg, at least one side wall 205) opposite the neck-gasket-acomodata 335. It can be parallel to a line that extends linearly through the center. In certain embodiments, the support member 501 is a user when the support member 501 can be attached to the recessed channel 2350 by a threaded bolt 2321 that passes through slot 2320 and into threaded hole 2330. It is possible to slide in the recessed channel 2350 either forward or backward to the desired position for the 9000. The support member 501 may be adjustable in the anteroposterior direction when the friction clamp 2322 can be loosened. Due to the bend 2315 and / or angle 2380 in the support member 501, the anterior-posterior adjustment can also function to adjust with respect to the user 9000 head height preference. User 9000 can make a single adjustment (using, for example, slot 2320 and friction clamp 2322), which can provide both front-back adjustment and height adjustment. Yes, it is possible to provide both anterior-posterior and height adjustments, which allow different sized heads of various users 9000 to be supported and / or upper surface 2311 and / or comfortable. It can be made possible to place their respective different sized heads on various locations on the outer surface 502. When the friction clamp 2322 can be tightened, the support member 501 can be secured in place at a particular desired position for a given user 9000. In certain embodiments, tightening or loosening the friction clamp 2322 can be achieved by the user 9000 turning (rotating) the user engaging flange 2323. In one embodiment, turning the user engagement flange 2323 clockwise can tighten the friction clamp 2322, while turning the user engagement flange 2323 counterclockwise loosens the friction clamp 2322. It is possible. In one embodiment, turning the user engagement flange 2323 counterclockwise can tighten the friction clamp 2322, while turning the user engagement flange 2323 clockwise loosens the friction clamp 2322. It is possible. Turning the joint flange 2323 counterclockwise can loosen the friction clamp 2322. In one embodiment, turning the user engagement flange 2323 counterclockwise can tighten the friction clamp 2322, while turning the user engagement flange 2323 clockwise loosens the friction clamp 2322. It is possible. Turning the joint flange 2323 counterclockwise can loosen the friction clamp 2322. In one embodiment, turning the user engagement flange 2323 counterclockwise can tighten the friction clamp 2322, while turning the user engagement flange 2323 clockwise loosens the friction clamp 2322. It is possible.
In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjustment means can further include a cover 2370. See, for example, FIGS. 23E and 23A. When assembled, the cover 2370 may be disposed between the friction clamp 2322 and the support member 501. Cover 2370 is capable of covering slot 2320. The cover 2370 can be fixedly attached to the recessed channel 2350. Also, in certain embodiments, the cover 2370 may be configured to fit over the recessed channel 2350. Cover 2370 can include a center hole 2375 large enough to allow the passage of threaded bolt 2321. The center hole 2375 may, in some embodiments, be threaded (eg, internally threaded) to accommodate the threaded bolt 2321. The center hole 2375 may not be threaded in some embodiments, but it passes through the center hole 2375 by having an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the threaded bolt 2321. It is possible to accept threaded bolts 2321. In one embodiment, tightening the friction clamp 2322 allows the cover 2370 to push the support member 501 and secure the support member 501 in a given desired position for the user 9000.
In certain embodiments, the roof 2340 can include a sleeve. This sleeve can be positioned where the recessed channel 2350 could otherwise have been located inside the roof 2340. This sleeve can function as a recessed channel 2350 and the cover 2370 can function together. This sleeve can combine both the construction and functionality of the recessed channel 2350 and cover 2370. The sleeve may be configured to demarcate a portion of the support member 501, which may include slot 2320. The sleeve can include threaded holes 2330 and opposite upper holes in the sleeve. In certain embodiments, the threaded hole 2330 and the opposing upper hole can be collinear. A fifth end 2301 with slot 2320 and a portion of support member 501 can slide through into the main cavity of this sleeve. The meridian of this main cavity can be perpendicular to the collinear line passing through the threaded hole 2330 and the opposite upper hole.
In certain embodiments, the sleeve can be a single molded part that can be attached to the roof 2340 or to the recessed channel 2350. In certain embodiments, the sleeve can include a recessed channel 2350 and a cover 2370, and the opposing upper and center holes 2375 can be collinear. In certain embodiments, the sleeve may be integrally molded with the vessel 200, for example, as an integral component of the roof 2340.
In certain embodiments, the meridian of this sleeve is straight from the neck-gasket-acomodata 335 to at least one wall 201 (eg, at least one side wall 205) opposite the neck-gasket-acomodata 335. It is possible to be parallel to the line extending in the center. Support member 501 is placed on this sleeve by threaded bolt 2321, which passes through the opposite upper hole, then into slot 2320, and then finally into threaded hole 2330. When attached, the support member 501 can be slid either forward or backward to the desired position of the user 9000. The support member 501 may be adjustable in the anteroposterior direction when the friction clamp 2322 can be loosened. Due to the bend 2315 and / or angle 2380 in the support member 501, the anterior-posterior adjustment can also function to adjust with respect to the user 9000 head height preference. User 9000 is capable of making a single adjustment (using, for example, slot 2320 and friction clamp 2322), which can result in both front-back adjustment and height adjustment. Different sized heads of different users 9000 are supported, and / or their respective different sized heads are placed on different locations of the upper surface 2311 and / or the comfortable outer surface 502. Can be made possible. When the friction clamp 2322 can be tightened, the support member 501 can be fixed in place at the desired position. In certain embodiments, the opposing upper holes can be large enough to allow frictional pressure to be applied from the friction clamp 2322 to the support member 501. In certain embodiments, tightening or loosening the friction clamp 2322 can be achieved by the user 9000 turning (rotating) the user engaging flange 2323. In one embodiment, the user engagement flange 2323 is 1
When the user 9000's head may be removably placed on the upper surface 2311 (and / or the comfortable outer surface 502) due to the angle of the bend 2315, the face soaking device is the user 9000. It may slide away from. That is, the weight of the user 9000 is a force f horizontally oriented away from the user 9000.<sub>x</sub>The face-soaking device slides away from the user 9000 if it is sufficient to overcome the frictional force and weight of the face-soaking device (including liquid 101). there's a possibility that. See, for example, Figure 23F.
The embodiment of the headrest subassembly 2400 shown in the figures of the FIG. 24 series can provide a solution to this potential sliding problem of the headrest subassembly 2300. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2400 is capable of replacing the headrest subassembly 2300. See, for example, FIGS. 24A, 24B, 24C, and 24D.
FIG. 24A may be an assembled overall perspective view of a face soaking device with a headrest subassembly 2400. FIG. 24B may show the headrest subassembly 2400, with a portion of the headrest subassembly 2400 tilted upwards. FIG. 24C may show the headrest subassembly 2400, but by top view. FIG. 24D, which may show the headrest subassembly 2400, shows a perspective view inside the mechanical compartment 251.
In certain embodiments of the face soaking device, the face soaking device can include a headrest subassembly 2400. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2400 can include a support member 501 and at least one longitudinal support 2420. In certain embodiments, the support member 501 can include a transverse head support member 2410. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2400 can include a transverse head support member 2410 and at least one longitudinal support 2420. See, for example, Figure 24A. In certain embodiments, the transverse head support member 2410 can be rigid to semi-rigid. In certain embodiments, the transverse head support member 2410 can be made from a round bar. In certain embodiments, at least one longitudinal support 2420 can be rigid to semi-rigid.
In certain embodiments, the transverse head support member 2410 can be intended to support at least a portion of the user 9000's head. In certain embodiments, the transverse head support member 2410 can be substantially perpendicular to a line extending from the front to the back of the face soaking device. The front surface of a given face soaking device can be closer to the Vessel neck gasket (eg, Vessel neck gasket 340) than the rear surface, and the rear surface can be located on the opposite side of the front surface.
In certain embodiments, at least one longitudinal support 2420 may be coupled to a transverse head support member 2410. See, for example, Figure 24A. In certain embodiments, at least one longitudinal support 2420 is capable of providing structural support for the transverse head support member 2410. In certain embodiments, at least one longitudinal support 2420 is capable of carrying the load applied to the transverse head support member 2410. In certain embodiments, at least one longitudinal support 2420 can include two opposing ends, i.e., a first end 2421 and a second end 2422, and a second end 2422. Can be in physical contact with at least one wall 201, or can pass through at least one wall 201. In certain embodiments, the second end 2422 may be anchored within the mechanical compartment 251. See Figure 24D for the second end 2422. In certain embodiments, at least one wall portion 201 (eg, the back wall) can include a vertical slot 2451 and the vertical slot 2451 is mechanically fitted to at least one longitudinal support 2420. It is possible to provide access to a wide range of compartments 251. See, for example, Figure 24A. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2400 may be positioned substantially, if not completely, within the internal volume 220 of a given face soaking device embodiment. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the knob 2443 may be located outside the internal volume 220. Alternatively, during maintenance and / or adjustment, parts of the headrest subassembly 2400 may be tilted out (and / or removed) from the internal volume 220. See, for example, Figure 24B. And the second end 2422 of at least one longitudinal support 2420 is a mechanical compartment.
Looking back at FIG. 24A, in one embodiment, the transverse head support member 2410 can be a curved elongated member. In certain embodiments, the curvature of the curved elongated member of the transverse head support member 2410 can be curved into the internal volume 220 of the vessel of the face soaking device. In certain embodiments, the transverse head support member 2410 can include at least one comfortable outer surface 502. In certain embodiments, the at least one comfortable outer surface 502 can include one or more of the cushion or soft material. In certain embodiments, the cushion or soft material is disposed over the upper surface of at least one comfortable outer surface 502 to provide padding to a portion of the user 9000's head. See, for example, Figure 24A.
In certain embodiments, at least one longitudinal support 2420 can be substantially parallel to a line extending from the front to the back of the face soaking device. In certain embodiments, the at least one longitudinal support 2420 can be substantially an elongated member. In certain embodiments, the at least one longitudinal support 2420 can be substantially an "L" shaped elongated member. In certain embodiments, the proximal region of the bend, forming an "L" in at least one longitudinal support 2420, can be substantially flattened to act as a spring hinge. Is. In certain embodiments, the second end 2422 (of at least one longitudinal support 2420) is in the cavity 2461, in the mechanical compartment 251 or in the mechanical compartment 251. Can be accepted in. See Figure 24D. In certain embodiments, the cavity 2461 is in the mechanical compartment 251 of the vessel of the face soaking device (or in physical contact with the mechanical compartment 251 or in the mechanical compartment 251. Proximal to, but may be located closer to the posterior surface than to the anterior surface). In certain embodiments, the meridian of this cavity 2461 can be oriented substantially perpendicular to the ground (board) on which the face soaking device can be located. In certain embodiments, this meridian of the cavity 2461 is oriented substantially perpendicular to the surface of at least one base 215 (ie, substantially perpendicular to the surface of at least one base 215). obtain. In certain embodiments, the size (diameter and meridian) of this cavity 2461 is with or from a second end 2422 (at least one longitudinal support 2420) or a second end 2422 (at least one longitudinal support). 2420) At least one area of longitudinal support 2420 within close range And can be sized to form a friction press fit. See, for example, Figure 24D. In certain embodiments, this proximity distance can be within 5 inches, within 6 inches, within 7 inches, within 8 inches, and so on.
In certain embodiments, at least one longitudinal support 2420 can include two longitudinal supports 2420, i.e., a first longitudinal support 2420 and a second longitudinal support 2420. See, for example, Figure 24A. In such an embodiment, the transverse head support member 2410 can include opposing ends, each opposing end being slidable on each portion of the two longitudinal supports 2420. Can be linked. In certain embodiments, the two longitudinal supports 2420 can be substantially parallel to each other. In an embodiment with two longitudinal supports 2420, there are two couplings 2430, two vertical slots 2451 and two cavities accommodating the second end of at least one longitudinal support 2420. Note that you get. See, for example, Figure 24A.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2400 can include anterior-posterior adjustment means for setting the location of the transverse head support member 2410 to be removable along the meridian of at least one longitudinal support 2420. .. In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjusting means can include a coupling 2430, which is capable of connecting at least one longitudinal support 2420 to the transverse head support member 2410. .. See, for example, Figure 24A. In certain embodiments, the ends of the transverse head support member 2410 may be attached to the coupling 2430. In certain embodiments, this point of attachment of the end of the transverse head support member 2410 to the coupling 2430 can be a freely rotatable hinge, the coupling 2430 (and at least one longitudinal direction). Allows free swinging of the head support member 2410 in the transverse direction with respect to the support 2420). In certain embodiments, the coupling 2430 can include a receiving hole 2431 for receiving a portion of at least one longitudinal support 2420. In certain embodiments, the receiving hole 2431 may be sized to allow the coupling 2430 to slide along the meridian of at least one longitudinal support 2420 (eg, diameter). In certain embodiments, the receiving hole 2431 may be sized to allow frictional sliding of the coupling 2430 along the meridian of at least one longitudinal support 2420. In certain embodiments, the coupling 2430 can include a set screw 2435 for setting the location by applying removably friction to at least one portion of the longitudinal support 2420. Tightening the set screw 2435 can prevent or minimize the sliding of the coupling 2430 along the meridian of at least one longitudinal support 2420. See, for example, Figure 24A.
In certain embodiments, the coupling 2430 may include a spring loaded set pin (not shown) for setting the location by removably applying friction to at least one portion of the longitudinal support 2420. It is possible. Such a spring-loaded set pin can be an alternative to the set screw 2435. Such spring-loaded set pins can have two operating states: a stationary state and a pressing state. In the resting state, the spring is capable of exerting pressure on a spring-loaded setpin against at least one portion of the longitudinal support 2420. In the pressed state, the outside of the spring-loaded setpin can be pushed by the user 9000 to compress the spring and release pressure on at least one portion of the longitudinal support 2420. In certain embodiments, the at least one longitudinal support 2420 can include a plurality of holes (not shown), the plurality of holes being arranged at various intervals and stationary. This is to allow the pins of the spring-loaded set pin to be removably accepted when in the state. It should be noted that spring loaded set pins may not be shown in the drawing (figure) of the Figure 24 series.
In one embodiment, the headrest subassembly 2400 is for setting the face-soaking device to be removable from the vertical location of the transverse head support member 2410 with respect to the ground (ie, the substrate) on which it can be located. It is possible to include height adjusting means. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2400 is high enough to set the longitudinal location of the transverse head support member 2410 to be removable with respect to the surface of at least one base 215 (ie, the bottom medial surface 217). It is possible to include adjustment means.
In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include a set bolt 2441 (as part of the knob 2443) and a headrest-brake 2445. See Figure 24D. In certain embodiments, the headrest-brake 2445 may be positioned within the mechanical compartment 251. In certain embodiments, the headrest-brake 2445 can be a flat bar and has a meridian parallel to the transverse width of the vessel. In one embodiment, the headrest-brake 2445 has a central threaded hole (inner thread) that is sized to accommodate the threaded portion (outer thread) of the set bolt of the knob 2443. Can be included). In certain embodiments, the headrest-brake 2445 can support an area of at least one longitudinal support 2420 that includes an upper surface 2446 and is located away from the first end 2421. .. In certain embodiments, turning the knob 2443 can raise or lower this headrest-brake 2445 vertically with respect to the surface of at least one base 215, depending on the direction of rotation, and , It is possible to raise or lower at least one longitudinal support 2420. The reason is that at least one portion of the longitudinal support 2420 may be located over the end of this headrest-brake 2445. See, for example, Figure 24D.
In certain embodiments, the set bolt 2441 can include a knob 2443 located on the outside of the roof 2340 and outside the mechanical compartment 251. In one embodiment, some of the threaded portion 2442 of this set bolt can pass through the center hole of the roof 2340, leaving the knob 2443 outside the mechanical compartment 251. .. See Figure 24D. In certain embodiments, the knob 2443 can include a peripheral geometry that provides friction when gripped by user 9000. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, this perimeter geometric shape can include finger depressions, alternating ridges, undulations, and the like. This set bolt 2441 can be substantially similar to the structure of the friction clamp 2322.
The figures in the FIG. 25 series can include FIGS. 25A to 25H. The figures in these 25 series of figures may represent various headrest subassembly embodiments (eg, 2500, 2540, 2550, and 2560).
FIG. 25A may show a face soaking device with an alternative embodiment headrest subassembly 2500, which is shown in a top perspective view. FIG. 25B may show the headrest subassembly 2500 and is shown by top perspective view. FIG. 25C may show the headrest subassembly 2500, but is shown by a top perspective exploded view.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2500 can include a support member 501 (or strap) and a comfortable outer surface 502 communicating with the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2500 can include height adjusting means. In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include at least one strut 2511. Each strut 2511 can include a third end 2512 and a fourth end 2513 located on the opposite side of the third end 2512. The third end 2512 may be connected to a support member 501 or strap. The fourth end 2513 may be connected to at least one wall 201 or at least one base 215. In certain embodiments, at least one strut 2511 can be two struts 2511. In certain embodiments, at least one strut 2511 can be vertical or substantially vertical when mounted within the internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, at least one strut 2511 can be horizontal or substantially horizontal when installed in an internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, the fourth end 2513 of a given strut 2511 can be connected to the outer wall 202, to the inner wall 203, and / or to the bottom inner surface 217. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the fourth end 2513 may be on the inner surface of at least one base 215 (bottom inner surface 217) or on one of the inner wall 203. It is possible to connect. In certain embodiments, the at least one strut 2511 is horizontal or substantially horizontal if the fourth end 2513 can be connected to one of the inner walls 203. Is possible.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the fourth end 2513 can be connected to at least one outer side wall 202.
In certain embodiments, the strut mounting means 2530 is provided regardless of whether the connection point of the fourth end 2513 and the wall 201 of the vessel 200 is the inner wall 203 or the outer wall 202. Can be through.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2500 can include strut mounting means 2530. The strut mounting means 2530 may be configured to connect the fourth end 2513 to at least one wall 201 of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the strut mounting means 2530 can include a wing bolt 2531 and an inner threaded hole through at least one strut 2511 for receiving the wing bolt 2531. See, for example, FIGS. 25B and 25C.
In certain embodiments, the strut mounting means 2530 may be configured to connect the fourth end 2513 to at least one base 215 of the vessel 200.
In certain embodiments, the strut mounting means 2530 can include a track and a complementary flange system. For example, the track can be positioned on the outer wall 202 or the inner wall 203, and the flange can be at the fourth end 2513. The flange is received and captured by the truck and is capable of sliding along the groove of the truck. See FIGS. 26A and 26E for truck and flange embodiments.
In certain embodiments, the strut mounting means 2530 can include a pivotable locking means 2520. In certain embodiments, the wing bolt 2531 can be the same component as the wing bolt of the friction clamp 2522. See Figures 25F through 25H discussed below after the discussion in Figure 25D.
FIG. 25D may represent an alternative embodiment of the headrest subassembly 2540, which is shown in a top perspective exploded view. The support member 501 can be vertically adjusted and the support member 501 can be a component of the headrest subassembly 2540.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2540 can include a support member 501 and a comfortable outer surface 502 communicating with the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2540 can include height adjusting means. In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include at least one strut 2511. Each strut 2511 can include a third end 2512 and a fourth end 2513 located on the opposite side of the third end 2512.
Here, in FIG. 25D with the headrest subassembly 2540, the support member 501 (or strap) can be vertically adjusted by using the height adjustment slot 2514. Each strut 2511 can include at least one height adjustment slot 2514. Each height adjustment slot 2514 can extend parallel or substantially parallel to the meridian of each strut 2511 as shown in FIG. 25D. Such slots 2514 can allow the support member 501 (or strap) to vary in height relative to the ground (board) or at least one base 215. The height adjustment pin 2515 is strutted to each end of the support member 501 (or strap) by the height adjustment pin 2515, which passes through slot 2514 and enters the end of the support member 501 (or strap). It is possible to fix the 2511. In certain embodiments, the height adjusting pin 2515 can be a screw, a bolt, and a screw / bolt with washers, and the like.
FIG. 25E may represent an alternative embodiment of the headrest subassembly 2550, which is shown by side views (right and left). The support member 501 may be adjusted vertically and / or anterior-posteriorly with respect to the front surface of the face soaking device. FIG. 25F may show the headrest subassembly 2550, but is shown as a sectional view along section line 25F-25F shown in FIG. 25E. This cross section may show how the support member 501 can be pivoted to achieve vertical adjustment and / or anterior-posterior adjustment.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2550 can include a support member 501 and a comfortable outer surface 502 communicating with the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2550 can include height adjusting means. In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include at least one strut 2511. Each strut 2511 can include a third end 2512 and a fourth end 2513 located on the opposite side of the third end 2512.
In certain embodiments, the fourth end 2513 may be configured to attach to the area at the top opening 226 of the vessel 200, or near the top opening 226 of the vessel 200. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, being close to the top opening 226 can be 5 inches or less from the top opening 226. In other embodiments, being close to the top opening 226 can be another distance. In certain embodiments, the fourth end 2513 can include a pivotable locking means 2520. The pivotable locking means 2520 is capable of attaching a fourth end 2513 to that region. The pivotable locking means 2520 can include a rotatable shaft member 2521 that is placed over the top opening 226 (or above the rim 225). In FIG. 25F, the rotatable shaft member 2521 can be shown as a pulley member with a short rod passing through the center of the pulley member. This short rod is captured on each side by the fourth end 2513, as the fourth end 2513 bends around the pulley member, forming a pocket for the pulley member to be in it. obtain. See, for example, Figure 25F.
When the rotatable shaft member 2521 pivots above the top opening 226, the support member 501 (or strap) moves both in the height direction and in the anteroposterior direction within the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. It is possible to move to. Also, the pivotable locking means 2520 can include a friction clamp 2522 to lock the desired adjustment. When the desired adjustment is made by pivoting the rotatable shaft member 2521, the desired adjustment can be locked in place by the friction clamp 2522. As shown, the friction clamp 2522 can be a wing bolt, or some other friction clamp means.
FIG. 25G may represent an alternative embodiment of the headrest subassembly 2560 and is shown by a rear view of the side. The support member 501 may be adjusted vertically and / or anterior-posteriorly with respect to the front surface of the face soaking device. Further, FIG. 25G may show a cross-sectional line 25H-25H. FIG. 25H may show the headrest subassembly 2560, but is shown as a cross section along section line 25H-25H. This cross section may show how the support member 501 can be pivoted to achieve vertical adjustment and / or anterior-posterior adjustment.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2560 can include a support member 501 and a comfortable outer surface 502 communicating with the support member 501. In certain embodiments, the headrest subassembly 2560 can include height adjusting means. In certain embodiments, the height adjusting means can include at least one strut 2511. Each strut 2511 can include a third end 2512 and a fourth end 2513 located on the opposite side of the third end 2512.
In certain embodiments, the fourth end 2513 may be configured to attach to the area at the top opening 226 of the vessel 200, or near the top opening 226 of the vessel 200. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, being close to the top opening 226 can be 5 inches or less from the top opening 226. In other embodiments, being close to the top opening 226 can be another distance. In certain embodiments, the fourth end 2513 can include a pivotable locking means 2520. The pivotable locking means 2520 is capable of attaching a fourth end 2513 to that region. The pivotable locking means 2520 can include a rotatable shaft member 2521 that can be placed over the top opening 226 (or above the rim 225).
When the rotatable shaft member 2521 pivots above the top opening 226, the support member 501 (or strap) moves both in the height direction and in the anteroposterior direction within the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. It is possible to move to. Also, the pivotable locking means 2520 can include a friction clamp 2522 to lock the desired adjustment. When the desired adjustment is made by pivoting the rotatable shaft member 2521, the desired adjustment can be locked in place by the friction clamp 2522. As shown, the friction clamp 2522 can be a wing bolt, or some other friction clamp means.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the pivotable locking means 2520 may be assembled from a cylindrical elongated member that acts as a rotatable shaft member 2521.
In certain embodiments, the headrest subassemblies 2500, 2540, 2550, and / or 2560 can include anterior-posterior adjustment means. The anterior-posterior adjusting means may be configured to relocate the support member 501 (or strap) along the meridian of the face 9010 present in the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the meridian of the support member 501 (or strap) can be perpendicular to the meridian of the face 9010 present in the internal volume 220. The anteroposterior adjusting means can be in physical contact with at least one wall 201 of the vessel 200 or with at least one base 215 of the vessel 200.
In certain embodiments, the anterior-posterior adjusting means may further include friction clamps 2522 and / or strut mounting means 2530 (eg, wing bolts 2531). See, for example, FIGS. 25E and 25H. In FIGS. 25E and 25H, the linear double-headed arrow may indicate that the friction clamp 2522 can be slid back and forth.
In certain embodiments, the anteroposterior adjustment means may further include at least one track. At least one track may be positioned on the outer wall 202, inner wall 203 of the vessel 200, or the inner surface of at least one base 215 (eg, the bottom inner surface 217). At least one track may be configured to accept and catch the fourth end 2513. The fourth end 2513 slides through the groove of at least one track and changes the meridian of the support member 501 (or strap) along the meridian of the face present in the internal volume 220. It is possible. See FIGS. 26A and 26E for truck and flange embodiments.
Figures in the Figure 26 series can include FIGS. 26A-26F. The figures in these Figure 26 series may show additional headrest subassemblies, which may communicate with different anterior-posterior adjustment means, different height adjustment means, and / or a vessel (eg, vessel 200). It may be focused on one or more of the different types of support members 501.
In certain embodiments, the anteroposterior and / or height adjusting means may further include at least one track 2671. At least one track 2671 is positioned on the outer wall surface 202 (eg, see FIG. 26A), the inner wall surface 203 (eg, see FIG. 26E), or inside at least one base 215 (eg, bottom inner surface 217). Can be done. At least one track 2671 may be configured to accept and catch the fourth end 2513. The fourth end 2513 can slide through the groove of at least one track 2671 to vary the height and / or location of the support member 501 (or strap) back and forth. The fourth end 2513 can include flange geometry, which is configured to be captured (in certain embodiments, removably) by a groove on at least one track 2671. obtain. See, for example, FIGS. 26A and 26E.
FIG. 26A may show one or more of the front-rear adjusting means and / or the height adjusting means for the support member 501 using the track and flange embodiments, from right to left cross section (right to left). That is, it is shown by a cross-sectional view in the transverse width direction). FIG. 26E may show one or more of the front-rear adjusting means and / or the height adjusting means for the support member 501 using the track and flange embodiments, from right to left cross section (right to left). That is, it is shown by a cross-sectional view in the transverse width direction).
In certain embodiments, at least one track 2671 of a predetermined length extends vertically to allow height adjustment of the support member 501 (or strap). In certain embodiments, at least one track 2671 of a given length extends horizontally along at least one side wall and is front-to-back (ie, front-rear) of the support member 501 (or strap). It can be adjusted. In certain embodiments, at least one track 2671 of a given length extends along at least one side wall 201 in both vertical and horizontal fashion and supports member 501 (or support member 501 (or). It can allow adjustment in both the height of the strap) and the front and back positioning. For example, diagonal tracks, oval tracks, or semi-oval tracks can be used, such which adjust the height of the support member 501 (or strap) and both front-to-back positioning. Can be made possible.
In certain embodiments, the fourth end 2513 may be locked in various positions along at least one track 2671 by a system of spring loaded pins with a plurality of complementary holes along the groove. ..
In certain embodiments, the fourth end 2513 may be locked in various positions along at least one track 2671 by having the fourth end 2513 resting, which resting state of the groove. Causes a friction fit inside, which can result in a reduction in static friction fit when pushed down by a spring-loaded button, with the fourth end 2513 to a different position along at least one track 2671. It can be slid.
In certain embodiments, each at least one strut 2511 may consist of two sub-struts. These two sub-struts can be complementary to each other in that one of the two sub-struts can fit into the cavity of the other sub-strut. These two sub-struts can be configured to translate linearly with respect to each other in a telescopic manner. The height of the support member 501 (or strap) can be varied according to this telescopic function. See, for example, FIGS. 26B, 26C, and 26D.
FIG. 26B may show a height adjusting means for the support member 501 using a telescoped strut embodiment, a right-to-left cross section (ie, cross-sectional view). Is indicated by.
FIG. 26C may show a height adjusting means for the support member 501 using a telescoped strut embodiment, a right-to-left cross section (ie, cross-sectional view). Is indicated by. At least two different struts can communicate with at least one base 215 (eg, bottom medial surface 217).
FIG. 26D may show a height adjusting means for the support member 501 using a telescoped strut embodiment, a right-to-left cross section (ie, cross-sectional view). Is indicated by. At least one of these struts can communicate with at least one base 215 (eg, bottom medial surface 217).
In certain embodiments, the telescopic function of two sub-struts fits at least a portion of one such sub-strut into a portion of the inner diameter (or inner cavity) of the other sub-strut. Can be achieved by In such an embodiment, using a spring-loaded pin mechanism with complementary holes, varying the telescopic height along the meridian of at least one strut 2511 is variable. It can be used to set or lock various positions of height. Also, in certain embodiments, sub-struts with larger diameters are capable of accommodating at least one spring.
FIG. 26F may show a height adjusting means and a front-back adjusting means for the support member 501 using a pivotable locking means, a right-to-left cross section (ie, cross section in the transverse width direction). Figure). The pivotable locking means shown in FIG. 26F can be structurally and functionally similar to the pivotable locking means 2520 shown in FIGS. 25G and 25H. Figure 26F can include a "J" hook 2681. The "J" hook 2681 can provide a means for the support member 501 to communicate with the vessel (eg, vessel 200). The "J" hook 2681 can provide a place for mounting the vessel. The lower end of the "J" in the "J" hook 2681 can be mounted or hooked onto the downward facing upper outer lip of the vessel. See, for example, Figure 26F. Along with the friction clamp 2522, the "J" hook 2681 can provide a means for fixing different anterior-posterior and / or different height adjustments of the support member 501. The upper portion of the "J" hook 2681 may be attached to a rotatable shaft member 2521 and the rotatable shaft member 2521 may be placed on top of the rim 225. The friction clamp 2522 can engage the rotatable shaft member 2521. The "J" hook 2681 can be complementary to the friction clamp 2522. This embodiment can be used when the rim 225 of the vessel (eg, vessel 200) can include an upper outer lip portion pointing downwards.
In certain embodiments, at least one strut 2511 can be hollow and have a solid and water resistant outer side, the at least one strut 2511 serving as a hose 420 or tubing 420, or housing. It can serve as a conduit for accommodating parts of the hose 420 or tubing 420. In such embodiments, given headrest subassemblies and breathing apparatus embodiments may be attached to each other. In some such embodiments, the second end 422 is capable of connecting to the hollow strut 2511 and allows breathing gas to pass freely inside the hollow of such strut 2511. It has become like. In such an embodiment, the fourth end 2513 may be located outside the liquid 101 and at least one vessel-tube-hose-connector (eg, 430) is located at the fourth end 2513. I'm getting it.
In certain embodiments, structural headrest subassemblies (eg, 500, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2540, 2550, and / or 2560) and / or support member 501 are sufficient to support the head of user 9000. Can be replaced (and / or enhanced) with a buoyant (dense) liquid 101. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the liquid 101 can be a saline solution having a salt concentration in the range of about 5% to about 35%.
Figures in the Figure 7 series can include Figures 7A through 7N. The figures in this Figure 7 series may be focused on showing exemplary embodiments of the heater subassembly 700, its corresponding parts, structures, and its communication relationships.
In certain embodiments, the face soaking device 100 can include a heater subassembly 700. Also, the heater subassembly 700 may more simply be known as the heater 700. The heater 700 may be configured to heat the liquid 101. Some parts of the heater 700 can be in removably physical contact with some parts of the liquid 101. The heater 700 can include means for heating the liquid 101. In certain embodiments, this means for heating the liquid 101 can be at least one heating element 701. The heater 700 can include at least one heating element 701. The heating element 701 can be configured to accept power and produce heat from the heating element, i.e., element 702 (eg, through electrical resistance and / or through magnetic induction).
In certain embodiments, at least some portion of the heater 700 may be removable from the internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, at least one heating element 701 subassembly may be removably positioned within an internal volume 220. See, for example, Figures 7M and 7N. In certain embodiments, at least some portion of the heater 700 can be removably attached to at least one inner wall surface 203 or the inner surface of at least one base 215 (eg, bottom inner surface 217). .. In certain embodiments, at least one heating element 701 subassembly is attached to a power cord 1116 that communicates with power supply 1115, electrical wiring that communicates with power supply 1115, and / or electrical wiring that communicates with power supply 1115. It is possible to include one or more of the electrical terminals 706 for connection. Power code 1116 is capable of passing through at least one port 210 of the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 2B and 2E. In certain embodiments, at least one heating element 701 may be permanently attached to at least one inner wall surface 203, or the inner surface of at least one base 215 (eg, bottom inner surface 217). In certain embodiments, the at least one heating element 701 can be integrated with at least one inner wall surface 203, or at least one inner surface of the base 215.
FIG. 7B can show the heater subassembly 700, but is shown by an upper perspective exploded view, the heater subassembly 700 may have been disassembled from the vessel (eg, vessel 200). In this exploded view, at least one heating element 701 may be shown in relation to the shield 715 and vessel. In certain embodiments, substantially all of at least one heating element 701 may be disposed between the shield 715 and some portion of at least one base 215 (eg, some portion of the bottom inner surface 217). .. See, for example, Figure 7B. In certain embodiments, the connecting bushing 704, electrical terminal 706, and electrical wiring 707 are disposed between the shield 715 and some portion of at least one base 215 (eg, some portion of the bottom inner surface 217). It does not have to be. See, for example, FIG. 7I for the components of the connecting bushing 704, electrical terminal 706, and electrical wiring 707 of at least one heating element 701.
7I-7L can be different views of at least one heating element 701. FIG. 7I may represent at least one heating element 701 of the heater subassembly 700 and is shown by top view. FIG. 7J may represent at least one heating element 701 and is shown by bottom view. FIG. 7K may represent at least one heating element 701 and is shown by front view. FIG. 7L may represent at least one heating element 701 and is shown by the rear view.
In certain embodiments, the at least one heating element 701 can include an element 702 and a bushing 703. Element 702 may be physically and electrically connected to bushing 703. The bushing 703 can include a structure for connecting to a vessel (eg, vessel 200) and a structure for electrical connection via an electrical terminal 706. For example, in some embodiments, the bushing 703 can include a flange 705, a connecting bushing 704, an electrical terminal 706, and an electrical wiring 707. Element 702, on the other hand, is capable of producing heat when powered, which is capable of heating the liquid 101 and / or the gas released into the liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, element 702 can be constructed from at least substantially metal. In certain embodiments, the metal can be one or more of steel, stainless steel, copper, and / or incoloy. Stainless steels (eg, types 316, 321L, etc.) and incoloys (eg, types 840, 800, etc.) can be suitable when the liquid 101 can be a variety of aqueous saline solutions. When a current can be delivered to one of the electrical terminals 706, eg, the positive electrical terminal, the current passes through the metal and exits the remaining electrical terminals, eg, the negative electrical terminal, to be complete. It is possible to form circuits, the metal can be hot, and it is possible to dissipate heat into the liquid 101, which may be in physical contact with the element 702.
In certain embodiments, the element 702 comprises a coating and is capable of protecting the element 702 from corrosion and / or impact. In certain embodiments, such a coating can be a sheath of a non-conductive material. In certain embodiments, the coating can be water resistant. In certain embodiments, the coating can be a silicone elastomer.
In certain embodiments, it is possible that there is one bushing 703 for each element 702. See, for example, Figure 7I and Figure 7J. The element 702 can include an overall shape when the entire element 702 can be seen from above, the overall shape being a "T" shape (see, eg, FIGS. 27F and 28C). , "L" shape (see, eg, Figure 17B), "I" shape, "J" shape, and / or a linear shape with one bend (see, eg, Figures 7I and 7J). ) Etc. can be selected from the group including. In certain embodiments, both electrical terminals 706 (plus and minus) are on one side of the connecting bushing 704, i.e., flange, where one bushing 703 can be present for each element 702. It can be positioned on one side of the 705. See, for example, Figure 7L.
In certain embodiments, where one bushing 703 can be present for each element 702, the installation of at least one heating element 701 may, for example, attach at least a portion of the connecting bushing 704 from the internal volume 220 side. By passing through the bushing hole 708, it can occur from the inner internal volume 220 (eg, when the overall shape can be a linear shape with one bend). See, for example, Figures 7M and 7N.
In certain embodiments, where it is possible that there is one bushing 703 for each element 702, the installation of at least one heating element 701 will, for example, pass the element 702 through the bushing hole 708. It can then occur from the outer internal volume 220 (eg, from the mechanical compartment 251) by passing it into the internal volume 220. An embodiment of this installation is not shown in the figures in the Figure 7 series.
In some embodiments, at least one heating element 701 can include low watt density (LWD) consumption and / or, in other embodiments, high watt density (HWD) consumption. Is. In some embodiments, the LWD can be no more than about 55 watts per square inch and the HWD can be greater than 55 watts per square inch. On the other hand, in some embodiments, the LWD can be no more than about 60 watts per square inch and the HWD can be greater than 60 watts per square inch. (In some embodiments, "about" as used in this paragraph may mean plus or minus 2 watts.) Element 702 The larger the surface area, the more the liquid 101 is heated. The required wattage per square inch is lower and there is less concern about melting and / or deformation of plastic parts. Increasing such surface area can be achieved by using a longer (longitudinal) element 702 and / or by coiling the element 702. Also, the lower the wattage per square inch of at least one heating element 701, the longer the at least one heating element 701 can last (in time).
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, each at least one heating element 701 shown in the embodiments of the FIG. 7 series can be an LWD. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, each at least one heating element 701 shown in the embodiments of the FIG. 7 series can be an HWD.
In certain embodiments, the element 702 can include a close-up shape (compared to the overall shape) when it can be seen smaller than the whole element 702, and the close-up shape is a coil, a spiral. , Zigzags, bends, curves, and / or can be selected from groups containing linear runs, etc.
In certain embodiments, the bushing 703 can include a flange 705, a connecting bushing 704, and an electrical terminal 706 . In certain embodiments, the electrical wiring 707 may be attached to the electrical terminal 706. In certain embodiments, the bushing 703 can include electrical wiring 707 that can be attached to electrical terminal 706. The flange 705 can be an element 702 separate from the connecting bushing 704, the electrical terminal 706, and the electrical wiring 707. See, for example, Figure 7I and Figure 7J. The flange 705 can have an outer diameter that may be larger than the inner diameter of the bushing hole 708, when at least one heating element 701 can be attached to the vessel (eg, vessel 200). , Flange 705 and element 702 are to remain in the inner volume 220. See, for example, Figure 7M. FIG. 7M may show a flange 705 and an element 702 that are disposed within the inner volume 220 of the vessel 200, but inside the rear inner wall of the vessel 200 (eg, inside the second side wall 207). It is in a disassembled state from the wall surface 203) and is shown by a top perspective view. The bushing hole 708 can be a hole through a portion of the rear inner wall (eg, the inner wall 203 of the second side wall 207) and provides a passage from the inner volume 220 into the mechanical compartment 251. .. In certain embodiments, the bushing hole 708 can be a hole that passes through a portion of the vessel lining 200a. In certain embodiments, the bushing hole 708 can include an inner threaded portion that may be complementary to the outer threaded portion of the connecting bushing 704. See, for example, Figures 7M and 7N.
Both FIGS. 7M and 7N can show how at least one heating element 701 can be attached to a vessel (eg, vessel 200). FIG. 7N may show the elements 702, flanges, 705, and gasket / washer 709 disposed within the inner volume 220 of the vessel 200, but the rear inner wall of the vessel 200 (eg, the second side wall). It is in a disassembled state from the inner wall surface 203) of the 207, and is shown by a rear perspective notch that also shows a partial inside view of the mechanical compartment. If at least one heating element 701 can be secured to the vessel (eg, vessel 200), the element 702, flange, 705, and gasket / washer 709 can be disposed within the inner volume 220 of the vessel 200. See, for example, Figures 7M and 7N. When at least one heating element 701 can be secured to the vessel (eg, vessel 200), the portion of the connecting bushing 704, the electrical terminals 706, the electrical wiring 707, the other gasket / washer 709, and at least one nut 710 It may be disposed in the mechanical compartment 251 of the vessel 200. See, for example, Figure 7N. At least one nut 710 can have an inner thread that can be complementary to the outer thread of the connecting bushing 704. At least one nut 710 can be threaded over the outer threads of the connecting bushing 704 and by friction at least one wall located between the at least one nut 710 and the flange 705. It is possible to fix a part of the portion 201 (or a part of at least one side wall 205 or a part of the second side wall 207). Including one or more gaskets / washers 709 on either side or both sides (on the mechanical compartment 251 side and / or the inner volume 220 side) can prevent and / or minimize liquid 101 leakage. It is possible. One or more gaskets / washers 709 connect bushings 7 It is possible to have an inner hole with a diameter sized to fit around the outer thread of 04. The gasket / washer 709 may be substantially constructed from one or more plastics or elastomers, including silicones and / or rubbers, having varying durometer hardness.
7M and 7N may show at least one heating element 701 attached to a vessel (eg, vessel 200) on a rear wall (eg, inner wall 203 of second side wall 207), but others. Note that in one embodiment, at least one heating element 701 may be attached to any other at least one wall 201 and / or at least one base 215. Such embodiments may not be shown. Such installations can still utilize the connecting bushing 704 (with outer threads), flange 705, gasket / washer 709, and at least one nut 710 (with complementary inner threads). is there.
In certain embodiments, the at least one heating element 701 can include at least one element supporting means. At least one element support means may be configured to keep the element 702 out of physical contact with the inner wall 203 and / or the bottom inner surface 217. At least one element support means can include a bushing 703 and a bushing hole 708. In certain embodiments, the at least one element support means may further include one or more gaskets / washers 709, and at least one nut 710. At least one nut 710 can have an inner thread that can be complementary to the outer thread of the connecting bushing 704. See, for example, Figure 7N. One or more gaskets / washers 709 can have inner holes with diameters sized to fit around the outer threads of the connecting bushing 704. See, for example, Figure 7M.
FIG. 7H may be a top perspective view of the vessel lining 200a, showing a partial inside view of the vessel lining 200a, with a heater subassembly 700, a respirator (eg, respirator 400), and a headrest subassembly. The portion of the gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800) as well as the headrest subassembly 500 (eg, headrest subassembly 500) has been removed. FIG. 7H may show the element receiving channel 711 and the bushing hole 708. In certain embodiments, the bottom inner surface 217 can include an element receiving channel 711. In certain embodiments, the element receiving channel 711 can be a region or portion of the bottom medial surface 217, which region or portion may be configured to accommodate the element 702, but the parenchyma of the bottom medial surface 217. And / or substantially all of at least one wall 201 (or at least one side wall 205 or inner wall 203) is in contact with element 702, apart from at least one element support means. Absent. In certain embodiments, the element receiving channel 711 may be bounded on three sides by three different at least one wall 201 (or at least three different side walls 205). In certain embodiments, the element receiving channel 711 may be bounded on one side by the LED housing 950. In certain embodiments, the element receiving channel 711 can be bounded on four sides as follows, i.e., at least one wall 201 (or three different at least one side wall 205) that is two different but adjacent. ) Determines the boundary between the two sides, the bushing hole 708 defines the boundary between one side, and the LED housing 950 defines the boundary between the last side. See, for example, Figure 7H.
FIG. 7A may show the assembled heater subassembly 700 in communication (eg, attached) to the vessel (eg, vessel 200), although shown by top perspective. , The breathing device (eg, breathing device 400), the headrest subassembly (eg, headrest subassembly 500), and the gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800) have been removed. However, when the heater subassembly 700 can be assembled and mounted on a vessel (eg, vessel 200), this top perspective allows only the aspect of the shield 715 to be seen. The shield 715 can be a component of the heater subassembly 700. That is, in certain embodiments, the heater subassembly 700 can include a shield 715.
Figures 7C through 7G may focus on showing the shield 715 with different figures. FIG. 7C may show the shield 715, which is shown by top view. FIG. 7D may show the shield 715, which is shown by the bottom view. FIG. 7E may show the shield 715, which is shown in front view. FIG. 7F may show the shield 715, which is shown by the rear view. FIG. 7G may show the shield 715, which is shown by a longitudinal side view.
Shield 715 is configured to protect User 9000 from physical contact with element 702 and / or physical contact with at least one component of heating element 701 that may be hot to contact. It may be configured to protect User 9000 from doing so. The shield 715 is configured to minimize contact of the object with element 702 and / or to minimize contact with the component of at least one heating element 701 that may be hot. Can be configured. Such objects can be sized as well as the diameter of the human little finger. In certain embodiments, the shield 715 can be substantially constructed from heat resistant thermoformed plastic. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the shield 715 can be constructed from chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) and the like. Also, such construction material with respect to the shield 715 can be dense enough to avoid and / or minimize buoyancy in the liquid 101, i.e. the shield 715 is the liquid 101. It tends to sink in.
In certain embodiments, the shield 715 can include a planar member with an upper planar surface 716. This upper planar surface can be a physical structure that acts as a barrier to prevent contact of the elements 702 and / or the components of at least one heating element 701. The shape of the upper planar surface 716 may be constrained and / or limited by the overall shape of the element 702 and / or the location of the element 702 in the inner volume 220. The shape of the upper planar surface 716 can be constrained and / or limited by the location of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 in the inner volume 220, where the upper planar surface 716 is for air bubbles from the gas-diffuser-tubing 801. It is now possible to block or interfere with the release. In some exemplary embodiments, the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 can be concentrated in the middle and / or center of the bottom inner surface 217, so in such embodiments the upper planar surface 716 is at the bottom. It does not have to be positioned above such a center of the inner surface 217 and / or above such an intermediate. In certain embodiments, it is possible that there is an upper planar surface 716 sufficient to cover substantially all the elements 702 that can be located within the inner volume 220. See, for example, Figure 7B. In Figure 7B, it is possible to have one shield 715 and one continuous upper planar surface 716, which, when viewed from above, is in a "U" shape with two prongs. It is possible that each of these two prongs covers one element 702. See, for example, Figures 7C and 7D. In certain embodiments, it is possible that there is an upper planar surface 716 sufficient to cover substantially all the elements 702 that can be located within the inner volume 220, but from the gas-diffuser-tubing 801. It is designed not to cover or interfere with the air bubbles.
In certain embodiments, the shield 715 can include a liquid passage means 717. See, for example, FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7G. The liquid passage means 717 can include at least one opening through the upper planar surface 716 of the shield 715. The liquid 101 is capable of passing through the liquid passage means 717, allowing the liquid 101 to make removably physical contact with the element 702 (or the coating of the element 702). In certain embodiments, the liquid passage means 717 can include a plurality of such openings. See, for example, FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7G. In certain embodiments, a plurality of such openings are slots (slits), holes, parallel slots, geometrically patterned holes, geometrically patterned slots, linear slots, curved slots, meshes. , And / or a combination thereof, etc., may be selected from one or more. Parallel linear slots may be shown in the figures in the Figure 7 series with respect to the liquid passage means 717. In certain embodiments, the slots can extend horizontally (or substantially horizontally). In certain embodiments, the slots can extend vertically (or substantially vertically).
In certain embodiments, the element 702 may be positioned closer to at least one base 215 than the rim 225, and heating the liquid 101 creates a convective flow of the liquid 101 and is higher in the internal volume 220. The denser (cold) liquid 101 moves downwards, and the lower density (warmer) liquid 101 moves upwards. Also, in certain embodiments, such convective flow of the liquid 101 can be (less) unobstructed by the structural geometry of the liquid passage means 717. Also, in certain embodiments, such convective flow of the liquid 101 can be facilitated by the structural geometry of the liquid passage means 717. In certain embodiments, such a convective flow of the liquid 101 can relate to a vertically oriented vortex of the liquid 101 in an internal volume 220. Such a vertically oriented vortex of the liquid 101 can facilitate a substantially uniform temperature of the liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, the shield 715 can include a shield mounting means 718. In certain embodiments, the shield mounting means 718 is such as how the shield 715 can be mounted on one or more of the vessel (eg, vessel 200), breathing apparatus, and / or headrest subassembly. It may be. In FIGS. 7A and 7B, the shield 715 can be attached to the vessel 200 via the shield attachment means 718. The shield mounting means 718 can include a structure that can be placed on a complementary and supportive structure 720 (or at least one base 215) of the bottom inner surface 217. Such a complementary and supportive structure 720 of the bottom inner surface 217 can be that of a vessel lining 200a. See, for example, Figure 7H. In certain embodiments, this complementary and supportive structure 720 can be the upper region of the bushing hole 708 and / or the upper part of the LED housing 950, both or both of which are the bottom inner surfaces. It can be a structure of 217, a structure of at least one base 215, and / or a structure of vessel lining 200a. See, for example, Figure 7H. In certain embodiments, when viewed from above, the shield 715 is complementary and supportive at the ends of each prong, where it is possible to have a "U" shape with two prongs. It is possible to include a structure that can be placed on top of the structure 720, which can be the shield leg 719. Each such prong can be terminated within the shield leg 719. See, for example, FIGS. 7B, 7E, 7F, and 7G. Each such shield leg 719 can be placed on the bottom inner surface 217 and / or the element receiving channel 711.
Also, in certain embodiments, the shield 715 can include a shield-back-panel 721. When the shield 715 can be installed in the inner volume 220, the shield-back-panel 721 is in at least one wall 201, at least one side wall 205, and / or second side wall 207 of the vessel 200. , It is possible to cover one or more ports 210. See, for example, FIG. 7H for such one or more ports 210. See, for example, Figure 7E, Figure 7F, and Figure 7G for the shield-back-panel 721. In certain embodiments, the shield-back-panel 721 may be disposed between two prongs of a "U" shaped shield 715.
In certain embodiments, the heater 700 can include a thermostat 1107 (see, eg, FIG. 11A) for controlling the means for heating the liquid 101. The thermostat 1107 senses the temperature of the liquid 101 through the temperature sensor 1106 so that the thermostat 1107 can switch on and off the means for heating the liquid 101 as the temperature of the liquid 101 changes. It is possible (see, for example, Figure 11A). The thermostat 1107 can be electrically communicated with a means for heating the liquid 101. That is, in certain embodiments, the thermostat 1107 can include liquid temperature sensing means (eg, temperature sensor 1106). In certain embodiments, the thermostat 1107 may be configured to maintain the liquid 101 below 110 degrees Fahrenheit. In certain embodiments, the thermostat 1107 may be configured to maintain the liquid 101 below 116 degrees Fahrenheit. In certain embodiments, the thermostat 1107 may be configured to heat the liquid 101 in close proximity to the means for heating the liquid 101 (eg, at least one heating element 701) at 116 degrees Fahrenheit or less. Here, the proximity can be within 20 inches of the means for heating the liquid 101 (eg, at least one heating element 701). In certain embodiments, the thermostat 1107 may be preset during manufacturing so that the liquid 101 cannot be heated to a temperature that can be harmful to the user 9000. In certain embodiments, the heater 700 can be switched on and off by a controller 1100 similar to a bubble controller capable of controlling the production (emission) of bubbles 125. In certain embodiments, the means for heating the liquid 101 (eg, at least one heating element 701) can be switched on and off by the thermostat 1107. In one embodiment, all functions of the independent thermostat 1107 are controller 11. It can be accomplished by 00 (see, eg, the discussion of FIGS. 11A and 11A below), in which case the independent thermostat 1107 may not be present. Also, in certain embodiments, the foam controller can switch on and off the heater 700, and when the heater 700 can be switched on, the temperature can then be controlled by the thermostat 1107.
In certain embodiments, the heater 700 can include a power source 1115. In other embodiments, the power supply 1115 can be independent of a given face soaking device. The power supply 1115 is intended to power one or more of the means for heating the liquid 101, the thermostat 1107, the controller 1100, and / or any other electrical component of a given face-soaking device. Can be configured in. In one embodiment, the power supply 1115 can be an electrical cord 1116 that is removably connected to an electrical outlet at one end, and the other end is a thermostat, a means for heating the liquid 101. It may be electrically coupled to one or more of the 1107, the controller 1100, and / or any other electrical component of a given face-soaking device.
In certain embodiments, the means for heating the liquid 101 can include a liquid circulation pump (not shown). In certain embodiments, the heater 700 can include a liquid circulation pump. Note that this embodiment is not shown in the figure. In such an embodiment, the heating of the liquid 101 can be provided by the liquid circulation pump motor, i.e. the heat can be generated from the heat coming out of the operation of the liquid circulation pump motor. In such an embodiment, the inner surface of at least one inner wall surface 203, or at least one base 215, comprises at least one intake vent (port) to provide the liquid 101 from the inner volume 220 to the liquid circulation pump. It is possible. Also, in such an embodiment, the inner surface of at least one inner wall 203, or at least one base 215, can include at least one outlet jet (return), where the liquid 101 is located. It can be expelled from the liquid circulation pump and returned into the inner volume 220.
In certain embodiments, the means for heating the liquid 101 can include a heated portion of the heater 700 that can be removably positioned outside the internal volume 220. In such an embodiment, the heating portion can be a block heater, the liquid 101 can be fed into a chamber outside the internal volume 220, and this heating portion is in this chamber. It can be positioned and then at least some heated liquid 101 can be returned to the internal volume 220. The flow of such liquid 101 is suitable for moving various pumping means, various impeller means, convection means, and / or some of the liquid 101 from the internal volume 220 to the chamber and back to the internal volume 220. It can be by other means. This embodiment may not be shown in the figure.
In certain embodiments, the means for heating the liquid 101 may be selected from one or more of at least one heating element 701, a liquid circulation pump, and / or a block heater.
In certain embodiments, the means for heating the liquid 101 is a gas (eg, air, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and / or nitrous oxide, etc.) that can be released from the gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800). It can be operated by heating. Such a heated gas can then heat the liquid 101.
FIG. 27A may represent an exemplary embodiment of an exploded perspective view of embodiment 2700 of a U-shaped heater for various embodiments of a face soaking device. Such a configuration may be outlined in Figure 28D. In such an embodiment, the element 702 can be U-shaped, and the shield 715, which can removably cover the element 702, can also be U-shaped. It is possible. The element 702 and the shield 715 can each extend along three of the four inner perimeter sides of the vessel (eg, not along the back wall). Also, the bottom inner surface 217 of the base 215 can contain element receiving channels 2745, which extend along three of the four inner perimeter sides of the vessel, respectively. It is possible (eg, not along the back wall). The respective connecting bushings 2736 and 2737 can pass through the rear wall through the two bushing holes 2761 and 2762. Each electrical terminal 706 can be connected to the respective connection bushings 2736 and 2737, so that electrical connections to the thermostat 1107, controller 1100, and / or power supply 1115 can be made in the mechanical compartment 251. It has become. FIG. 27C may represent an exemplary embodiment of the assembled perspective view of embodiment 2700 of the U-shaped heater of FIG. 27A.
FIG. 27B may represent an exemplary embodiment of an exploded perspective view of embodiment 2705 of a U-shaped heater for various embodiments of a face soaking device. Such a configuration may be outlined in Figure 28F. In such an embodiment, the element 702 can be U-shaped, and the shield 715, which can removably cover the element 702, can also be U-shaped. It is possible. The element 702 and the shield 715 can each extend along three of the four inner perimeter sides of the vessel (eg, not along the front wall). Also, the inner surface 217 of the base 215 can contain element receiving channels 2745, which extend along three of the four inner perimeter sides of the vessel, respectively. Is possible (eg, not along the front wall). The respective connecting bushings 2736 and 2737 can pass through the base 215 through the two bushing holes 2761 and 2762 (not shown in FIG. 27B). In an embodiment of the U-shaped heater 2705, the first bushing hole 2761 and the second bushing hole 2762 may be positioned within at least one base 215 or fourth side wall 209.
FIG. 27D may represent an exemplary embodiment of an exploded perspective view of embodiment 2710 of an O-shaped heater for various embodiments of a face soaking device. In such an embodiment, the element 702 can be O-shaped, and the shield 715, which can removably cover the element 702, can also be O-shaped. It is possible. In certain embodiments, such an "O" shape can resemble an elliptical shape, a square shape, and / or a rectangular shape, as well as a wall-mounted painting frame shape. The element 702 and the shield 715 can each extend along four of the four inner perimeter sides of the vessel. Also, the bottom inner surface 217 of the base 215 can contain element receiving channels 2745, which extend along four of the four inner perimeter sides of the vessel, respectively. It is possible. The respective connecting bushings 2736 and 2737 can pass through the rear wall through the two bushing holes 2761 and 2762. Each electrical terminal 706 can be connected to the respective connection bushings 2736 and 2737 so that electrical connections to the thermostat 1107, controller 1100, and / or power supply 1115 can be made in a mechanical compartment. It has become.
In certain embodiments, the first edge 2751 of the shield 715 of embodiment 2710 of the O-shaped heater can be locked into the gas diffuser membrane when the shield 715 can be assembled. The O-shaped heater embodiment 2710 can include an overall element 702 that is longer than other heater embodiments, producing a relatively low wattage requirement, and it has lower heat. It is possible to apply a load to the surrounding material. Such a four-sided shield 715 can be stronger than a three-sided shield 715 and can be less likely to break.
FIG. 27E may represent an exemplary embodiment of an exploded perspective view of embodiment 2715 of a heater with a rear wall for various embodiments of a face soaking device. Such a configuration may be outlined in Figure 28A. In such an embodiment, the element 702 may be linear or I-shaped, and the shield 715 capable of removably covering the element 702 may be a planar member. it can. The element 702 and the shield 715 can each extend along the bottom rear wall of the vessel. This rear wall heater embodiment 2715 can occupy a linear distance shorter than other heater embodiments, eg, U-shaped heater embodiment 2700, and thus implements a rear wall heater. Form 2715 can have a relatively high wattage (compared to the U-shaped or O-shaped element 702), which can generate more heat and therefore The element 702 in embodiment 2715 of the heater may be housed in the element receiving tray 2748. The element receiving tray 2748 is configured to keep the element 702 out of direct contact with the base 215, eg, the bottom inner surface 217 and / or the inner surface 203. obtain. Element receiving tray 2748 can be constructed from heat resistant thermoplastics such as chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC). The inner surface 217 of the base 215 can include the element receiving channel 2745, and the element receiving channel 2745 can extend along the bottom posterior wall of the vessel. Element receiving tray 1648 may be configured to fit within element receiving channel 2745. The connecting bushing 2735 can pass through the side wall via the bushing hole 2760. (In other similar embodiments, the element 702 can have an overall L-shape and the connecting bushing 2735 has a bushing hole 2760. It is possible to pass through the rear wall through. See, for example, Figure 28B. ) A pair of electrical terminals 706 can (or is accessible) project from a single connecting bushing 2735. FIG. 27G may represent an exemplary embodiment of the assembled perspective view of embodiment 2715 of the rear wall heater of FIG. 27E.
FIG. 27F may represent an exemplary embodiment of an exploded perspective view of embodiment 2720 of a T-shaped heater for various embodiments of a face soaking device. Such a configuration may be outlined in Figure 28C. In such an embodiment, the element 702 can be T-shaped and the shield 715 capable of removably covering the element 702 can be a planar member. The element 702 and the shield 715 can each extend along the bottom rear wall of the vessel. Since the T-shaped heater embodiment 2720 can occupy a linear distance shorter than other heater embodiments, for example, the heater embodiment 2700, the heater embodiment 2715 It can have a relatively high wattage (compared to the U-shaped or O-shaped element 702), which can generate more heat, and therefore the heater embodiment. Element 702 in 2715 may be housed in element receiving tray 2748. The element receiving tray 2748 may be configured to keep the element 702 out of direct contact with the base 215, eg, the inner surface 217 and / or the inner surface 203. .. Element receiving tray 2748 can be constructed from heat resistant thermoplastics such as CPVC. The inner surface 217 of the base 215 can include the element receiving channel 2745, and the element receiving channel 2745 can extend along the bottom posterior wall of the vessel. The element receiving tray 2748 may be configured to fit within the element receiving channel 2745. The connecting bushing 2735 can pass through the side wall via the bushing hole 2760. A pair of electrical terminals 706 can be terminated from a single connection bushing 2735, and electrical connections to the two electrical terminals 706 can be made within a mechanical compartment. Figure 27G is Figure 27G
FIG. 27H may represent an exemplary embodiment of an exploded perspective view of embodiment 2725 of a double heater for various embodiments of a face soaking device. Such a configuration may be outlined in Figure 28H. FIG. 27I may represent an exemplary embodiment of the assembled perspective view of embodiment 2725 of the double heater of FIG. 27H. In embodiment 2725 of the double heater, it is possible that there are pairs of separate, separate and parallel heating elements 701 subassemblies. Each heating element 701 subassembly can extend from the front wall towards the back wall, and each connecting bushing 2735 terminates through the back wall inside the mechanical compartment 251. ..
In certain embodiments, a given heating element 701 subassembly has at least two electrical terminals 706 (either as a pair per single connection bushing or one electrical terminal per connection bushing), at least one. It is possible to include one connection bushing 2735, and at least one element 702. At least one element 702 is disposed between the respective electrical terminals 706 and may be electrically connected to the respective electrical terminal 706. At least two electrical terminals 706 may be located on one side of at least one connecting bushing 2735, and at least one element 702 may be located on opposite sides of at least one connecting bushing 2735. The two electrical terminals 706 may be configured to be electrically coupled to the power supply 1115, controller 1100, and / or thermostat 1107. At least one connecting bushing 2735 may be configured to attach to a vessel or an adapter 2775 attached to the vessel. See Figure 27D for, for example, adapter 2775.
In certain embodiments, the heating element 701 subassembly can include a flange 2738. See, for example, Figure 27A. Flange 2738 is capable of separating at least one element 702 from one or two electrical terminals 706.
In certain embodiments, at least one connection bushing 2735 can include a single connection bushing 2735. See, for example, Figure 27E and Figure 27F. The at least one element 702 can include the overall shape when the entire at least one element 702 can be seen, and the overall shape is a "T" shape (eg, FIGS. 27F and FIG. It is now possible to select from a group that includes an "L" shape (see, eg, FIG. 28B), an "I" shape, a "J" shape, and the like. In certain embodiments, where a single connecting bushing 2735 can be present, both electrical terminals 706 (plus and minus) are on one side of the single connecting bushing 2735, i.e. on one side of the flange. Can be positioned.
In certain embodiments, where a single connecting bushing 2735 can be present, the installation of the heating element 701 subassembly is such that at least one element 702 and at least a portion of the single connecting bushing 2735 are bushed holes. It is possible to arise from the outer internal volume 220 (eg, from the mechanical compartment 251) by passing it into the part 2760 and into the internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, where a single connecting bushing 2735 can be present, the installation of the heating element 701 subassembly is, for example, at least part of the single connecting bushing 2735 from the internal volume 220 side into the bushing hole 2760. It is possible to arise from an inner internal volume of 220 by passing through (eg, when the overall shape can be "T" shaped). See, for example, Figure 27E and Figure 27F.
In certain embodiments, the at least one connection bushing 2735 can include two separate connection bushings, namely a first connection bushing 2736 and a second connection bushing 2737. See, for example, FIGS. 27A, 27B, and 27D. At least one element can include the overall shape when the entire at least one element can be seen, and the overall shape is a "U" shape (eg, FIGS. 27A and 27B, Also selected from the group including FIGS. 28D, 28E, and 28F), "O" shapes (see, eg, FIGS. 27D and 28G), oval, horseshoe, and semicircular shapes. I'm getting it. In some embodiments, one electrical terminal 706 (plus or minus) is separate from each other when two separate connection bushings (eg, first connection bushing 2736 and second connection bushing 2737) can be present. Can be positioned on one side of the connection bushing. In certain embodiments, where two separate connecting bushings can be present, the installation of the heating element 701 subassembly will, for example, make at least a portion of each connecting bushing from the 220 side of the internal volume into two separate bushing holes. By passing through, it is possible to originate from the inner internal volume 220. See, for example, FIGS. 27A, 27B, and 27D.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, embodiments 2700 (eg, see FIG. 27A), 2705 (eg, see FIG. 27B), and 2710 (see, eg, FIG. 27D) of the heater. The heater embodiments 2715 (eg, see FIG. 27E) and 2720 (see, eg, FIG. 27F) can be LWD, while HWD can be.
In certain embodiments, a given heater embodiment can include a shield 715. The shield 715 can include a first edge 2751 and an opposing second edge 2752. See, for example, Figure 27A. The shield 715 may be configured to protect the user 9000 from physical contact with the heating element 701 subassembly, in particular at least one element 702. In certain embodiments, the shield 715 can be constructed from heat resistant thermoformed plastic. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the shield can be constructed from CPVC. The shield 715 can include a shield meridian that can be parallel (eg, to the overall shape) to the meridian of at least one element 702. The first edge 2751 of the shield 715 can be attached (or touched) to the bottom inner surface 217, or can be attached closer to the bottom inner surface 217 than the inner wall 203. In certain embodiments, such attachments can be removable. The second edge 2752 can be attached (or touched) to the inner wall 203 or closer to the inner wall 203 than the bottom inner surface 217.
In certain embodiments, the shield 715 can be a planar elongated member. The planar elongated member can include a shield meridian and a transverse width of the shield 2753. The shield meridian and the transverse width of the shield 2753 can be substantially perpendicular to each other. The first edge 2751 and the second edge 2752 are located on opposite sides of each other and can be separated by a width 2753 in the transverse direction of the shield. See, for example, Figure 27A.
In certain embodiments, the shield 715 can include a liquid passage means 717. See, for example, Figure 27A. The liquid passage means 717 can include at least one opening through the opposing main surfaces of the shield 715. The liquid 101 is capable of passing through the liquid passage means 717 so that the liquid 101 can make removably physical contact with the coating of at least one element 702, or at least one element 702. It has become. In certain embodiments, the liquid passage means 717 can include a plurality of holes. See, for example, Figure 27B. Some such holes can be positioned in two groups, the first group is located closer to the first edge 2751 than the second edge 2752, and the second group. Is located closer to the second edge 2752 than to the first edge 2751. In certain embodiments, the liquid passage means 717 can include a plurality of slots (slits). In certain embodiments, the plurality of slots can be parallel. See, for example, Figure 27A. In certain embodiments, the plurality of slots can extend horizontally. In certain embodiments, such horizontal slots are located in two rows of slits, i.e., a first row located closer to the first edge 1651 than the second edge 1652, and. It can be grouped into a second row located closer to the second edge 1652 than the first edge 1651. In certain embodiments, the plurality of slots can extend vertically. See, for example, Figure 27A.
In certain embodiments, the at least one element 702 may be positioned closer to at least one base 215 than the rim 225, and heating the liquid 101 creates a convective flow of the liquid 101, resulting in a higher density ( The colder) liquid 101 moves downwards, and the lower density (warmer) liquid 101 moves upwards through the internal volume 220. Also, such convective flow of the liquid 101 can be facilitated by the structural geometry of the liquid passage means 717, where the relatively cold liquid 101 is located near the first edge 2751. It can enter the 717 and be heated by at least one element 702, allowing the relatively warm liquid 101 to leave the liquid passage means 717 near the second edge 2752.
In certain embodiments, the at least one element 702 may be positioned vertically (up / down) within the vessel (eg, vessel 200) closer to at least one base 205 than the vessel rim 225. Such vertical positioning of at least one element 702 can facilitate convective flow of liquid 101. In some exemplary embodiments, it is possible that at least one element 702 is not in physical contact with the bottom inner surface 217 and is also in physical contact with any inner wall surface 203. It is possible not to. It may be done to avoid an increase in manufacturing costs that could occur if at least one element 702 physically contacts the bottom inner surface 217 and / or any inner wall surface 203. The reason is that if at least one element 702 is in physical contact with the bottom inner surface 217 and / or any inner wall 203, then the bottom inner surface 217 and / or inner wall 203 is created by at least the element 702. This is because it may be necessary to build from a material that can withstand a larger heat load (eg, CPVC) in order to avoid deformation under the heat. Such heat resistant construction materials can cost more than the corresponding materials with lower heat resistance.
In certain embodiments, the element 702 may be positioned closer to the back wall of the vessel 200 than to the front wall of the vessel. See, for example, Figure 27E and Figure 27F. In certain embodiments, for example, when the overall shape can be linear (eg, "I"), "T", "J", and / or "L". In addition, most of at least one element 702 can be parallel to the back wall. See, for example, FIG. 27E, FIG. 27F, FIG. 28A, FIG. 28B, and FIG. 28C.
In certain embodiments, at least two electrical terminals 706 are capable of projecting from the side wall 205 and / or the base 215 when assembled. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 27 series. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the overall shape can be linear, "I", "L", or "J". .. In certain embodiments, at least two electrical terminals 706 are capable of projecting into the mechanical compartment 251 when assembled.
In certain embodiments, at least two electrical terminals 706 can project from a rear wall (eg, a second side wall 207 in FIG. 7N). See, for example, Figure 27E and Figure 27F. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the overall shape may be an "L" shape, an "I" shape, a linear shape, a "J" shape, or a "T" shape. It is possible that
In certain embodiments, the front wall (eg, fourth side wall 209) can be where the neck-gasket-acomo data 335 can be located. In certain embodiments, the rear wall can face the front wall. In certain embodiments, it is possible that there are two side walls (eg, first side wall 206 and third side wall 208), each side wall extending from the front wall to the back wall. is there. In some embodiments, the front wall can be the fourth side wall 209, the rear wall can be the second side wall 207, and the side walls can be the first side wall 206 and / or the third side wall. It can be 208.
In certain embodiments, at least one element 702 can extend around the medial perimeter of at least one base 215 along three of the four sides. See, for example, FIGS. 27A, 27B, 28D, 28E, and 28F. For example, and without limiting the scope of the present invention, the overall shape becomes a "U" shape, a horseshoe shape, a "W" shape, and an "M" shape when viewed from above. It is possible to be. In certain embodiments, at least two electrical terminals 706 can project from a rear wall, front wall, side wall, or base 215 (see, eg, FIG. 27B). In some such embodiments, it is possible that there are two separate connection bushings, each with one electrical terminal 706, ie, a first connection bushing 1636 and a second connection bushing 1637. .. See, for example, FIGS. 27A and 27B.
In certain embodiments, at least one element 702 can extend around the medial perimeter of at least one base 215 along four of the four sides. See, for example, Figure 27D and Figure 28G. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the overall shape can be an "O" shape, a circular shape, or an oval shape. In certain embodiments, at least two electrical terminals 706 can project from a rear wall (see, eg, FIG. 27D), a front wall, a side wall, or a base 215. In some such embodiments, it is possible that there are two separate connection bushings, each with one electrical terminal 706, eg, a first connection bushing 1636 and a second connection bushing 1637. .. See, for example, Figure 27D.
In certain embodiments, the heater can include two (separate) heating element 701 subassemblies. See, for example, Figure 27H. Each heating subassembly can be parallel to each other (when installed in an internal volume 220). Each element 702 can extend from the back wall towards the front wall. See, for example, Figure 27H. In certain embodiments, most of each at least one element can be parallel to the side walls (eg, first side wall 206 and / or third side wall 208). See, for example, Figure 27H. In certain embodiments, each element 702 may be positioned closer to one side wall 205 than the other side wall 205, and each element 702 may be located closer to each side wall 205 (right and left). It has become. In certain embodiments, at least two electrical terminals 706 of each heating element 701 subassembly can project from a rear wall (see, eg, FIG. 27H), a front wall, either side wall, or base 215. is there. In certain embodiments, at least two electrical terminals 706 of each heating element 701 subassembly are capable of projecting into the mechanical compartment 251.
In certain embodiments, the at least one connecting bushing 2735 (or the first connecting bushing 2736 and the second connecting bushing 2737) has at least one wall 201 (eg, at least one side wall 205) and / or at least one. Can be attached to one base 215. In certain embodiments, the adapter 2775 may be attached to at least one wall 201 (eg, at least one side wall 205) and / or at least one base 215. In some exemplary embodiments, at least one connecting bushing 2735 (or first connecting bushing 2736 and second connecting bushing 2737) may be mounted on the rear wall or attached to the adapter 2775. And the adapter 2775 can be connected to the rear wall so that at least two electrical terminals 706 can be accessible from the mechanical compartment 251. See, for example, FIGS. 27A, 27D, 27F, and 27H.
In certain embodiments, the heater can include bushing mounting means. The bushing attachment means may be configured to attach a given heating element 701 subassembly to the vessel 200. Bushing mounting means include at least one connection bushing 2735 (or first connection bushing 2736 and second connection bushing 2737) and at least one bushing hole 2760 (or first bushing hole 2761 and first). It is possible to include 2 bushing holes 2762). At least one bushing hole 2760 (or first bushing hole 2761 and second bushing hole 2762) may have at least one wall 201 (see, eg, FIGS. 27A, 27D, and 27F) or It is possible to pass at least one base 215. At least one bushing hole 2760 (or first bushing hole 2761 and second bushing hole 2762) may be positioned within at least one wall 201 or at least one base 215. In certain embodiments, at least one bushing hole 2760 can include a first bushing hole 2761 and a second bushing hole 2762, which are two separate and separate holes. be able to.
In certain embodiments, the at least one bushing hole 2760 may be sized to accommodate at least one connecting bushing 2735. In certain embodiments, at least one bushing hole 2760 may be sized to accommodate an adapter 2775, such as a bulkhead. In certain embodiments, at least one bushing hole 2760 may be unthreaded. Note that in certain embodiments, at least one bushing hole 2760 can be functionally equivalent to the bushing hole 708. It should be noted that in certain embodiments, at least one bushing hole 2760 can be structurally equivalent to the bushing hole 708.
In certain embodiments, the first bushing hole 2761 may be sized to accommodate the first connecting bushing 2736. In certain embodiments, the first bushing hole 2761 may be sized to accommodate an adapter 2775, such as a bulkhead. In certain embodiments, the first bushing hole 2761 may be unthreaded. In certain embodiments, the second bushing hole 2762 may be sized to accommodate the second connecting bushing 2737. In certain embodiments, the second bushing hole 2762 may be sized to accommodate an adapter 2775, such as a bulkhead. In certain embodiments, the second bushing hole 2762 may be unthreaded.
In embodiments where at least one bushing hole 2760 (or first bushing hole 2761 and second bushing hole 2762) may not be threaded (eg, inner threaded or female). Threaded parts), bushing holes Threaded parts removal may require replacement of the entire vessel (eg, vessel 200), cross threading problems, and / or thread strikes due to overtightening. Such embodiments can be exemplified in that the problem of ripping can be prevented. See, for example, Figure 27F or Figure 27A.
In certain embodiments, at least one bushing hole 2760 (or first bushing hole 2761 and second bushing hole 2762) is internally threaded (female threaded). It is possible to accept the complementary threads (outer threads) of at least one connection bushing 2735 (or the first connection bushing 2736 and the second connection bushing 2737).
In certain embodiments, at least one bushing hole 2760 (or first bushing hole 2761 and second bushing hole 2762) is internally threaded (female threaded). It is possible to accept the complementary threaded part of the external outer threaded part (male threaded part) of the adapter with double thread. In certain embodiments, a sealant, such as silicone, is used in and / or around at least one bushing hole 2760 (or first bushing hole 2761 and second bushing hole 2762). Can be done.
In certain embodiments, the bushing mounting means can include at least one nut 2770. See, for example, Figure 27A or Figure 27F. At least one nut 2770 includes an inner thread (female thread) and attaches to the complementary outer thread of at least one connection bushing 2735 (or first connection bushing 2736 and second connection bushing 2737). It is possible. In certain embodiments, at least one nut 2770 is attached to the complementary threads of at least one connecting bushing 2735 (or first connecting bushing 2736 and second connecting bushing 2737) from outside the internal volume 220. Can be. Note that in certain embodiments, at least one nut 2770 can be functionally equivalent to at least one nut 710. Note that in certain embodiments, at least one nut 2770 can be structurally equivalent to at least one nut 710.
In certain embodiments, the bushing mounting means can include at least one gasket 2780, washers 2780, and / or O-rings and the like. At least one gasket 2780, washer 2780, or O-ring demarcates the perimeter (eg, outer diameter) of at least one connecting bushing 2735 (or first connecting bushing 2736 and second connecting bushing 2737). Can be sized as. In certain embodiments, at least one gasket 2780, washer 2780, or O-ring may be disposed between the at least one nut 2770 and the surface of at least one wall 201 or at least one base 215. .. In certain embodiments, the at least one gasket 2780, washer 2780, or O-ring is the flange 2738 of at least one connecting bushing 2735 (or the first connecting bushing 2736 and the second connecting bushing 2737) and the inner wall 203. Alternatively, it may be disposed between the bottom inner surface 217. When secured, the flange 2738 is capable of pushing at least one gasket 2780, washer 2780, and / or O-ring. At least one gasket 2780, washer 2780, or O-ring can be used, among other things, to mitigate liquid 101 leakage into the mechanical compartment 251. Note that in certain embodiments, the gasket 2780, washer 2780, and / or O-ring can be functionally equivalent to the gasket / washer 709. Note that in certain embodiments, the gasket 2780, washer 2780, and / or O-ring can be structurally equivalent to the gasket / washer 709.
In certain embodiments, the bushing mounting means may further include at least one adapter 2775. See, for example, Figure 27D. In certain embodiments, at least one adapter 2775 can include bulkhead and / or double threaded adapters (ie, including outer and inner threads). In certain embodiments, at least one adapter 1675 may be substantially constructed from heat resistant thermoformed plastic. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, at least one adapter 2775 can be substantially constructed from CPVC and the like.
In certain embodiments, the bushing holes 2760 (or the first bushing holes 2761 and the second bushing holes 2762) may be sized to accommodate the outer perimeter of the bulkhead. The bulkhead can include an inner female threaded hole. The inner female threaded hole may be sized to accommodate the complementary threads of at least one connecting bushing 2735 (first connecting bushing 2736 and second connecting bushing 2737). In certain embodiments, the bulkhead may be permanently attached to the bushing hole 2760 (or the first bushing hole 2761 and the second bushing hole 2762). In certain embodiments, the bulkhead can be removably attached to the bushing holes 2760 (or the first bushing holes 2761 and the second bushing holes 2762). In certain embodiments, the bulkhead can be an insert and the vessel (eg, vessel 200) can be molded around the bulkhead as a mold insert. In certain embodiments, the bulkhead is subjected to friction fitting, ultrasonic welding, heat welding, solvent bonding, and / or chemical adhesive to bushing holes 2760 (or first bushing holes 2761 and second bushing holes). Can be attached to part 2762).
In certain embodiments, the double threaded adapter (ie, another type of bushing) can include an outer outer threaded portion (male threaded portion) and an inner inner threaded portion (female threaded portion). The bushing hole 2760 (or the first bushing hole 2761 and the second bushing hole 2762) has an inner thread (with a female thread) and a double thread. It can be sized to accommodate the external outer thread (male thread) of the adapter. Internal The internal threaded portion may be sized to accommodate the complementary threaded portion of at least one connecting bushing 2735 (or the first connecting bushing 2736 and the second connecting bushing 2737).
In some exemplary embodiments, the adapter 2770 embodiment (eg, bulkhead or double-threaded adapter) has at least one connection bushing 2735 (or first) to a vessel (eg, vessel 200). It may be preferable to the direct connection of the connection bushing 2736 and the second connection bushing 2737). The reason is that using the adapter 2770 as an intermediate makes it possible to build an adapter 2770 of a thermoplastic (eg CPVC) specifically designed to be subjected to higher thermal loads. This is because most of the vessel material does not need to be designed to be subjected to higher heat loads. Therefore, such embodiments are cheaper to manufacture than embodiments in which the majority (or whole) of the vessel can be constructed from materials that can be subjected to higher heat loads.
In certain embodiments, in the present specification, any application of a threaded portion and a complementary threaded portion for connecting two parts uses a tapered threaded portion, such as friction and friction of the connection. It is possible to increase safety. In certain embodiments, the use of tapered threads can be used in place of gaskets, washers, and / or O-rings (eg, gaskets 2780, washers 2780, and / or gaskets / washers 709).
28A-28H can represent various element 702 layout configurations and show various overall shapes of the heater (element 702), as shown by the top schematic. These figures in Figure 28 have been described above in the discussion in the Figure 27 series.
FIG. 28A may show a linear element 702 in close proximity to the rear surface of the vessel, which enters the vessel through the side wall 205 of the vessel. In certain embodiments, an element 702 having an overall shape that can be linear can include a single bend, such an element 702 is folded over itself and a pair of electrical terminals 706. There can be one connection bushing with. See, for example, FIGS. 7I and 7J for the depiction of such a linear element 702.
FIG. 28B may show an L-shaped element 702 close to the rear surface of the vessel, which enters the vessel from the rear surface.
FIG. 28C may show a T-shaped element 702 close to the rear surface of the vessel, which enters the vessel from the rear surface.
FIG. 28D may show a U-shaped element 702, which enters the vessel from the rear surface of the vessel.
FIG. 28E may show a U-shaped element 702, which enters the vessel from the front of the vessel. For example, in FIG. 28E, FIG. 28E shows embodiments 2700 and 2737, except that two connecting bushings 2736 and 2737 can extend through the front wall instead of the back wall or base 215. Similar to 2705, it may indicate an embodiment of a U-shaped heater.
FIG. 28F may show a U-shaped element 702, which enters the vessel from the bottom of the vessel.
FIG. 28G may represent an approximately O-shaped element 702, which enters the vessel from the rear surface of the vessel. For example, FIG. 28G may show an embodiment of an O-shaped heater, terminating through a rear wall into a mechanical compartment (not shown) (with a pair of electrical terminals 706). It is possible that there is one connection bushing 2735.
FIG. 28H may represent a pair of linear elements 702, each close to an opposing but parallel side wall 205, with element 702 entering the vessel from the rear surface of the vessel. There is. FIG. 28H may be a representative diagram of the layout configuration of element 702 of an exemplary heater 700 embodiment as shown in the figures of the FIG. 7 series.
In certain embodiments, in addition to various heating devices (eg, heater 700 subassembly), various chilling devices can be present. Alternatively, in other embodiments, alternatives to the various heating devices can be various chilling devices. In certain embodiments, the face soaking device (eg, 100) can include a chiller for cooling the liquid 101 to a temperature below room temperature. In certain embodiments, the face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100) can include a chiller for cooling the liquid 101 to a temperature above the freezing point of the liquid 101. In addition or alternative, in certain embodiments, the liquid 101 can be cooled by the introduction of ice, such as water ice. Alternatively, the liquid 101 may be cooled prior to introduction into the inner volume 220.
Cooling the liquid 101 by the use of chillers, chilling equipment, and / or the introduction of ice or chilled liquid 101 can then be removably immersed in the chilled liquid 101 face 9010 or the like. Various cold therapies can be used to treat parts of the body. In certain embodiments, the liquid 101 can be substantially ice. Additional or alternative, hyperthermia (or high temperature) therapy can alternate with cold therapy. Such alternating warmth and coldness increases blood flow, facilitates the removal of cellular toxins (eg, but not limited to lactic acid), and / or burns. It can help promote healing of injured or traumatic tissue.
Now, let's take a look at the discussion in the figure in Figure 8. Figures in the Figure 8 series include Figures 8A through 8G. The figures in the FIG. 8 series may illustrate exemplary embodiments of the aerator portion. In certain embodiments, the face soaking device 100 can include various aerator embodiments. Such an aerator is capable of releasing bubbles 125 into the liquid 101 in the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, a given aerator embodiment is capable of providing a stream of gas by supplying the stream of gas to at least one point near the bottom of the inner space of the vessel 200. It is now possible for the bubbles 125 to be released into the liquid 101 when the vessel 200 can contain a sufficient amount of the liquid 101. Some parts of the aerator embodiment (eg, gas diffuser) can be in physical contact with the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 8A, 8C, 8D, and 8E.
In certain embodiments, the aerator can include a gas diffuser and a gas source. In certain embodiments, the gas source can be coupled to a gas diffuser so that gas from the gas source can be provided to the gas diffuser. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can include a porous structure. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can include multiple pores. In certain embodiments, the porous structure can have multiple pores. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser may be positioned within an internal volume 220 or may be positioned such that air bubbles 125 from the gas diffuser are expelled into an internal volume 220. The gas source can provide at least some gas to the gas diffuser. In certain embodiments, the gas source can be selected from one or more cylinders containing compressed gas (eg, gas cylinders) or air pumps for pumping the atmosphere. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can then release at least some of the gas through multiple pores and / or through a porous structure. When the liquid 101 is capable of occupying some portion of the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200, releasing at least some of the gas through multiple pores causes the release of bubbles 125 into the liquid 101. Can bring. This can increase the amount of dissolved gas (and undissolved gas) in the liquid 101, including dissolved oxygen, depending on the composition of the gas.
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser may be positioned on the inner surface of at least one base 215 of the vessel 200 (eg, on a portion of the bottom inner surface 217). See, for example, FIGS. 8A, 8C, 8D, and 8E. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can be positioned within an internal volume of 220. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can include one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. For example, the gas diffuser 800 can include one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 8 series.
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser may be connected to the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200 below the maximum liquid level. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser, or portion thereof, may be located on the inner wall surface 203 of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser may be removable from the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200.
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can be integrated with the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200. Multiple pores (and / or porous structures) are capable of releasing air (or any other gas) from at least one inner wall surface 203 of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser and the inner wall surface 203 of the vessel 200 can be a single product. In such an embodiment, at least one wall 201 and gas diffuser can be injection molded as a single product, and the airline piping system is in the space between the inner wall 203 and the outer wall 202. Needs to be molded. For example, it is between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b.
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can be integrated with the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200. Multiple pores (and / or porous structures) are capable of releasing air (or any other gas) from the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser and the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200 can be a single product. In such an embodiment, at least one base 215 and gas diffuser can be injection molded as a single product, and the airline piping system is in the space between the bottom inner surface 217 and the outer wall 202. Needs to be molded. For example, it is between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b. See, for example, and, for example, the gas diffuser 800 in FIG. 27A, without limiting the scope of the invention. It can be integrated with the bottom inner surface 217. The 2D view from the top of the gas diffuser 800 in Figure 27A does not have to be circular in shape, but is not limited to straight runs, with or without curves; oval; oval; regular. Other 2D geometric shapes such as squares, with or without rounded corners; and / or non-regular polygons, with or without rounded corners; etc. Note that it is possible.
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can be the gas diffuser 800. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 8 series. FIG. 8A may show a portion of the gas diffuser 800 of the face soaking device 100, which is shown in the top view, but is a respirator (eg, respirator 400), headrest subassembly (eg, headrest subassembly 500). ), And the shield 715 has been removed. FIG. 8B may be a top perspective view of the portion of the gas diffuser 800 that has been disassembled from the vessel (eg, vessel 200).
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser 800 can include one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in various embodiments there are one, two, three, four, five, or six separate gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. Is possible. For example, the figures in the FIG. 8 series may show embodiments with three gas-diffuser-tubing 801s, and FIG. 29 shows different layout configurations of one or two gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. Can be. Additionally, one gas-diffuser-tubing 801 can be looped (and / or bent) over a layout configuration that can be substantially equivalent to two or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801 layout configurations. ing). See, for example, Figure 29.
In certain embodiments, each gas-diffuser-tubing 801 selected from one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s can include a porous elongated member 803 and a central elongated member 805. In some exemplary embodiments, the porous elongated member 803 and the central elongated member 805 are coaxial with each other. See, for example, FIGS. 8E and 8D. FIG. 8C may show a portion of the gas diffuser 800, which is shown by top view, with a cross-sectional line 8D-8D through the gas-diffuser-tubing 801. FIG. 8D may be a cross-sectional view along the cross section 8D-8D through the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 and FIG. 8D may also show the region of detail 8E. FIG. 8E may be a close-up view of detail 8E, showing close-up cross-sectional details of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801. This cross-sectional close-up of detail 8E in FIG. 8E may show the porous elongated member 803 and the central elongated member 805, as well as their coaxial relationship to each other.
In certain embodiments, the central elongated member 805 can be positioned within the cavity of the porous elongated member 803. See, for example, FIGS. 8E and 8D. In certain embodiments, the central elongated-member 805 can be rigid or semi-rigid, allowing the bend in the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 to be retained. See, for example, some different layout configurations of one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s shown in FIG. In certain embodiments, the central elongated member 805 can be substantially constructed from metal. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, such metals may be selected from aluminum, copper, and / or steel and the like. In certain embodiments, the central elongated member 805 is an insulated metal wire, which is capable of minimizing corrosion to the metal wire and / or forming an unintentional battery. Such insulators can be thermoplastics and / or elastomers.
In certain embodiments, the porous elongated member 803 can be substantially constructed from a porous material. In certain embodiments, the porous material can include multiple pores of the gas diffuser 800. In certain embodiments, the porous material can be an elastomeric material. In certain embodiments, the porous material can be an open cell foam material.
In certain embodiments, each gas-diffuser-tubing 801 selected from one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s is located at two ends, i.e. the first end 807 and opposite sides. It is possible to include a second end 809 that is provided. See, for example, Figure 8B. In certain embodiments, it is optional to display the second end 809 through the first end 807 in that the first end 807 and the second end 809 can be structurally equivalent. Note that it can be just for naming conventions. In certain embodiments, the first end 807 can be connected to either a gas source or an intermediate that can be connected to the gas source. In certain embodiments, the second end 809 may be connected to an end cap 811, a gas source, or an intermediate or a different intermediate. The embodiment shown in the figures of the FIG. 8 series may indicate a second end 809 connected to an end cap 811. See FIG. 8F for, for example, the end cap 811. In certain embodiments, the intermediate can include one or more of the connector 813 (or connector 3013) or the airline tubing 819. The embodiments shown in the figures of the FIG. 8 series may indicate a first end 807 connected to connector 813. See Figure 8G for connector 813, for example.
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser 800 can include one or more end caps 811. See, for example, FIGS. 8B and 8F. In certain embodiments, the end cap 811 can be attached to at least one of the end 807 or 809 of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 to prevent gas leakage from the end 807 or 809. See, for example, FIGS. 8B and 8F. FIG. 8F may show a gas-diffuser-tubing 801 removably coupled to an end cap 811 in which the gas-diffuser-tubing 811 and the end cap 811 are of a vessel (eg, vessel 200). Flange-can be disassembled from receiver 820 and is shown by a partial top perspective view of the inside of the vessel. In certain embodiments, the end cap 811 is for attachment to the end, i.e., at least one of the first end 807 and / or the second end 809 of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801. It is possible to include a horse barb. In certain embodiments, the end cap 811 hose barb does not have to be hollow. In certain embodiments, the end cap 811 hose barb can be solid. That is, the end cap 811 can have a structure to act as a plug to the first end 807 or the second end 809 of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801. The structure can include a hose barb for insertion into the inner diameter of the porous elongated member 803. In certain embodiments, it is possible that only one end of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801, i.e., the first end 807 or the second end 809, has an end cap 811 attached to it. The remaining end can be connected to the air line tubing 819 or can be connected to the air line tubing 819 through an intermediate. See, for example, Figure 29 and Figure 8G. In some embodiments, both ends, That is, it should be noted that the first end 807 and the second end 809 of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 may be connected to the airline tubing 819, or both may be connected to an intermediate. See, for example, Figure 29 (layout configuration without end cap 811).
In certain embodiments, the end cap 811 can include a flange 812 in addition to the hose barb. In certain embodiments, the end cap 811 can include two opposing flanges 812, and the hose barb can be disposed between both opposing flanges 812. In certain embodiments, the end cap 811 can be attached to the flange-receiver 820. See, for example, Figure 8F. In Figure 8F, the flange 812 can be removably captured by the flange-receiver 820. The nature of the fit between each flange 812 and each flange-receiver 820 can be press fit or friction fit. The flange-receiver 820 can include a pair of oppositely arranged slots that are sized to accommodate the flange 812. See, for example, Figure 8F.
In certain embodiments, the flange-receiver 820 can be attached to (or is integrated with) the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200, at least one base 215, bottom inner surface 217, shield 715, or LED housing 950. ). In FIG. 8F, the flange-receiver 820 can be mounted on the bottom inner surface 217 in close proximity to the inner wall 203. In certain embodiments, this proximity distance can be 4 inches or less.
In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser 800 can include a connector 813. See, for example, Figure 8B and Figure 8G. Connector 813 can be an intermediate. In one embodiment, the connector 813 is inserted into one end of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801, i.e., the inner diameter of the porous elongated member 803 of the first end 807 and / or the second end 809. It is possible to include a hollow hose barb 815 for insertion. See, for example, Figure 8G. FIG. 8G can be the opposite side of FIG. 8F, where FIG. 8G shows the gas being decomposed from the connector 813 and from the inner rear wall of the vessel (eg, the inner wall 203 of the second side wall 207). It is possible to show the diffuser-tubing 801 and is shown by a partial top perspective view of the inside of the vessel. As shown in the figure of the FIG. 8 series, it may be the first end 807 that can be removably connected to the hose barb 815 of the connector 813. See, for example, Figure 8G. (In one embodiment, the connector 3013 is within the inner diameter of one end of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801, i.e. the porous elongated member 803 of the first end 807 and / or the second end 809. It is possible to include a hollow hose barb 815 for insertion into. For example, see FIGS. 30A and 30B. In some embodiments, the connector (eg 813 or 3013) is a gas-diffuser-. Connecting at least one of the ends of the tubing 801, i.e., the first end 807 and / or the second end 809, to the end of the airline tubing 819 (see, eg, FIG. 30B); Or for at least one of the ends of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801, i.e. one or more of connecting the first end 807 and / or the second end 809 to the gas source. Can be. Thus, any connector (eg, 813 or 3013) can be an intermediate. Note that different size and / or style connectors (eg 813 and / or 3013) can be used for each of these different connections, for example with differences in hose barbs (eg 815 or 817). I want to be. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the hose barb 815 may be configured to fit within the inner diameter of the porous elongated member 803. The hose barb 817, on the other hand, may be configured to fit into the inner diameter of the airline tubing 819. Both hose barbs (eg, 815 or 817) are capable of facilitating gas flow within a given hose barb. In one embodiment, another connector can connect another end of the air line tubing 819 to a gas source (not shown).
Note that in certain embodiments, the hose barb 817 can be more broadly characterized as an airline tubing connector 817. And, in certain embodiments, the airline tubing connector 817 can include a hose barb 817. In certain embodiments, the airline tubing connector 817 has some threaded portion, such as an outer threaded portion for a complementary connection to a nut 832, which can have an inner threaded portion. It is possible to include parts. See, for example, Figure 8G, Figure 7N, and Figure 9C for nut 832.
In certain embodiments, the connector (eg, 813 or 3013) can be attached to the inner wall surface 203 of the vessel 200, at least one base 215, the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200, the heat shield 715, or the LED housing 950. is there. In certain embodiments, the connector (eg, 813 or 3013) can be attached to the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200, which is close to the inner wall 203 (eg, rear wall) of the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 8G, 30A, and 30B. In certain embodiments, this proximity distance can be no more than 2 inches. In some embodiments, the nature of this attachment can be removable, while in other embodiments, the attachment is permanent. FIG. 8G may show a connector 813 for connecting to the inner wall surface 203 of the rear wall at at least one port 210.
In terms of how the connector can be attached to the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200, at least one base 215, the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200, the shield 715, or the LED housing 950, the connector 813 is a connector 3013. Can be different from. Connector 813 is a connector 3013 in terms of how at least some of the gas can be delivered (passed) from the airline tubing 819 to one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s in an internal volume 220. Can be different from. Connector 813 may be used in a bulkhead connection fashion through at least one port 210 through the inner wall 203 (eg, the back wall) into the (substantially dry) mechanical compartment 251. .. In certain embodiments, it is possible that on the internal volume 220 side, there is a gasket 831 for sealing the inner wall surface 203 (eg, the rear wall surface). See, for example, Figure 8G. Gasket 831 can be removably defined to demarcate a portion of hose barb 817. In certain embodiments, it is possible that on the mechanical compartment 251 side, there is a portion (or threaded portion 817) of the hose barb 817 for connection to the end of the air line tubing 819. In certain embodiments, the connector 813 can include a hose barb 817 (and / or a threaded portion 817) for connection to the end of the air line tubing 819. In certain embodiments, washers and / or nuts 832 can be present on the mechanical compartment 251 side, and the connector 813 can be any (or minimal) liquid 101 into the mechanical compartment 251. Ensure that it can be secured to the inner wall 203 without leakage. See, for example, Figure 8G, Figure 7N, and Figure 9C.
The connector 3013, on the other hand, can be used in a "lift over" configuration, with a portion of the airline tubing 819 above the rim 225 (or above the top opening 226, or in the top slot inside the rim 225. (Up) and down into the liquid 101 in the internal volume 220 where the connector 3013 can be present. See, for example, FIGS. 30A and 30B. FIG. 30A may show a "lifting over" mode in which one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s located within the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200 are secured to the airline tubing 819. A portion of the air line tubing 819 may be located outside the internal volume 220. "Lift over" can be for the Vessel 200 rim 225. FIG. 30B may be a close-up detail of the contiguous zone of FIG. 30A, where one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s may be removably connected to the airline tubing 819 via the connector 3013. .. In certain embodiments, the airline tubing 819, which may be in an internal volume 220, can be fitted into a groove along the rear wall of the vessel (eg, vessel 200). In certain embodiments, this groove can be an air line tubing channel 3021. In certain embodiments, the airline tubing channel 3021 can extend from the bottom inner surface 217 to the rim 225 in a substantially vertical fashion. See, for example, Figure 30A.
In certain embodiments, the connector 3013 is provided by some area such as the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200, at least one base 215, the bottom inner surface of the vessel 200 217, the shield 715, and / or the LED housing 950 (eg, snap fit). Alternatively, it can include a flange 3019 that will be captured (via a friction fit). See, for example, Figure 30B. In FIG. 30B, the flange 3019 can be removably captured by the flange-receiver 3020. In certain embodiments, the flange-receiver 3020 may be attached to (or with) the inner wall surface 203 of the vessel 200, at least one base 215, the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200, the shield 715, and / or the LED housing 950 and the like. It is integrated). The nature of the fit between the flange 3019 and the flange-receiver 3020 can be press fit or friction fit. The flange-receiver 3020 can include a pair of oppositely arranged slots (ie, grooves) that are sized to accommodate the flange 3019. See, for example, Figure 30B. In FIG. 30B, the flange-receiver 3020 may be attached to (or integrated with) the bottom inner surface 217 in close proximity to the inner wall 203 (eg, the back wall). In certain embodiments, this proximity distance can be 4 inches or less.
In one embodiment, the connector 3013 is inserted into one end of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801, i.e., the inner diameter of the porous elongated member 803 of the first end 807 and / or the second end 809. It is possible to include a hollow hose barb 815 for insertion. See, for example, Figure 30B. In certain embodiments, the connector 3013 can include a hollow hose barb 817 for insertion into the inner diameter of one end air line tubing 819. See, for example, Figure 30B.
In certain embodiments, the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 may be positioned within the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 8A, 8C, 8D, and 8E. In certain embodiments, one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s are physically located on the inner wall 203 of the vessel 200, at least one base 215, the bottom inner surface of the vessel 200, the shield 715, and / or the LED housing 950. Can be positioned in contact with each other or in close proximity to it. In certain embodiments, one or more portions of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 may be positioned in physical contact with or in close proximity to the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, proximity can be 2 inches or less. See, for example, FIGS. 8A, 8C, 8D, and 8E.
In certain embodiments, at least a portion of one gas-diffuser-tubing 801 selected from one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s is part of the longitudinal centerline of at least one base 215 of the vessel 200. Can be positioned along. See, for example, FIGS. 8A and 8C. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to position one or more parts of the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 along this longitudinal centerline of at least one base 215, with the face 9010 being the vessel 200. Air bubble 125 density is released where it is more likely to interact with User 9000 Face 9010 or benefit User 9000 Face 9010 when it can be immersed in a portion of Liquid 101 in. It is becoming more likely to be done.
In certain embodiments, the one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s located within the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200 are each gas-selected from one or more gas-diffusers-tubing 801s. The first end 807 of the diffuser-tubing 801 can be arranged in a layout configuration that can be positioned closer to the rear wall of the vessel 200 than to the front wall of the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s located within the internal volume 220 of the vessel 200 are each gas-selected from one or more gas-diffusers-tubing 801s. The diffuser-tubing 801 may be placed in a layout configuration such that the second end 809 can be positioned closer to the front wall of the vessel 200 than to the rear wall of the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 8A and 8C.
In certain embodiments, each gas-diffuser-tubing 801 selected from one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s is a straight line (substantially) linear from the back wall to the front wall. It is possible to proceed in the right direction. See, for example, FIGS. 8A and 8C.
In certain embodiments, each gas-diffuser-tubing 801 selected from one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s is linear over a first length from the back wall to the front wall. It is possible to travel in a linear direction, and then the gas-diffuser-tubing 801 can travel with one or more bends, but the maximum number of bends is inside the bottom. The surface area of the surface 217; the surface area between the LED housings 950; the surface area between at least one side wall 205; and / or the surface area between the longitudinal arms (prongs) of the shield 715 may be limiting and / or constrained. See, for example, Figure 29.
In one embodiment, some layout configurations of one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s when viewed from above are letter U, letter W (with rounded corners), letter I, Letter L, number 1, oval, circular, rectangular with rounded corners, other patterns that can fit between LED housings 950, other patterns that can fit between at least one side wall 205 , And / or can resemble other patterns that can fit between the longitudinal arms (prongs) of the shield 715 and the like. See, for example, Figure 29. A pattern that emits and / or directs a larger amount or density of bubbles 125 and / or brings a larger amount or density of bubbles 125 into contact with the user 900's face 9010 may be desirable and exemplary. ..
In certain embodiments, the airline tubing 819 can provide an enclosed non-porous path for at least some delivery of gas from the gas source to one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. is there. A portion of the air line tubing 819 may be shown in Figure 30B, otherwise the air line tubing 819 may not be shown.
In certain embodiments, the airline tubing 819 can extend from the gas source to one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. In certain embodiments, the airline tubing 819 can extend from the gas source to the connector 813 or connector 3013, and the connector 813 or connector 3013 connects to one or more gas-diffuser-tubing 801s. Can be done. As mentioned above, some portion of the airline tubing 819 may be passed through port 210 into the rear wall of the vessel 200 (see, eg, FIG. 8G). As mentioned above, some portion of the airline tubing 819 may be passed above the rim 225 or above the top opening 226 of the vessel 200 and into the internal volume 220. See, for example, FIGS. 30A and 30B.
Also, in certain embodiments, the aerator can include air line tubing 819. The air line tubing 819 connects the gas source to a gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800) and provides an enclosed path (and) for delivering gas, or at least some of the gas, from the gas source to the gas diffuser. , Non-porous pathway) can be provided. In certain embodiments, one or more check valves may be arranged along the length of the air line tubing 819. The check valve can prevent the liquid 101 from traveling through the airline tubing 819 towards the gas source.
In certain embodiments, the air pump can be replaced with one or more cylinders (gas cylinders) as a source of gas to the gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800). The gas in these one or more cylinders can be selected from gases that can be safe for human skin or gas that can be safe for terrestrial vertebrate skin. One or more gas cylinders may be selected from compressed air cylinders, oxygen cylinders, nitrogen cylinders, carbon dioxide cylinders, and / or nitrous oxide and the like. In such an embodiment, a suitable pressure regulator may be used between the cylinder and / or the gas diffuser.
In certain embodiments, the air pump is capable of accepting air and pushing such air into a gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800). In certain embodiments, the air pump can include power code 1116. The power code 1116 is capable of receiving power from the power supply source 1115, such as an electrical outlet. The power received by the air pump can provide the power needed to pump (and compress) the air with sufficient force to deliver the air to the gas diffuser.
In certain embodiments, the air pump may be located outside the internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the air pump may be located inside or partially inside the mechanical compartment 251. In certain embodiments, the air pump may be located outside the vessel 200. In certain embodiments, the gas diffuser can be positioned within an internal volume 220, allowing multiple pores to expel air into the internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, the air pump may be housed on an outer wall surface 202. In certain embodiments, the air pump may be housed in at least one base 215.
In certain embodiments, the air pump can be replaced with a compressor 1110 (see, eg, FIG. 11A). In certain embodiments, the air pump can be a compressor 1110. In such an embodiment, the compressor 1110 may be configured to supply air to two or more face soaking devices 100. One or more compressors 1110 may be used to operate multiple face soaking devices 100. Additional piping systems, such as manifolds, check valves, valves, filters, oil traps, and / or pressure regulators, when the compressor 1110 can be used to supply air to any face soaking device 100. Components can also be included.
In certain embodiments, the aerator can include a foam controller. In certain embodiments, the foam controller can be a pressure regulator and can communicate with a gas source or air line tubing 819. In certain embodiments, the foam controller can be electrically communicated with an air pump or compressor 1110. By controlling how strong the air pump or compressor 1110 can work (eg, when measured by the output pressure), the foam controller produces the strength of the foam 125 produced from the gas diffuser (eg, when measured by the output pressure). It is possible to control the density). The foam controller may be configured to be engaged by user 9000.
In certain embodiments, the foam controller can be a dial type controller of either analog or digital design. In such an embodiment, the user 9000 can rotate the dial to increase or decrease the strength of the foam produced. Also, in such an embodiment, the user 9000 can switch on and off the air pump.
In certain embodiments, the foam controller may be mounted on one of the outer wall 202 of the vessel 200. In such an embodiment, the wiring from the foam controller to the air pump or compressor 1110 extends through and / or at least partially through at least one wall 201 and / or at least one base 215. obtain. For example, it is, at least in part, between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b.
In certain embodiments, the foam controller may be mounted on top of an air pump or compressor 1110. In one embodiment, the foam controller is stand-alone and electricity is supplied to the air pump or compressor 1110 via at least one wire disposed between the foam controller and the air pump or compressor 1110. It is possible to communicate with each other.
In certain embodiments, all of the functionality of the foam controller may be fulfilled by the controller 1100, and there may not be a separate foam controller.
In certain embodiments, a given face-soaking device (eg, face-soaking device 100) can include at least one electromagnetic (EM) emitter 900. See, for example, the figures in the Figure 9 series. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 is capable of emitting EM radiation at a wavelength selected from the range of about 1 picometer (pm) to about 100 megameters (Mm). Note that unless otherwise stated, "about" can mean plus or minus 10% in this context. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 is capable of emitting EM radiation at a wavelength selected from the gamma ray to an extremely low frequency range. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 is gamma-ray, hard-x-ray, soft-X-ray, ultra-ultraviolet (UV), near-UV, visible, near-infrared (IR), medium-IR, far-IR, microwave, Radio waves, ultra low frequency, ultra low frequency It is possible to radiate EM radiation at a wavelength selected from one or more of the groups including frequency) and / or very low frequencies.
At least one EM emitter 900 does not necessarily have to be a single device capable of radiating over the entire EM spectrum (different techniques may be required to produce wavelengths in a given range). Rather, at least one EM emitter 900 can be a large number of EM radiating devices, and each different EM radiating device can radiate a specific range of wavelengths, these It should be noted that different EM radiating devices can collectively cover the entire EM spectrum or a portion thereof as a group.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in embodiments where treatment of human skin, mammalian skin, and / or terrestrial vertebrate skin can benefit from such treated skin. , Visible light spectrum (about 380 nanometers (nm) to about 770 nm), near UV, UV, and / or near IR wavelengths can be emitted from at least one EM emitter 900. Treating such skin at such wavelengths may be known as "phototherapy" and benefits the skin tissue and / or organisms. However, until the present invention, such phototherapy has not been performed in combination with simultaneously removably immersing the skin in liquid 101 and / or in combination with exposure to foam 125. Foam 125 is capable of improving the effectiveness of such phototherapy through optical chain recognition (OCR) as further discussed in the discussion of the figures in the Figure 12 series below. And / or the liquid 101 itself (with additives in some embodiments) can also improve the effectiveness of such phototherapy.
In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 is a light emitting diode (LED), incandescent bulb (including halogen light source), fluorescent light source, high intensity discharge (HID) light source, mercury lamp, metal halide lamp, high pressure sodium (HPS). Sources, lasers, measurers, transducers, magnetrons, chrystrons, traveling wave tubes (TWTs), gyrotrons, electric field effect transistors (at least at lower EM frequencies), tunnel diodes, gunn diodes (transferred electron devices (TEDs)), and / Alternatively, it may include one or more of an IMPATT diode (impactionization avalanche transit-time diode) and the like.
In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 may be configured to emit light in the visible spectrum (visible to humans). In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 may be configured to emit light in the invisible spectrum, such as infrared (IR), near infrared, and ultraviolet (UV). In certain embodiments, the at least one EM emitter 900 can be at least one LED. Currently, various LEDs may be available to emit light from the UV spectrum through the visible spectrum into the IR spectrum. In certain embodiments, the at least one EM emitter 900 can be at least one incandescent light source and / or at least one fluorescent lamp source.
In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 includes a vessel (eg, vessel 200), a breathing device (eg, breathing device 400), a headrest subassembly (eg, headrest subassembly 500), a heater subassembly (eg, shield). 715) and / or may be removably attached to one or more of the gas diffusers (eg, gas diffuser 800). In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 may be configured to radiate electromagnetic radiation (EM) into an internal volume 220, the radiated EM irradiating user 9000's face 9010 through liquid 101. It is designed to be able to (ie, illuminate). A portion of at least one EM emitter 900 from which the EM can be radiated can be oriented towards an internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can be a stand-alone component that is removable and can be installed within an internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can be constructed as a component of at least one wall 201 and / or at least one base 215, and the radiated EM can be directed towards an internal volume 220. It has become like. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, in certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can be constructed as an insert, in which case at least one wall 201 and / or at least one base. 215 can be molded around such inserts.
In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can include a power source 1115. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can receive power from power source 1115, either directly or indirectly, via controller 1110. The power source 1115 can be a battery, and in certain embodiments, at least one battery can be rechargeable. In certain embodiments, the power supply 1115 can be independent of a given face soaking device. In certain embodiments, the power supply 1115 may be wired, for example, to an electrical cord 1116 connected to an electrical outlet on the wall. Such an electrical cord 1116 can pass through at least one port 210 and can be sealed by an electrical cord gasket to prevent leakage of the liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, such EMs emitted from at least one EM emitter 900 can be used for a variety of phototherapy treatments for User 9000. Numerous studies have shown considerable skin benefits from phototherapy. Such skin benefits promote skin tissue repair for faster acne healing; reduce pain associated with skin problems; reduce redness associated with acne; reduce skin inflammation; Reducing pore size and / or minimizing enlarged pores; reducing post-acne scars; promoting healthier skin tones; and / or smoother It is possible to include promoting the color and luster of the skin. In addition to phototherapy, which has a direct benefit to the skin, phototherapy can provide indirect benefits, for example, phototherapy can be sedative and relaxing for the user 9000. is there. Such sedative and relaxing phototherapy can then relieve stress and relieve headaches. Relieving stress can promote reduced blood pressure, healing of damaged skin, and a stronger immune system. In certain embodiments, various face soaking devices (eg, face soaking device 100) can be used for phototherapeutic purposes with or without liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, various safety mechanisms, such as timers and / or filters that can limit EM exposure to User 9000, allow powerful EM to be emitted from at least one EM Emitter 900. Can be used for protection. Powerful EM can also include IR, UV, and visible light of sufficient brightness. A strong EM can be an EM that can harm the User 9000 over a given sufficient exposure time and / or an EM that is strong enough to be offensive to the User 9000.
In certain embodiments, UV EM emitted from at least one EM emitter 900 can be used for skin tanning purposes, such as facial tanning.
In certain embodiments, the UV EM (or higher energy EM) emitted from at least one EM emitter 900 is in the liquid 101 and / or the emitted UV EM (or higher energy). It can be used to sterilize or reduce microbial loading on the inner (inner) surface within the internal volume 220 receiving EM).
In certain embodiments, the at least one EM emitter 900 may be shielded and / or insulated from the liquid 101, preventing the liquid 101 from wetting the electronics of the at least one EM emitter 900. Such shielding and / or insulation may be for mitigating unintentional short circuits and / or for mitigating unintentional electrocution of User 9000. Such embodiments can utilize low voltage and / or leak detecting means. When a leak of liquid 101 into an electronic device of any electrical component of various face-soaking device embodiments (eg, face-soaking device 100) is detected, the leak-detecting means draws current to such electrical component. It is possible to discontinue.
Now let's look at an embodiment of at least one EM Emitter 900 shown in the figures in the FIG. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can include at least one LED array 901. Figures in the Figure 9 series can include Figures 9A through 9C. FIG. 9A may be a partial view of at least one LED array 901 shown to be inserted into a given LED housing 950 of the vessel lining 200a, a partial of the vessel (eg, vessel 200). It is shown by a top perspective view showing an inner view. The LED housing 950 shown in Figure 9A may be notched. FIG. 9B may show at least one LED array 901, the at least one LED array 901 being disassembled and disposed between the vessel lining 200a and the vessel cover 200b, the vessel lining 200a. And the vessel cover 200b is capable of forming a vessel (eg, vessel 200). FIG. 9C may be a bottom perspective view of the vessel lining 200a of the vessel (eg, vessel 200) of the face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100). FIG. 9C may show access to the LED housing 950 for at least one LED array 901.
In certain embodiments, at least one LED array 901 can include two LED arrays 901. See, for example, FIGS. 2G, 9B, and 9C. In some embodiments, the least one LED array 901 also includes one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or ten of the LED array 901 It can be included.
In certain embodiments, the given at least one LED array 901 can be an elongated member. In certain embodiments, the elongated member can include at least one LED 902 along the meridian of the elongated member. See, for example, Figure 9A. In certain embodiments, at least one LED 902 can include multiple LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) along the meridians of its elongated members. The plurality of LEDs or at least one LED 902 may be configured to emit EM and / or light outwards (as described above for at least one EM emitter 900). In certain embodiments, the EM may dispose of the plurality of LEDs or at least one LED 902 on only one side of its elongated member, when the face 9010 can be removed within a portion of the internal volume 220. It can be radiated towards face 9010. See, for example, Figure 2G and Figure 9A. At least one end of such an elongated member, it is possible that electrical connections and / or electrical wires project. Such electrical wires can be connected to the controller 1100 (eg, in the mechanical compartment) and / or the power supply 1115. See, for example, FIGS. 9B and 9C. In certain embodiments, at least one LED array 901 can be rigid to semi-rigid. In certain embodiments, the at least one LED array 901 can be flexible.
In certain embodiments, at least one LED array 901 can be housed within the LED housing 950. See, for example, Figure 9A. In certain embodiments, it is possible that there is one LED housing 950 for each at least one LED array 901. In certain embodiments, the LED housing 950 can be a component of at least one base 215. In certain embodiments, the LED housing 950 can be a bottom component of the vessel lining 200a. In certain embodiments, the LED housing 950 is capable of projecting from the bottom inner surface 217 into an internal volume 220. See, for example, Figure 9A. In certain embodiments, the LED housing 950 can include a cavity, i.e., an LED housing-cavity 951, which can be sized to fit virtually all of at least one LED array 901. In certain embodiments, the LED housing-cavity 951 may be accessible from the bottom of at least one base 215. In certain embodiments, the LED housing-cavity 951 may be accessible from the bottom of the vessel lining 200a. In certain embodiments, the LED housing-cavity 951 can be a slot. See, for example, Figure 9C. Also, in certain embodiments, the LED housing 950 can include an opening 952, which may be accessible from the rear wall of the vessel lining 200a. In certain embodiments, the opening 952 can provide access to the LED housing-cavity 951. See, for example, Figure 9C. The electrical wire connected to at least one LED array 901 is capable of protruding from the opening 952. These electrical wires can project into the mechanical compartment 251. These electrical wires are controller 1100
In certain embodiments, at least some portion of each LED housing 950 is optically transparent, from at least one EM emitter 900 (or from at least one LED array 901) into an internal volume 220. EM emission can be enabled. In certain embodiments, at least some portion of each LED housing 950 can include at least a window, which can be optically transparent.
The figures in the FIG. 10 series can include FIGS. 10A and 10B. These figures in FIG. 10 can be views of the membrane switch subassembly 1000. In certain embodiments, the Membrane Switch Subassembly 1000 allows User 9000 to use, control, operate, update, program, and / or use Controller 1100 housed in a mechanical compartment 251. It can be at least one local means for troubleshooting. Local can mean that the membrane switch subassembly 1000 can be attached to a given face soaking device embodiment (eg, face soaking device 100). In certain embodiments, the Membrane Switch Subassembly 1000 allows User 9000 to use, control, and operate various electronic components of a given Face Soaking Device Embodiment (eg, Face Soaking Device 100). It can be at least one local means for updating, updating, and / or troubleshooting. In certain embodiments, these various electronic components are a heater subassembly (eg, heater subassembly 700), a gas diffuser (eg, gas pump, compressor 1110, and / or solenoid valve), and at least one EM emitter. It can include one or more of (eg, at least one LED array 901), a controller 1100, a fan 1117 for cooling the mechanical compartment 251, a thermostat 1107, and / or a foam controller. ..
FIG. 10A may be a top view of the Membrane Switch Cover 1001 of the Membrane Switch Subassembly 1000, which is shown by a partial top view of a face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100). FIG. 10B may show a portion of the membrane switch subassembly 1000 that has been disassembled from the vessel (eg, vessel 200) and is shown by an upper perspective exploded view.
In certain embodiments, a given face soaking device can include a membrane switch subassembly 1000. In certain embodiments, the membrane switch subassembly 1000 can include a membrane switch cover 1001 and a membrane switch electronics 1007. See, for example, Figure 10B.
In certain embodiments, the membrane switch cover 1001 can be a substantially planar member. However, the membrane switch cover 1001 can include one or more regions of raised or recessed upper surface geometry with respect to where the user 9000 can engage the membrane switch cover 1001. These areas of the raised or recessed upper surface geometry may be area 1002 of one or more engagements and / or area 1005 of the engagements and / or status indicators. it can. That is, in certain embodiments, the membrane switch cover 1001 may include an area 1002 of one or more engaging portions and / or an area 1005 of the engaging portion and / or status indicator. See, for example, Figure 10A. In certain embodiments, the area of the membrane switch cover 1001 is such that the area of the membrane switch cover 1001 is located under the membrane switch cover 100, in close proximity to at least one of the areas 1002 of one or more engaging parts. Such as, may be configured to allow or relay status indicators from display means. In certain embodiments, this area can be at least one status indicator 1003. In some embodiments, proximity can be no more than an inch. In certain embodiments, the membrane switch cover 1001 can be water resistant. In certain embodiments, the area 1002 of one or more engaging parts, at least one status indicator 1003, and / or the area 1005 of the engaging part and / or status indicator can be substantially transparent. .. In certain embodiments, the area 1002 of one or more engaging parts, at least one status indicator 1003, and / or the area 1005 of the engaging part and / or status indicator can be transparent.
In certain embodiments, the engagement and / or status indicator area 1005 can be flat. In certain embodiments, the engagement and / or status indicator area 1005 can be substantially flat. In certain embodiments, the engagement and / or status indicator area 1005 allows or relays status indications from display means, such as a screen (monitor) located under the membrane switch cover 1001. Can be configured to. This screen (monitor) can be an LED screen and / or an LCD (liquid crystal display) screen.
In certain embodiments, the membrane switch electronics 1007 can include one or more sensors 1008 and wiring 1009 connecting the one or more sensors 1008. See, for example, Figure 10B. In certain embodiments, the membrane switch electronics 1007 may be disposed under the membrane switch cover 1001. In certain embodiments, the membrane switch electronics 1007 can be in physical contact with at least some of the bottom surface of the membrane switch cover 1001. In certain embodiments, it is possible that there is one sensor 1008 for each area of engagement 1002. See, for example, Figure 10B. In certain embodiments, it is possible (not shown) that there is a sensor located below the engagement and / or area of status indicator 1005. In certain embodiments, each sensor 1008 is capable of receiving user 9000 pressure directly exerted on a given area of engagement 1002, which can then be applied to sensor 1008. In certain embodiments, at least some of the wires 1009 can pass through passage 1022 leading to controller 1100. See, for example, Figure 10B.
10A and 10B show five engagement areas 1002 and five sensors 1008, but in some embodiments there are more or less engagement areas 1002 and sensors 1008. Note that it is possible to do so. Also, for example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the same or equivalent functionality is arranged under one engagement area and one engagement area. It can be realized with one sensor, which communicates with that one area of engagement.
From a functional point of view, the Membrane Switch Subassembly 1000 switches on and off any electronic component of a given face soaking device embodiment; switches on and off a given heater subassembly; max. To set the liquid 101 temperature; to set the minimum liquid 101 temperature; to set the desired liquid 101 temperature; to heat or cool the liquid 101; to set the alarm; to turn off the alarm; (optional) Setting timers (for electronic components of); controlling the right electronic device separately from the left electronic device (eg, right LED array 901-vs.-left LED array 901); mechanical compartment Switching on and off fan 1117 in 251; switching on and off the gas pump; switching on and off compressor 1110; opening and closing solenoid valves; changing the intensity of production of bubbles 125 from the gas diffuser To switch on and off at least one EM emitter 900; to weaken or strengthen at least one EM emitter 900; and / or to select a light color pattern from the LED array 901, etc. For multiple, it can be used to initiate input to controller 1100. Some outputs, such as status indications, may be displayed on at least one status indicator 1003 and / or on the engagement and / or status indicator area 1005.
In certain embodiments, the membrane switch subassembly 1000 may be positioned above the roof 1020 of the vessel 200. See, for example, FIGS. 10A and 10B. In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include a roof 1020. In certain embodiments, the roof 1020 may be positioned close to the rim 225 along the rear portion of the vessel 200 (eg, above the second side wall 207). See, for example, FIGS. 10A and 10B. In some embodiments, proximity can be no more than 3 inches.
In certain embodiments, the roof 1020 can be the upper outer surface of the rim 225 or a portion thereof, or can be in close proximity to the rim 225. In certain embodiments, the roof 1020 can be a substantially flat top surface. In certain embodiments, the roof 1020 can be a substantially horizontal flat structure with respect to the bottom inner surface 217 of the vessel 200's internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the roof 1020 can include a slope. In certain embodiments, the roof 1020 can be a roof relative to the mechanical compartment 251. In certain embodiments, the roof 1020 may be disposed above the mechanical compartment 251 at least some portion.
In one embodiment, the roof 1020 is configured to accommodate substantially all of the membrane switch cover 1001 and the membrane switch electronics 1007 (minus the portion of wiring 1009 that can pass through passage 1022). It is possible to include various recesses. See, for example, Figure 10B. This flat recess can be the membrane switch receiving recess 1021. In certain embodiments, substantially all of the membrane switch electronics 1007 (minus the portion of wiring 1009 that can pass through passage 1022) may be disposed between the membrane switch cover 1001 and the membrane switch receiving recess 1021. .. See, for example, Figure 10B. In certain embodiments, the membrane switch receiving recess 1021 can include a passage 1022. See, for example, Figure 10B. In certain embodiments, the passage 1022 can be a hole from the membrane switch receiving recess 1021 into the mechanical compartment 251. Passage 1022 can allow some of the wiring 1009 to pass into the mechanical compartment 251. In certain embodiments, some of such wiring 1009 can be connected to controller 1100. In certain embodiments, passage 1022 includes a sealer, such as silicone and / or gasket or O-ring, which can minimize fluid leakage into the mechanical compartment 251.
FIG. 11A may illustrate an exemplary embodiment of controller 1100 of a face soaking device (eg, relating to the face soaking device 100) and is shown as a block diagram. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of controlling the operational functionality of one or more electrical components of a given face soaking device embodiment. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can communicate with one or more electrical components of a given face soaking device embodiment. In certain embodiments, one or more electrical components of a given face-soaking device embodiment are heater subassemblies (eg, heater subassembly 700, eg, heating element 701), gas diffusers (eg, air pumps, etc.). Compressor 1110 and / or solenoid valve), at least one EM emitter (eg at least one LED array 901), membrane switch subassembly 1000, level indicator 1105, temperature sensor 1106, thermostat 1107, output means 1103, network adapter It is possible to include one or more of the 1104, the power supply 1115, and / or the fan 1117 for cooling the mechanical compartment 251 and the like.
In certain embodiments, controller 1100 can include processor 1101 and memory 1102. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the memory 1102 and the processor 1101 can communicate with each other. In certain embodiments, such communication is via electrical wiring, optical wiring, circuit wiring, one or more integrated (printed) circuit boards (PCBs), and / or chips. be able to. In certain embodiments, memory 1102 is capable of storing software (eg, code) non-temporarily, and processor 1101 runs the software and controls one or more electronic components. Is possible.
In certain embodiments, the membrane switch subassembly 1000 is electrically connected to processor 1101 (either directly [eg, via some wiring 1009] or via a bus). It is possible. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, such electrical communication can be via electrical wiring, for example, through some wiring 9000. In certain embodiments, the membrane switch subassembly 1000 is capable of receiving user 9000 inputs. In one embodiment, the Membrane Switch Subassembly 1000 sends those received user 9000 inputs to processor 1101 (to interpret according to software and / or code that is non-temporarily stored in memory 1102). It can be directed or communicated.
In certain embodiments, the user 9000 input (eg, from the Membrane Switch Subassembly 1000) that can be interpreted by processor 1101 can be selected from one or more of the following: It switches on and off any electronic component of a given face-soaking device embodiment; switches on and off a given heater subassembly; sets the maximum liquid 101 temperature; minimum liquid 101 To set the temperature; to set the desired liquid 101 temperature; to heat or cool the liquid 101; to set the alarm; to turn off the alarm; to set the timer (for any electronic component) That; control the right electronic device separately from the left electronic device (eg, right LED array 901-vs-left LED array 901); switch on and off fan 1117 in the mechanical compartment 251. To switch on and off the gas pump; to switch on and off the compressor 1110; to open and close the solenoid valve; to change the intensity of the production of bubbles 125 from the gas diffuser; to switch on at least one EM emitter 900 To switch on and off; to weaken or strengthen at least one EM emitter 900; and / or to select a light color pattern from the LED array 901, and so on.
In certain embodiments, the input means for the controller 1100 can include one or more of the following: It is a membrane switch subassembly 1000, microphone, at least one button, at least one switch, at least one lever, at least one dial, at least one slide, touch screen, keyboard, joystick, mouse, and / or payment device. And so on. In certain embodiments, the input means for the controller 1100 can also come from one or more mobile computing devices 1150 (see, eg, FIG. 11B).
In certain embodiments, and one or more of the methods described and disclosed herein, and / or one or more of the steps may be implemented as a computer program, software, firmware, processor (eg, eg). Contains code that can be executed by processor 1101) on controller 1100. Such computer programs, software, firmware, and / or code may be stored non-temporarily in computer-readable media, such as memory 1102.
Various aspects of systems and methods for practicing the features of the invention may be implemented on one or more computer systems. For example, various controller 1100 components can include, but are not limited to, processor 1101, memory 1102, output means 1103, network adapter 1104, thermostat 1107, temperature sensor 1106, and level indicator 1105. Any one of can be connected directly or indirectly through an interconnect mechanism, which can be electrical wiring, optical wiring, one or more buses, switches, networks, clouds. , And / or any other suitable interconnect can be included. Membrane switch subassembly 1000 and / or one or more mobile computing devices 1150 can receive input from user 9000. At least one status indicator 1003 and / or an area of engagement and / or status indicator 1005 displays output and / or status indications associated with a given face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100). It is possible to do. In one embodiment, the controller 1100 (via the network adapter 1104) transmits information (eg, output and / or status indication) to the user 9000 via one or more mobile computing devices 1150. Is possible.
Also, a processor (eg, processor 1101 of controller 1100) may execute one or more computer programs, such as software, firmware, and / or code for implementing various methods and / or processes. Is possible. These computer programs may be written in any type of computer programming language, including procedural programming languages, object-oriented programming languages, macro languages, or combinations thereof.
These computer programs may be stored non-temporarily in a computer-readable medium, such as memory 1102. Such non-temporary storage in computer-readable media can be in volatile or non-volatile media and can be fixed or removable. obtain. Such computer-readable media can include tangible computer-readable and computer-writable non-volatile recording media, on which the computer program or information that will be used by the program. The defining signal can be stored non-temporarily. The recording medium for a computer-readable medium can be, for example, disk memory, flash memory, and / or any other manufactured product that can be used to record and store information. Typically, during operation, a processor (eg, processor 1101) can load data from a non-volatile recording medium into volatile memory (eg, random access memory, or RAM), which is non-volatile. Allows faster access to data and / or information by the process than from sex recording media. Processors are generally capable of manipulating data and / or information in RAM memory and then copying the manipulated data and / or information to a non-volatile recording medium after processing is complete. is there. Various mechanisms are known to manage the movement of data between the medium and integrated circuit memory elements, and the present invention can be any mechanism, whether currently known or later developed. Not limited. Also, the various embodiments of the present invention are not limited to a particular processor or to a particular computer-readable medium (whether volatile or non-volatile).
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can include output means 1103. In certain embodiments, the output means 1103 is capable of electrically communicating with the processor 1101. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the output means 1103 may be selected from one or more of speakers, buzzers, noise makers, display screens, LEDs, and / or lights and the like. In certain embodiments, the output means 1103 may include a screen (monitor) associated with the membrane switch subassembly 1000, which screen (monitor) is below the area of engagement and / or status indicator 1005. It can be an LED screen and / or an LCD (liquid crystal display) screen to be displayed on. In certain embodiments, the output means 1103 may include an LED that displays under at least one status indicator 1003.
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can include a network adapter 1104. In certain embodiments, the network adapter 1104 is capable of electrically communicating with processor 1101. In certain embodiments, such electrical communication shall be via electrical wiring, buses, circuits, one or more integrated (printed) circuit boards (PCBs), and / or chips. Can be done. In certain embodiments, the network adapter 1104 can include one or more of modems and / or routers. In certain embodiments, the network adapter 1104, modem, and / or router can each include at least one radio or at least one antenna. In certain embodiments, at least one radio and / or at least one antenna is configured for one or more of receiving radio transmissions and / or broadcasting radio transmissions: Can be done. In certain embodiments, one or more of the network adapter 1104, modem, or router may provide wireless communication via a wireless communication protocol that utilizes at least one radio or at least one antenna. is there.
In certain embodiments, one or more of the network adapters 1104, modems, and / or routers, via at least one radio or at least one antenna, act as one or more gateways and one or more. It is possible to facilitate communication with multiple mobile computing devices 1150. See, for example, Figure 11B. In certain embodiments, the one or more mobile computing devices 1150 may be selected from smartphones, tablet computing devices, laptop computers, desktop computers, servers, smart watches, smart wearables, and the like. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, communication between one or more mobile computing devices 1150 and controller 1100 (eg, face soaking device 100) is a compatible wireless communication protocol. Can be direct through. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, communication between one or more mobile computing devices 1150 and controller 1100 (eg, face soaking device 100) is indirect through network 1160. Can be done (see, for example, Figure 11B). In certain embodiments, the network 1160 can be one or more of LAN (local area network), WAN (wide area network), the Internet, and / or a combination thereof. Thus, the network adapter 1104 is given from remote use, control, operation, updates (eg, updating software, firmware, and / or code, etc.) and / or from one or more mobile computing devices 1150. It can be possible to troubleshoot face soaking devices.
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can include a level indicator 1105. In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include a level indicator 1105. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 is capable of electrically communicating with processor 1101. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 is capable of electrically communicating with the controller 1100. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 is capable of indicating the height level of the liquid 101 in the internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 can indicate whether the liquid 101 is above or below some threshold height level, eg, the maximum liquid level. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 can be an optical sensor. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 can be a float sensor. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 may be attached to some portion of the inner wall surface 203. In certain embodiments, the level indicator 1105 is positioned behind the shield-back-panel 721 and may be attached to some portion of the inner wall 203.
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can electrically communicate with one or more of the heating element 701, the temperature sensor 1106, and the thermostat 1107. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can electrically communicate with one or more of the heating element 701, the temperature sensor 1106, and the thermostat 1107. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can include a thermostat 1107. In certain embodiments, it is possible that there is no independent thermostat 1107, and all such thermostat functionality is entirely by processor 1101 using appropriate software stored non-temporarily in memory 1102. Can be implemented in. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 controls the temperature (or multiple temperatures) of the liquid 101 by controlling at least one heating element 701 and / or by controlling at least one chiller. Is possible. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can include a temperature sensor 1106. In certain embodiments, the temperature sensor 1106 is capable of measuring the heat of the liquid 101. In certain embodiments, the temperature sensor 1106 is capable of measuring the temperature of the liquid 101. In certain embodiments, the temperature sensor 1106 can be a thermometer, an optical thermometer, and / or a thermocouple. In certain embodiments, it is possible that there will be multiple temperature sensors 1106. In certain embodiments, the temperature sensor 1106 may be attached to an inner wall surface 203, a bottom inner surface 217, at least one heating element 701, a shield 715, and / or a surface or structure within an internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can be electrically connected to one or more of the compressor 1110, the air pump, and / or the solenoid valve. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can control whether the gas diffuser (eg, the gas diffuser 800) is on or off. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of controlling the intensity (eg, density) of the bubbles 125 produced (emitted) by the gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800). In certain embodiments, both controller 1100 and compressor 1110 may be positioned within a mechanical compartment. In certain embodiments, the compressor 1110 may be located outside the mechanical compartment.
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of electrically communicating with at least one EM emitter 900. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of controlling whether at least one EM emitter 900 can be turned on or off. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of controlling the intensity (eg, density) of the emitted EM produced by at least one EM emitter 900. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the controller 1100 can include dimmer functionality for at least one EM emitter 900, and at least one EM emitter 900 can dimm. It is possible to include the functionality that enables it. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of controlling the light color pattern from the LED array 901.
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of receiving power from the power source 1115. See, for example, Figure 11A. The controller 1100 can electrically communicate with the power supply 1115. Power supply 1115 is capable of electrically communicating with all electrical components of a given face-soaking device embodiment, either directly or indirectly. Power supply 1115 is capable of providing power to a given face soaking device. Power supply 1115 is capable of powering one or more of the electrical components of a given face-soaking device.
The power supply 1115 can be independent of a given face-soaking device, i.e., in certain embodiments, it is not part of the present invention. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the power supply 115 can be a standard electrical wall outlet. The power supply 1115 may be located outside the mechanical compartment 251. The power cord 1116 can be removably connected to such a standard electrical wall outlet and from a standard electrical wall outlet a given face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100). ), And in face-soaking devices, the power cord 1116 can enter the mechanical compartment 251 at an outer port, such as at least one port 210 (then). Interconnected with controller 1100 and / or electronic components). See, for example, Figure 2E. FIG. 2E shows a rear view of the face soaking device 100 and a power code 1116 emerging from the outer rear wall (eg, second side wall 207).
In certain embodiments, the power supply 1115 is a component of a given face-soaking device, for example, when the power supply 1115 can be a battery, a rechargeable battery, and / or a backup power supply. Can be done. In such an embodiment, the power supply 1115 may be located in the mechanical compartment 251.
In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of electrically communicating with the fan 1117. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 can include a fan 1117. See, for example, Figure 11A. In certain embodiments, the controller 1100 is capable of controlling the fan 1117. In certain embodiments, the face soaking device 100 can include a fan 1117. In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include a fan 1117. In certain embodiments, the mechanical compartment 251 can include a fan 1117. In certain embodiments, the fan 1117 may be positioned within the mechanical compartment 251. In one embodiment, the fan 1117 is capable of cooling the electrical components in the mechanical compartment 251.
FIG. 11B may show the operating environment of a given face soaking device (eg, face soaking device 100). FIG. 11B may show how User 9000 uses, controls, operates, updates, programs, and / or troubleshoots a given face soaking device. User 9000 directly uses, controls, operates, updates, programs, and / or troubleshoots a given face-soaking device embodiment, eg, through the Membrane Switch Subassembly 1000. It is possible. User 9000 uses, controls, operates, updates, programs, and / or troubleshoots a given face soaking device embodiment through one or more mobile computing devices 1150. It is possible that one or more mobile computing devices 1150 can communicate directly with the network adapter 1104, or indirectly with the network adapter 1104 via the network 1160. It is possible.
FIG. 12A may illustrate an exemplary embodiment of a device 1200 (eg, face soaking device 100), where the device 1200 can include a vessel 200 for treating an article and treats the article. The method for doing so is also possible to utilize the device 1200 and is shown by the perspective view. In some exemplary embodiments, the device 1200 can include a vessel 200 and at least one aerator. In some exemplary embodiments, the device 1200 can include a vessel 200 and at least one electromagnetic (EM) emitter 900 (at least one EM emitter 900). In some exemplary embodiments, the device 1200 can include a vessel 200, at least one aerator, and at least one EM emitter 900.
In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include an inner wall surface 203 and an inner volume 220. In certain embodiments, the inner wall 203 is capable of substantially demarcating the inner volume 220, i.e. the inner wall 203 is capable of forming the inner volume 220. "Substantially" as used in the preceding text, it is possible for the vessel 200 to have at least one opening (eg, top opening 226) that provides access to the inner volume 220, ie. It should be noted that the inner wall surface 203 may represent that it does not generally demarcate the inner volume 220 as it does where the opening can be located. In certain embodiments, the inner volume 220 may be sized to removably contain at least a portion of the article. In certain embodiments, the inner volume 220 may be sized to removably contain the entire article. In certain embodiments, the inner volume 220 may be removably fillable with the liquid 101 up to or below the liquid fill level. The liquid filling level can be predetermined and, in certain embodiments, can be indicated in place above the inner wall 203.
In certain embodiments, the vessel 200 can include at least one window 1203. In certain embodiments, at least one window 1203 is substantially transparent and / or can be translucent. In certain embodiments, at least a portion of the vessel 200 can be substantially transparent, translucent, or opaque, or some portion is substantially transparent and / or. It can be translucent, while the other parts can be opaque. It should be noted that transparency and / or translucency can be related to a particular wavelength of EM radiation, such as, but not limited to, visible light. And the use of "substantially" in this paragraph may note that transparency and / or translucency need not be perfect. (Note that at least one window 1203 may be shown in Figure 12B.)
In certain embodiments, at least a portion of the inner wall surface 203 can be electromagnetic (EM) radiation that reflects some predetermined wavelength of EM radiation. For example, and without limiting the scope of the present invention, at least a portion of the inner wall surface 203 can be optically mirrored to reflect visible light, near-ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, and the like. is there. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, at least a portion of the inner wall surface 203 may be substantially constructed from metal to reflect microwaves and the like.
In certain embodiments, the article is an animal, or at least one part of an animal; a vertebrate, or at least one part of a vertebrate; a terrestrial vertebrate, or at least one part of a terrestrial vertebrate; an invertebrate. , Or at least one part of an invertebrate; a mammalian animal, or at least one part of a mammalian animal; a human, or may be selected from a group comprising at least one part of a human. For example, at least one part of a human can be a face, fingers, hands, arms, elbows, shoulders, toes, feet, ankles, lower legs, and thighs. In exemplary applications, the article can be face 9010.
In certain embodiments, the liquid 101 comprises a group of water, oils, gels, slurries, peroxides, alcohols, bleaches, inorganic solvents, organic solvents, protic solvents, weak acids, weak bases, and combinations thereof. You can choose from one or more of them.
In certain embodiments, the liquid 101 can contain at least one additive. In certain embodiments, the at least one additive is an inorganic salt, a mineral salt, an organic salt, a pharmaceutically active compound, at least one herb, at least one humidifier, at least one surfactant, at least one. It can be selected from one or more of the group comprising one dye, at least one oxidizing agent, at least one fragrance, and combinations thereof. In some exemplary embodiments, the liquid 101 can be a variety of aqueous physiological saline solutions.
In certain embodiments, the device 100 can further include a liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, when at least a portion of the article (or any other portion of the article) can be removably submerged in the liquid 101 and the liquid 101 can be removably present in the internal volume 220. , The article can be exposed to the liquid 101, which can treat the article. In certain embodiments, the device 1200 can include at least one aerator, at least a portion of the article (or any other portion of the article) is removably submerged in the liquid 101 and liquid. Both the liquid 101 and the foam 125 can treat a portion of the article that is removably submerged when the 101 and the foam 125 from at least one aerator can be exposed. In certain embodiments, the device 1200 comprises at least one EM emitter 900 in which at least a portion of the article (or any other portion of the article) is removably submerged in the liquid 101, the liquid 101, and the liquid 101. Both liquid 101 and EM radiation 1241 can then treat parts of the article that are removably submerged when they can be exposed to EM radiation 1241 from at least one EM emitter 900. In certain embodiments, device 1200 comprises at least one aerator and at least one EM emitter 900 in which at least a portion of the article (or any other portion of the article) is removably submerged in liquid 101. Liquid 101, foam 125, and at least a portion of EM radiation 1241 can be exposed to at least a portion of the liquid 101, foam 125, and EM radiation 1241 then removably submerged. It is possible to treat the part of.
"Treatment," "treatment," and / or "treating," as used herein, means that benefits can be provided to the article; disadvantages can be provided to the article; Note that it may mean that the article can be physically altered by treatment; and that the article can be chemically altered by treatment, and so on.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, an example of benefit could be the use of devices and / or methods for therapeutic therapy of humans, animals, and / or parts thereof. is there. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, examples of benefits include oxygen therapy, phototherapy, oxygen therapy combined with phototherapy, phototherapy improved by using Foam 125, oxygen therapy as well. It is possible that the device and / or method is used to treat the article by phototherapy improved by the use of the oxygen bubbles provided, and combinations thereof. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, examples of benefits use immersion in liquid 101 (either by itself or in combination with foam 125, oxygen, and phototherapy, etc.). It is possible to use the device 1200 and / or method to treat the skin of an article (by any of) and to treat acne, wrinkles, bruises, lacerations, cuts, and burns.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, examples of disadvantages, or examples of physical changes, or examples of chemical changes are devices and devices for treating articles by ionizing radiation. / Or it may be to use the method. For example, ionizing radiation can be used for the purpose of sterilizing articles. For example, ionizing radiation can be used to induce chemical changes in an article.
For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, examples of disadvantages, or examples of physical changes, or examples of chemical changes are articles, such as the surface of a treated article. And / or it is possible to use the device and / or method to sterilize, induce mutations, dye, and oxidize parts of the article.
In certain embodiments, the at least one aerator can include at least one gas source (eg, compressor 1110) and at least one gas diffuser 800. In certain embodiments, at least one compressor 1110 may be connected to at least one gas diffuser 800 (eg, via air line tubing 819). See, for example, Figure 12A. In certain embodiments, at least one compressor 1110 is capable of delivering gas to at least one gas diffuser 800. In certain embodiments, the at least one gas diffuser 800 may be disposed within an inner volume 220 or may be located on an inner wall surface 203. In certain embodiments, the gas leaving at least one gas diffuser 800 and entering the liquid 101 is capable of forming a plurality of bubbles 125. In certain embodiments, at least one compressor 1110 can be replaced with one or more gas cylinders containing gas. In certain embodiments, the at least one gas diffuser 800 may be connected to at least one compressor 1110 via at least one length of gas line tubing or gas line piping, such as an air line tubing 819. In certain embodiments, the air line tubing 819 can include at least one check valve, flow sensor, pressure sensor, shutoff valve, solenoid valve, and the like. In certain embodiments, the at least one gas diffuser 800 can include multiple gas outlet ports. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the plurality of gas outlet ports can be a porous structure. In certain embodiments, the gas may be selected from one or more of the groups comprising air, oxygen, oxygen-enriched air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the gas can contain oxygen (including air), and exposing the article to such gas is "
In embodiments where the bubbles 125 can be generated from at least the gas diffuser 800, such bubbles 125 can be bubbles and the content of the bubbles can be substantially gas. In certain embodiments, the foam 125 can result from stirring the liquid 101, which can include one or more surfactants. In such an embodiment, the foam 125 can include any gas at the gas-liquid surface interface, such as the atmosphere. In certain embodiments, such agitation may be imparted by at least one jet 1260 and the flow from at least one jet 1260 is directed to the gas-liquid surface interface. In certain embodiments, such agitation can be imparted by at least some stirring action of the liquid 101. Such agitation can be done manually by user 900. Such agitation can be done automatically by a spinnable impeller mounted in an interval volume 220 (not shown).
In certain embodiments, the device 1200 can include at least one heater 700 for heating the liquid 101. See, for example, Figure 12A. In certain embodiments, the at least one heater 700 may be located in an inner volume 220, on an inner wall 203, or in a chamber capable of communicating with the liquid 101. In certain embodiments, heating the liquid 101 with at least one heater 700 is capable of producing convective movement of the liquid 101 within an internal volume 220. In certain embodiments, the at least one heater 700 can include means for preventing overheating of the liquid 101, such as a thermostat and / or temperature sensing means (eg, temperature sensor 1106). In certain embodiments, such means for preventing overheating of the liquid 101 can be, for example, to prevent or minimize burns to the article being treated.
Also, in certain embodiments, at least one heater 700 can be a chiller, allowing the liquid 101 to be cooled. Alternatively, in certain embodiments, the device 1200 can include at least one chiller for cooling the liquid 101. Such a chiller can be positioned in the same place as for at least one heater 700. In certain embodiments, the device 1200 can include a controller for alternating heating and cooling cycles (eg, controller 1100). Such a controller can communicate with at least one heater 700 and / or at least one chiller. Alternating heating and cooling cycles can provide therapeutic benefits to the article being treated, for example, promoting healing against injured tissue.
In certain embodiments, water ice is similarly added to the liquid 101 and it is possible to achieve cryotherapy for the article.
In certain embodiments, the device 1200 may include at least one jet 1260 for circulating the liquid 101 and / or for directing at least one stream of the liquid 101 to a submerged article. It is possible. See, for example, Figure 12A. In some embodiments, at least one jet 1260 is in an inner volume 220, on an inner wall 203, or in a chamber that can communicate with the liquid 101 (this chamber is at least one in some embodiments). It can be positioned the same as or different from the chamber that houses one heater 700). In certain embodiments, at least one jet 1260 can include a pump and / or an impeller.
In certain embodiments, the device 1200 can include at least one EM emitter 900 for emitting at least some emitted EM1241 into the liquid 101. See, for example, Figure 12A. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 may be positioned within the inner volume 220 and / or on the inner wall 203. See, for example, Figure 12A.
FIG. 12B may represent the device 1200 of FIG. 12A, but at least one EM emitter 900 may be shown at various different locations relative to the device 1200 (eg Vessel 200) and is the same. It is shown by a perspective view. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 is located in the inner volume 220, on the inner wall 203, outward from the vessel 200 in a close distance 1251 or 1252, or on the opposite side of the inner wall 203. It can be positioned on the outer surface of the vessel 200 that can be disposed.
In certain embodiments, the at least one EM emitter 900 is at least one EM emitter 1244, at least one EM emitter 1245, at least one EM emitter 1246, at least one EM emitter 1247, at least one EM emitter 1248, and It is possible to include one or more of at least one EM emitter such as 1249. See, for example, Figure 12B.
In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 1244 can be on the inner wall 203. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 1245 may be positioned within an inner volume 220. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 1246 can be positioned on the outer surface of a vessel 200 (eg, outer wall 202) that can be disposed on the opposite side of the inner wall 203. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 1247 can be positioned partially embedded within the wall of the vessel 200, and a portion of the wall can form the inner wall 203. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 1248 may be located outward from the vessel 200 and within a close distance of 1252 from at least one window 203. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 1249 may be located outward from the vessel 200 and within a close distance of 1251 from the vessel 200.
In certain embodiments, the proximity distance 1252 can be 30 feet or less. In certain embodiments, the proximity distance 1251 can be 30 feet or less. In some exemplary embodiments, the proximity distance 1252 can be 5 feet or less. In some exemplary embodiments, the proximity distance 1251 can be 5 feet or less. On the other hand, in some embodiments, an article removably submerged in liquid 101 in an inner volume 220 of the vessel 200, for example when at least one EM emitter 1249 can be Sun. Alternatively, the proximity distance 1251 can be substantially increased by the sunlight providing natural lighting on the part of the article.
Note that in certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can be water resistant. In certain embodiments, at least one EM emitter 900 can be in direct physical contact with the liquid 101. Such embodiments can include at least one EM emitter 1244, at least one EM emitter 1245, and / or one or more of at least one EM emitter 1247.
Each at least one EM emitter 900 is capable of emitting at least some emitted EM1241 into liquid 101. Each at least one EM emitter is capable of emitting at least some emitted EM1241 into liquid 101. See, for example, FIGS. 12A and 12B.
FIG. 12C may show a diagram of the phenomenon of optical chain reaction (OCR) from emitted EM radiation 1241 interacting with at least one bubble 126 from multiple bubbles 125. FIG. 12D may show a diagram of OCR from EM radiation 1241 interacting with multiple bubbles 125, such as, but not limited to, at least one bubble 126 and another bubble 1228. That is, FIG. 12D may show how the OCR from one bubble 126, which arises from the EM from the bubble 126, can continue to occur in the other bubble 1228. Foam 1228 is also capable of accepting EM1241 emitted from at least one EM emitter 900, in addition to accepting EM from foam 126. In certain embodiments, the OCR interaction may require liquid 101, at least one bubble 126 in liquid 101, and emitted EM radiation 1241 in liquid 101.
In certain embodiments, the device 1200 and / or method can include an OCR interaction within each bubble 126/1228 capable of receiving EM radiation (eg, emitted EM radiation 1241). .. The product from one or more OCR interactions improves, outside of at least a portion of the article submerged in the liquid 101, as compared to the absence of the bubbles 125 present in the liquid 101. It is possible to provide the EM radiation coverage that has been achieved. In certain embodiments, each OCR can be formed by EM radiation that passes through the liquid 101 and interacts with at least some of the bubbles from the plurality of bubbles 125. The EM that emerges from such bubbles can further interact with more bubbles. This EM radiation can first originate from at least one EM emitter 900 (eg, emitting EM radiation 1241). In certain embodiments, such emitted EM1241 can include at least a first beam 1211. In one embodiment, when the first beam 1211 collides with the surface 1227 of at least one bubble 126 from a plurality of bubbles 125, the first beam 1211 can be reflected to become the first reflected beam 1212. It is also possible to refract to become the first refracted beam 1213. In certain embodiments, the first refracting beam 1213 can remain present in at least one bubble 126 until it collides with surface 1227 at different locations. In certain embodiments, in this different location, the first refracted beam 1213 can be reflected back into the second reflected beam 1214 and refracted into the second refracted beam 1215. It is possible. In one embodiment, the second reflected beam 1214 can remain in at least one bubble 126 until it hits the surface 1227 at another different location. In one embodiment, the second reflected beam 1214 is reflected again at this different location. And can be refracted, the nth reflected beam moving inside at least one bubble 126, continuing n times in this iterative scheme (described as "nth" in the claims). Creates a 1216 and an nth refracting beam 1217 that travels out of at least one bubble 126. In certain embodiments, the first reflected beam 1212, the second refracting beam 1215, and / or the nth refracting beam 1217 can interact with another bubble 1228 that forms another OCR in bubble 1228. And / or can interact with the outside of at least a portion of the article and / or interact with the inner wall 203.
In certain embodiments, the OCR emits EM radiation received outside at least a portion of the article as compared to EM radiation received outside at least a portion of the article when the bubbles 125 are not present in the liquid 101. It can be attenuated, magnified, and / or amplified. In certain embodiments, OCR occurs in and on two or more bubbles 126/1228 and additionally combined attenuation, expansion, and / or of EM radiation received outside at least a portion of the article. Can result in amplification. For example, and in embodiments where the emitted EM radiation 1241 can be in the visible light spectrum, without limiting the scope of the invention, this OCR phenomenon is visually such that the liquid 101 and the bubbles 125 appear to shine. May be visible, which is evident in the improved EM radiation coverage outside of at least a portion of the article submerged in the liquid compared to when the bubbles 125 are not present in the liquid 101. May be.
Also, in certain embodiments, EM radiation passing through the surface 1227, which can produce refracted beams at each location of the interaction between the EM radiation and the surface 1227, can provide the lens effect of those refracted beams. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the EM interaction (eg, reflection) that occurs outside a given bubble 126/1228 can be a convex lens effect, while given. The EM radiation interaction (eg, reflection) occurring inside the bubbles 126/1228 can be a concave lens effect. For example, when EM radiation hits the surface 1227 of a given bubble 126/1228, a portion of such EM radiation then continues to move inside the given bubble 126/1228, and then the given bubble. It is possible to get out of 126/1228 and bring about expansion.
OCR occurring on and / or in one or more bubbles 126/1228 occurs while at least one EM emitter 900 may be emitting EM1241 into liquid 101 and multiple bubbles. Note that it is possible for 125 to continue to occur while it may exist. Also, due to EM interactions (reflection and refraction) along the surface 1227, and EM particle (photon) collisions and / or both inside and / or outside of any given bubble 126/1228. Alternatively, due to the EM absorption of the article, the energy levels associated with the EM in a single OCR phenomenon can dissipate over time, but at least one EM emitter 900 that emits the EM1241. The addition (cumulative) of many OCR interactions is the absence of the bubbles 125 present in the liquid 101, when it is possible that there are multiple bubbles 125. It should be noted that the improved EM radiation coverage on the outside of at least a portion of the article submerged in the liquid 101 can be compared to the case. In addition, the improved phototherapy provided by OCR tends to provide a very uniform exposure to the submerged surface of the article being treated, as the foam 125 is moving through the liquid 101. There is. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, this has increased efficacy, greater efficiency, and / or treatment in the case of phototherapy when compared to phototherapy without foam 125. It is possible to provide a reduced duration.
In certain embodiments, the method for treating an article with foam 125 in liquid 101 is step (a): up to a liquid filling level with an inner volume of 220 or below the liquid filling level with an inner volume of 220. In addition, the step of filling the inner volume 220 of the vessel 200 with the liquid 101 (removably) and the step (b): accepting at least a part of the article in the inner volume 220 removably, and at least a part of the article being liquid 101. Steps (c): ejecting multiple bubbles 125 into liquid 101 and step (d): at least a portion of the article in liquid 101, which can be removably submerged in. It is possible to include a step of exposing at least a part of the article to a plurality of bubbles 125.
In certain embodiments, steps (a), steps (b), and steps (c) can precede steps (d) and (e) in any order. (Of course, step (c), which occurs before step (a), first releases bubbles 125 into the atmosphere in the inner volume 220 until liquid 101 can be added in step (a). In certain embodiments, exposing at least a portion of the article to liquid 101 and a plurality of bubbles 125 is capable of treating the article and / or a portion of the article that is exposed. Above all, it is possible to treat surfaces that are submerged and exposed.
In certain embodiments, the method can further include the step of radiating EM radiation 1241 into the liquid 101 and the step of irradiating at least some outside of at least a portion of the article. In certain embodiments, the emitted EM radiation 1241 can be from at least one EM emitter 900. In certain embodiments, at least some of the bubbles 126/1228 from the plurality of bubbles 125 may be disposed between at least one EM emitter 900 that emits radiated EM radiation 1241 and at least a portion of the article. This can result in improved phototherapy from OCR.
In certain embodiments, the method for treating an article with the radiated EM radiation 1241 in liquid 101 (this method may differ from the preceding method disclosed above). (Note that there is), Step (a): Up to the liquid filling level of the inner volume 220, or below the liquid filling level of the inner volume 220, the inner volume 220 of the vessel 200 with liquid 101 (removable) Filling and step (b): Removably accepting at least a portion of the article in an inner volume 220 and allowing at least a portion of the article to be removably submerged in the liquid 101. Step (c): The step of radiating EM radiation 1241 into the liquid 101 and the step of irradiating at least some outside of at least a portion of the article, the emitted EM radiation 1241 is at least one EM. Steps (d): exposing at least a portion of the article to the liquid 101 and step (e): at least some outside of at least a portion of the article, which can be from the emitter 900, are radiated. It is possible to include a step of exposure to EM radiation 1241.
In certain embodiments, steps (a), steps (b), and steps (c) can precede steps (d) and (e) in any order. In certain embodiments, the step of exposing at least a portion of the article to liquid 101 and emitted EM radiation 1241 is capable of treating the article.
In certain embodiments, the method can further include the step of releasing a plurality of bubbles 125 into the liquid 101. In certain embodiments, at least some of the bubbles 125 (eg, 126 and / or 1228) from the plurality of bubbles 125 may be disposed between at least one EM emitter 900 and at least a portion of the article. This can result in improved phototherapy from OCR.
In certain embodiments, the method for treating an article with bubbles 125 in liquid 101 and emitted EM radiation 1241 is step (a): up to a liquid 101 filling level with an inner volume of 220, or inside. Below the liquid 101 filling level of volume 220, the inner volume 220 of the vessel 200 is (removably) filled with liquid 101, and step (b): at least a portion of the article can be removed into the inner volume 220. Acceptance, at least a portion of the article can be removably submerged in the liquid 101, step (c): discharging multiple bubbles 125 into the liquid 101, and step (d). ): The step of radiating EM radiation 1241 (eg, from at least one EM emitter 900) into the liquid 101, and the step of irradiating at least some outside of at least a portion of the article, and step (e): article. A step of exposing at least a portion of the liquid 101 to a liquid 101 and a step (f): exposing at least a portion of the article to at least some of the bubbles (eg, 126 and / or 1228) from a plurality of bubbles 125. Step (g): It is possible to include at least some of the outside of at least a portion of the article to be exposed to at least some of the emitted EM radiation 1241.
In certain embodiments, step (a), step (b), step (c), and step (d) precede step (e), step (f), and step (g) in any order. Is possible. (Of course, step (c), which occurs before step (a), first releases bubbles 125 into the atmosphere in the inner volume 220 until liquid 101 can be added in step (a). In certain embodiments, exposing at least a portion of the article to liquid 101, multiple bubbles 125, and emitted EM radiation 1241 is capable of treating the article.
In certain embodiments, this method (as well as other methods that can include the step of radiating EM radiation 1241 into the liquid 101 and the step of irradiating at least some outside of at least a portion of the article) In at least a portion of the emitted EM radiation 1241, in one or more OCR interactions as shown in FIGS. 12C and 12D, bubbles 125 from multiple bubbles 125 (eg, 126 and / or 1228). It is possible to further include the step of interacting with at least some of).
In certain embodiments, the face soaking device 100 can include liquid jet means. The liquid jet means may be configured to direct a stream of liquid 101 to a portion of the face immersed in liquid 101. In certain embodiments, the liquid jet means can be at least one jet 1260 (see, eg, FIG. 12A). The liquid jet means can include at least one intake vent, at least one liquid circulation pump, and at least one outlet jet. At least one liquid circulation pump can be in physical contact with at least one vent via tubing or hose. At least one liquid circulation pump can be in physical contact with at least one outlet jet via different tubing or different hoses. At least one liquid circulation pump is capable of taking in liquid from at least one intake vent and then expelling liquid through at least one outlet jet. At least one vent may be located on the inner surface (bottom inner surface 217) of at least one inner wall 203 or at least one base 215. The at least one exit jet may be positioned on the inner surface (bottom inner surface 217) of at least one inner wall surface 203 or at least one base 215. At least one outlet jet can include an adjustable nozzle. The adjustable nozzle may be movable to redirect the liquid expelled from at least one outlet jet. The liquid circulation pump may be located outside the internal volume 220.
In certain embodiments, the face soaking device (eg, 100, 1200, 1300, 1351, and 1370) can include at least one vibrating means. The purpose of at least one vibrating means may be to impart a vibrating massage to the user 9000. The vibrating massage can provide benefits such as, for example, keeping the user 9000 in a sedative and relaxed state.
In certain embodiments, the at least one vibrating means can be a motor configured to vibrate. In certain embodiments, the motor may be housed in a mechanical compartment 251. In certain embodiments, the motor is capable of electrically communicating with the controller 1100. In certain embodiments, the motor may be controlled by controller 1110. At least one vibrating means can be removably attached to a component of a face soaking device (eg, 100, 1200, 1300, 1351, and 1370) so that the vibration of at least one vibrating means can be applied to the component. ing. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the components include headrest subassemblies 500, 600, 650, 2100, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2540, 2550, and 2560; Vessel 200, 1360, and 1372; , Heaters 700, 2700, 2705, 2710, 2720, and 2725. In some exemplary embodiments, the user 9000's forehead can be in removably contacting the support member 501 or the comfortable outer surface 502, so that at least one vibrating means is removably attached. The resulting component can be a support member 501 or a comfortable outer surface 502. In such an embodiment, at least one vibrating means can be in an internal volume 220 (and / or an internal volume 1320). In certain embodiments, for example, at least one vibrating means can be removably attached to the vessel 200, vessel 1360, and / or vessel 1372, the at least one vibrating means has an internal volume of 220 (and / or internal). It can be located outside the volume 1320).
In certain embodiments, at least one vibrating means can include a power source 1115. In certain embodiments, at least one vibrating means is capable of receiving power from power source 1115. The power source 1115 can be a battery, and in certain embodiments such a battery can be rechargeable. In certain embodiments, the power supply 1115 may be wired, for example, to an electrical cord 1116 connected to a standard electrical wall outlet. Such an electrical cord 1116 can pass through at least one port 210 into the mechanical compartment 251 and is also sealed by an electrical cord gasket into the mechanical compartment 251. It is possible to prevent or minimize the ingress of moisture.
It is contemplated that the components of the face soaking device embodiment, including subassemblies, can be combined with different components of other face soaking device embodiments to lead to further other face soaking device embodiments. Note that it is all within the scope of the present invention. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, various embodiments of the breathing apparatus (eg, but not limited to, FIGS. 4 series, 20 series, 21 series, 22 series. , And 400, 2000, 2050, and 2100, etc., as shown in the figures in the 23 series) can be used with various embodiments of the vessel, including the vessels 200, 1360, and 1372. .. Similarly, embodiments in which the breathing device 400 can be used can instead utilize an independent breathing device 2000 or 2050 as shown in the figures in the FIG. 20 series. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, the breathing apparatus 400 as shown in the figures of the FIG. 4 series can be used with various embodiments of the vessel, including the vessel 200 and the vessel 1372. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, various embodiments of the headrest subassembly (FIGS. 5 series, 6 series, 21 series, 23 series, 24 series. 500, 600, 650, 2100, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2540, 2550, and 2560) are Vessel 200, as shown in the figure of the figure, the figure of the figure 25 series, and the figure of the figure 26 series. It can be used with various embodiments of Vessel, including 1360, and 1372. For example, and without limiting the scope of the present invention, embodiments in which the headrest subassembly 500 can be used can instead utilize the headrest subassembly 600, 650, or 2300. For example, and limiting the scope of the present invention. Thus, various embodiments of the gas diffuser (eg, gas diffuser 800) can be used with various embodiments of the vessel, including the vessel 200, 1360, and 1372. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, various embodiments of at least one EM emitter 900 can be used with various embodiments of Vessel, including Vessel 200, 1360, and 1372. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, various embodiments of at least one vibrating means can be used with various embodiments of Vessel, including Vessel 200, 1360, and 1372.
In certain embodiments, face-soaking devices (eg, 100, 1200, 1300, 1351, and 1370) are: (1) vessel-neck-vessel-vessel with acomo data, and vessel neck gasket; (2) vessel and headrest. Subassemblies; (3) Vessels and breathing devices; (4) Vessels-neck-busters-vessels with acomo data, vessel neck gaskets, and headrest subassemblies; (5) vessels-neck-busters-vessels with acomo data, Vessel neck gasket and breathing device; (6) Vessel, headrest subassembly and breathing device; and / or (7) Vessel-neck-gasket-vessel with acomo data, vessel neck gasket, breathing device, and headrest sub It is possible to include an assembly. The vessel can be 200, 1360, 1372, and so on. The vessel neck gasket can be 340 or the like. The headrest subassembly can be 500, 600, 650, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2540, 2550, or 2560. The respiratory device can be 400, 2000, 2050, or 2100 and the like.
Also, each face soaking device embodiment (eg, 100, 1200, 1300, 1351, and 1370) can include one or more additional structures, components, and / or elements. .. For example, and without limiting the scope of the invention, such additional structures, components, and / or elements may be selected from one or more of the following: It is for aerators, foam sources, gas diffusers, gas sources, air pumps, compressors, heaters, thermostats, electromagnetic (EM) radiation sources / emitters, lights, oscillators, jets, controls, to receive user input. Means, mechanical compartments, drains, and / or plugs, etc. Various embodiments of vessels (eg, 200, 1360, and 1372) can be used with various combinations of such one or more additional structures, components, and / or elements.
Various embodiments of a given face-soaking device (eg, 100, 1200, 1300, 1351, and 1370) can be stand-alone devices. Various embodiments of a given face-soaking device (eg, 100, 1200, 1300, 1351, and 1370) can be portable (mobile) devices. Various embodiments of a given face-soaking device (eg, 100, 1200, 1300, 1351, and 1370) can be integrated into other structures (built-in). Such other structures include counters, countertops, tables, tabletops, workstations, desks, chairs, furniture, pedestals, bathtubs, hot tubs, shower rooms, washbasins, those mounted on wheels, And, it is possible to include a combination thereof and the like. Various embodiments of the face soaking device can be used in examination rooms, medical offices, salons, beauty salons, hair salons, nail salons, facial salons, home use, office use, bathrooms, steam rooms, saunas and the like.
Face soaking devices, article soaking devices, and flexible removable vessel covers have been described in various embodiments, including exemplary embodiments. Methods of using face soaking devices and article soaking devices have been described in various embodiments, including exemplary embodiments. The aforementioned description of various exemplary embodiments of the invention has been presented for illustration and disclosure purposes. It is not intended to be inclusive or to limit the invention to the exact form disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings without departing from the spirit of the invention.
Although the present invention has been described in connection with what is currently considered to be the most practical and preferred embodiment, the invention should not be limited to the disclosed embodiments. In contrast, it should be understood that it is intended to cover the various modifications and equivalent arrangements contained within the spirit and scope of the appended claims.
100 Face Soaking Device 100 101 Liquid 101 125 Foam 125 (Multiple Foam 125) 126 At least One Foam 126 200 Vessel 200 200a Vessel Lining 200a 200b Vessel Cover 200b 201 At least One Wall 201 202 Outer Wall 202 203 Inner Wall 203 205 At least one side wall 205 206 First side wall 206 207 Second side wall 207 208 Third side wall 208 209 Fourth side wall 209 210 At least one port 210 215 At least one base 215 216 Base perimeter 216 217 Bottom inside Surface 217 220 Internal Volume 220 225 Rim 225 226 Top Opening 226 230 Catch Vessel 230 251 Mechanical Compartment 251 335 Neck-Gasket-Acomo Data 335 335a Neck-Gasket-Acomo Data 335a 335b Neck-Gasket-Acomo Data 335b 336 Maximum vertical length 336 337 Horizontal width 337 338 Conta 338 339 At least one pinch point 339 340 Vessel neck gasket 340 341 Internal surface 341 342 External surface 342 343 Opposite edge 343 344 Top edge 344 345 Stretched area 345 (stretchable area 345) 348 clamp 348 350 at least one sealing fin 350 351 complementary pinch point 351 352 lip 352 353 first complementary sealing fin 353 354 second complementary sealing fin 354 355 tab 355 356 Upper outer surface 356 357 Lateral outer surface 357 358 Clamp end 358 364 Pull 364 367 Channel 367 371 Open wall edge 371 372 Edge lip 372 380 Opposite side wall edge 380 381 Snap latch 381 391 Press-in- Fit 391 400 Respirator 400 401 Mouthpiece 401 403 Mousing part 403 405 At least one connector end 405 420 At least one hose 420 or at least one tubing 420 421 First end 421 422 Second end 422 430 At least one vessel-tube-hose -Connector 430 431 Opening 431 433 Inner 433 435 Outer 435 437 Batting-Ring 437 439 Inner Batting-Ring 439 441 Connector-Rim 441 470 At least one grommet-Acommodating-Conta 470 471 Outer containment Lip 471 473 Inner Containment Lip 473 475 Drain Hole 475 477 Drain-Channel 477 500 Headrest Subassembly 500 501 Support Member 501 502 At least One Comfortable Outer Surface 502 503 At least One Post 503 504 Gas-Diffuser-Tubing-Grommet 504 505 Two Legs 505 506 At least one magnet 506 507 At least one guide 507 508 Slot 508 510 Tab 510 509 Cap 509 511 At least one plate 511 512 Pad 512 513 Defined channel 513 600 Headrest subassembly 600 650 Headrest subassembly 650 700 Heater subassembly 700 ( Heater 700) 701 At least one heating element 701 702 Element 702 703 Bushing 703 704 Connection bushing 704 705 Flange 705 706 Electrical terminal 706 707 Electrical wiring 707 708 Bushing hole 708 709 Gasket / washer 709 710 At least one nut 710 711 Element acceptance Channel 711 715 Shield 715 716 Upper planar surface 716 717 Liquid passage means 717 718 Shield mounting means 718 719 Shield leg 719 720 Complementary and supportive structure 720 721 Shield-Back-Panel 721 800 Gas Diffuser 800 801 One or More Gas-Diffuser-Tubing 801 803 Porous Elongated Member 803 805 Central Elongated Member 805 807 First End 807 809 Second End 809 811 End Cap 811 812 Flange 812 813 Connector 813 815 Horse Barb 815 817 Air Line Tubing Connector 817 (Hose Barb 817) (Screw 817) 819 Air Line Tubing 819 820 Flange-Receiver 820 831 Gasket 831 832 Nut 832 900 At least one electromagnetic EM) Emitter 900 901 At least one LED array 901 902 At least one LED902 950 LED housing 950 951 LED housing-Cavity 951 952 Opening 952 1000 Flange switch subassembly 1000 1001 Membrane switch cover 1001 1002 Area of one or more engagement 1002 1003 At least one status indicator 1003 1005 Area of engagement and / or status indicator 1005 1007 Membrane switch electronics 1007 1008 One or more sensors 1008 1009 Wiring 1009 1020 Roof 1020 1021 Membrane switch receiving recess 1021 1022 Passage 1022 1100 Controller 1100 1101 Processor 1101 1102 Memory 1102 1103 Output means 1103 1104 Network adapter 1104 1105 Level indicator 1105 1106 Temperature sensor 1106 1107 Thermostat 1107 1110 Compressor 1110 1115 Power supply 1115 1116 Power cord 1116 1117 Fan 1117 1150 One or more mobile computing devices 1150 1160 Network 1160 1200 Devices 1200 1203 Window 1203 1211 First beam 1211 1212 First reflected beam 1212 1213 First refracted beam 1213 1214 Second reflected beam 1214 1215 Second refracted beam 1215 1216 Nth reflected beam 1216 1217 Nth refracted beam 1217 1218 n + 1 Reflected beam 1218 1219 n + 1 Refracted beam 1219 1227 Surface 1227 1228 Another bubble 1228 1241 Emitted electromagnetic radiation 1241 (EM radiation 1241) 1244 At least one electromagnetic emitter 1244 (EM emitter 1244) 1245 At least one electromagnetic emitter 1245 (EM emitter 1245) 1246 At least one electromagnetic emitter 1246 (EM emitter 1246) 1247 At least one electromagnetic emitter 1247 (EM emitter 1247) 1248 At least one electromagnetic emitter 1248 (EM emitter 1248) 1249 At least one electromagnetic emitter 1249 (EM emitter 1249) 1251 proximity 1251 1252 Proximity 1252 1260 At least one jet 1260 1300 (with curved wall vessel) Face soaking device 1300 1301 Curved wall 1301 1303 Inner wall 1303 1310 At least one vessel-tube-hose-vent 1310 1315 At least one base 1315 1320 Internal Volume 1320 1350 Bottom Inner Surface 1350 1351 Face Soaking Device 1351 1360 Vessel 1360 1361 At least One Wall 1361 1385 At least One Horizontal Hose 1385 or At least One Horizontal Tube 1385 1370 Face Soaking Device 1370 1371 Possible Flexible side wall area 1371 1372 Vessel 1372 1373 At least one wall 1373 1374 First wall thickness 1374 1375 Second wall thickness 1375 1449 Carrier 1449 1559 Pin 1559 1560 Pin receiver 1560 1561 Receiving Channel 1561 1563 Teeth 1563 1565 Microfin 1565 1600 Nose-Clip 1600 1602 Elongated Member 1602 1603 Two Ends 1603 1605 Central Bend Region 1605 1606 Main Radius 1606 1607 Termination Structure 1607 1608 Pad 1608 1609 Tight Coil 1609 1700 Nose-Clip 1700 1710 Loose Coil 1710 1800 Nose-Clip 1800 1811 Spherical Structure 1811 1900 Coated Nose-Clip 1900 2000 Independent Respirator 2000 2001 Outlet Port 2001 2050 Independent Respirator 2050 2100 Combined Respirator and Headrest Subassembly 2100 2101 Common Slot 2101 2102 Channel 2102 2201 Color 2201 2202 Color Tab 2202 2203 Side Side Tab Receiver 2203 2205 Sleeve 2205 2206 Sleeve Tab 2206 2211 Channel Sleeve 2211 2212 Side Side Tab 2212 2213 Channel 2213 2214 Flange 2214 2221 Color Hinge 2221 2231 At least One Vessel-Tube-Hose-Connector 2231 2232 Independent Finger Pull 2232 2234 At least One Glomet-Accommodating-Contour 2234 2300 Headrest Subassembly 2300 2301 Fifth End 2301 2302 Sixth End 2302 2311 Upper Surface 2311 2312 Lower Surface 2312 2315 Bend 2315 2320 Slot 2320 2321 Threaded Bolt / Threaded Screw 2321 2322 Friction Clamp 2322 2323 User Engagement Flange 2323 2330 Threaded Hole 2330 2340 Roof 2340 2350 Recessed Channel 2350 2370 Cover 2370 2375 Center Hole 2375 2380 Angle 2380 2400 Headrest Subassembly 2400 2410 Transverse Head Support Member 2410 2420 At least one Longitudinal Support 2420 2421 First End 2421 2422 Second End 2422 2430 Coupling 2430 2431 Receiving Hole 2431 2435 Set Screw 2435 2441 Set Bolt 2441 2442 Threaded part 2442 2443 Knob 2443 2445 Headrest-Brake 2445 2446 Top surface 2446 2451 Vertical slot 2451 2461 Cavity 2461 2500 Headrest subassembly 2500 2511 At least one strut 2511 2512 Third end 2512 2513 4th End of 2513 2514 Height Adjustable Slot 2514 2515 Height Adjustable Pin 2515 2520 Pivotable Locking Means 2520 2521 Rotatable Shafts 2521 2522 Friction Clamps 2522 2530 Strut Mounting Means 2530 2531 Wing bolt 2531 2540 Headrest subassembly 2540 2550 Headrest subassembly 2550 2560 Headrest subassembly 2560 2671 At least one track 2671 2681 "J" hook 2681 2700 U-shaped heater 2700 2705 U-shaped heater 2705 2710 O-shaped Heater 2710 2715 Back heater 2715 2720 T-shaped heater 2720 2725 Double heater 2725 2735 At least one connection bushing 2735 2736 First connection bushing 2736 2737 Second connection bushing 2737 2738 Flange 1638 2745 Element receiving channel 2745 2748 Element receiving tray 2748 2751 First edge 2751 2752 Second edge 2752 2753 Shield transverse width 2753 2756 Shield mount 2756 2760 At least one bushing hole 2760 2761 First Bushing Hole 2761 2762 Second Bushing Hole 2762 2770 At least One Nut 2770 2775 Adapter 2775 2780 Washer / Gasket 2780 3013 Connector 3013 3019 Flange 3019 3020 Flange-Receiver 3020 3021 Airline Tubing Channel 3021 3101 Hook Lock 3101 3102 Receiving groove 3102 3103 Tab 3103 3104 Inside open space 3104 9000 User 9000 9010 Face 9010 9020 Neck 9020
197 sheets
Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 3 Sheet 4 Sheet 5 Sheet 6 Sheet 7 Sheet 8 Sheet 9 Sheet 10 Sheet 11 Sheet 12 Sheet 13 Sheet 14 Sheet 15 Sheet 16 Sheet 17 Sheet 18 Sheet 19 Sheet 20 Sheet 21 Sheet 22 Sheet 23 Sheet 24 Sheet 25 Sheet 26 Sheet 27 Sheet 28 Sheet 29 Sheet 30 Sheet 31 Sheet 32 Sheet 33 Sheet 34 Sheet 35 Sheet 36 Sheet 37 Sheet 38 Sheet 39 Sheet 40 Sheet 41 Sheet 42 Sheet 43 Sheet 44 Sheet 45 Sheet 46 Sheet 47 Sheet 48 Sheet 49 Sheet 50 Sheet 51 Sheet 52 Sheet 53 Sheet 54 Sheet 55 Sheet 56 Sheet 57 Sheet 58 Sheet 59 Sheet 60 Sheet 61 Sheet 62 Sheet 63 Sheet 64 Sheet 65 Sheet 66 Sheet 67 Sheet 68 Sheet 69 Sheet 70 Sheet 71 Sheet 72 Sheet 73 Sheet 74 Sheet 75 Sheet 76 Sheet 77 Sheet 78 Sheet 79 Sheet 80 Sheet 81 Sheet 82 Sheet 83 Sheet 84 Sheet 85 Sheet 86 Sheet 87 Sheet 88 Sheet 89 Sheet 90 Sheet 91 Sheet 92 Sheet 93 Sheet 94 Sheet 95 Sheet 96 Sheet 97 Sheet 98 Sheet 99 Sheet 100 Sheet 101 Sheet 102 Sheet 103 Sheet 104 Sheet 105 Sheet 106 Sheet 107 Sheet 108 Sheet 109 Sheet 110 Sheet 111 Sheet 112 Sheet 113 Sheet 114 Sheet 115 Sheet 116 Sheet 117 Sheet 118 Sheet 119 Sheet 120 Sheet 121 Sheet 122 Sheet 123 Sheet 124 Sheet 125 Sheet 126 Sheet 127 Sheet 128 Sheet 129 Sheet 130 Sheet 131 Sheet 132 Sheet 133 Sheet 134 Sheet 135 Sheet 136 Sheet 137 Sheet 138 Sheet 139 Sheet 140 Sheet 141 Sheet 142 Sheet 143 Sheet 144 Sheet 145 Sheet 146 Sheet 147 Sheet 148 Sheet 149 Sheet 150 Sheet 151 Sheet 152 Sheet 153 Sheet 154 Sheet 155 Sheet 156 Sheet 157 Sheet 158 Sheet 159 Sheet 160 Sheet 161 Sheet 162 Sheet 163 Sheet 164 Sheet 165 Sheet 166 Sheet 167 Sheet 168 Sheet 169 Sheet 170 Sheet 171 Sheet 172 Sheet 173 Sheet 174 Sheet 175 Sheet 176 Sheet 177 Sheet 178 Sheet 179 Sheet 180 Sheet 181 Sheet 182 Sheet 183 Sheet 184 Sheet 185 Sheet 186 Sheet 187 Sheet 188 Sheet 189 Sheet 190 Sheet 191 Sheet 192 Sheet 193 Sheet 194 Sheet 195 Sheet 196 Sheet 197
Every citation, both ways
| Document | Relation | Office |
|---|---|---|
| JP01212556A | Cites | Japan |
| US04649580A | Cites | United States of America |
108 members in 9 offices
Priority claims47
| Document | Office | Kind | Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| 201462060935 | United States of America | P | |
| 201462060935 | United States of America | P | |
| 62060935 | United States of America | – | |
| 201462062663 | United States of America | P | |
| 201462062663 | United States of America | P | |
| 62062663 | United States of America | – | |
| 201462066635 | United States of America | P | |
| 201462066635 | United States of America | P | |
| 62066635 | United States of America | – | |
| 201462094036 | United States of America | P | |
| 201462094036 | United States of America | P | |
| 62094036 | United States of America | – | |
| 201562106138 | United States of America | P | |
| 201562106138 | United States of America | P | |
| 62106138 | United States of America | – | |
| 201562114962 | United States of America | P | |
| 201562114962 | United States of America | P | |
| 62114962 | United States of America | – | |
| 201562176754 | United States of America | P | |
| 201562176754 | United States of America | P | |
| 62176754 | United States of America | – | |
| 201562137799 | United States of America | P | |
| 201562137799 | United States of America | P | |
| 62137799 | United States of America | – | |
| 201562173204 | United States of America | P | |
| 201562173204 | United States of America | P | |
| 62173204 | United States of America | – | |
| 201562208325 | United States of America | P | |
| 201562208325 | United States of America | P | |
| 62208325 | United States of America | – | |
| 14877856 | United States of America | – | |
| 2015054576 | United States of America | W | |
| 2015054576 | United States of America | W | |
| 201514877856 | United States of America | A | |
| 201514877856 | United States of America | A | |
| US201462060935P | – | – | – |
| US201462062663P | – | – | – |
| US201462066635P | – | – | – |
| US201462094036P | – | – | – |
| US201514877856 | – | – | – |
| US201562106138P | – | – | – |
| US201562114962P | – | – | – |
| US201562137799P | – | – | – |
| US201562173204P | – | – | – |
| US201562176754P | – | – | – |
| US201562208325P | – | – | – |
| WO2015US54576 | – | – | – |
Members108
| Document | Office | Kind | |
|---|---|---|---|
| US2016096042A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| CA2963664A1 | Canada | A1 | |
| WO2016057729A1 | World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) | A1 | |
| US2016162456A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162457A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162458A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162464A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162466A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162467A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162468A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162476A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016162569A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2016175550A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US9495345B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| KR20170067828A | Republic of Korea | A | |
| EP3203971A1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A1 | |
| US2017232242A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2017235813A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| JP2017534373A | Japan | A | |
| CN107427407A | China | A | |
| US9836450B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| CA2966396A1 | Canada | A1 | |
| EP3257548A1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A1 | |
| JP2017221655A | Japan | A | |
| KR20170142879A | Republic of Korea | A | |
| CN107519009A | China | A | |
| TW201800076A | Taiwan Province of China | A | |
| JP1596732S | Japan | S | |
| US2018095946A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US9965458B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| US2018137098A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| EP3203971A4 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A4 | |
| US2018157636A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| JP1610656S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610686S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610687S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610688S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610776S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610777S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610778S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610779S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610780S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610781S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610782S | Japan | S | |
| JP1610783S | Japan | S | |
| US10127214B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| US2019205377A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2019243886A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2019303428A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2019311024A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2019311025A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| USD863575S | United States of America | S | |
| USD863576S | United States of America | S | |
| US10449341B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| USD864403S | United States of America | S | |
| JP6608440B2This record | Japan | B2 | |
| US2019361966A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2019361966A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2019377788A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2019384809A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2020009360A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2020034737A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| JP2020032202A | Japan | A | |
| US10667990B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| US10667991B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| US2020184146A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| USD889675S | United States of America | S | |
| US2020234002A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| CN107519009B | China | B | |
| US2021081611A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| USD916303S | United States of America | S | |
| US2021110111A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2021150130A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2021157984A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2021165955A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| USD921906S | United States of America | S | |
| US2021232760A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2021232761A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2021232762A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2021232763A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| JP6949920B2 | Japan | B2 | |
| US11154697B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| CN107427407B | China | B | |
| US11288444B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| US11295071B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| TWI760343B | Taiwan Province of China | B | |
| JP7085804B2 | Japan | B2 | |
| JP2022111241A | Japan | A | |
| KR102455556B1 | Republic of Korea | B1 | |
| US11599714B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| CA2963664C | Canada | C | |
| US11675977B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| EP3257548B1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | B1 | |
| EP3257548C0 | European Patent Office (EPO) | C0 | |
| KR102574327B1 | Republic of Korea | B1 | |
| US2023390154A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| ES2956709T3 | Spain | T3 | |
| US2024078386A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| CA2966396C | Canada | C | |
| CA176725S | Canada | S |
13 legal events, as the office reported them to INPADOC
Over the term
Point at a mark for the eventEvents
| Event | Code | |
|---|---|---|
| Receipt of annual feesJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250R250 | R250 | |
| Receipt of annual feesJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250R250 | R250 | |
| Receipt of annual feesJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250R250 | R250 | |
| Receipt of annual feesJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250R250 | R250 | |
| Certificate of patent or registration of utility modelJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150R150 | R150 | |
| First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61A61 | A61 | |
| Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01A01 | A01 | |
| Decision of grant or rejection writtenTRDD | TRDD | |
| Request for written amendment filedJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523A521 | A521 | |
| Notification of reasons for refusalJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131A131 | A131 | |
| Report on retrievalJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007A977 | A977 | |
| Written request for application examinationJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621A621 | A621 | |
| Request for written amendment filedJAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523A521 | A521 |
Numbers
- Publication
- 6608440
- Publication, DOCDB
- 6608440
- Publication, EPODOC
- JP6608440B
- Application
- 20170519563
- Application, DOCDB
- 2017519563
- Application, EPODOC
- JP20170519563
Titles2
- Japanese
- フェイスソーキングデバイス
- English
- Face soaking device
Classification
- CPC, 19
- A62B9/06
- A61N5/0616
- A61H35/008
- A61N2005/0626
- A61N2005/0652
- A61N2005/0643
- A61M35/20
- A61H2201/10
- A61H33/0095
- A61H33/02
- A61H33/028
- A61H33/04
- A61H2033/043
- A61N2005/0668
- A61M2202/0468
- A61M2205/051
- A61M2210/0606
- A61M2205/36
- A61M2207/00
- IPC, 1
- A61H35 00
